Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Submitted by Thomas Styles to the University of Exeter as a thesis for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy in Earth Resources in the School of Geography, Archaeology and
Earth Resources, January 2009.
This thesis is available for Library use on the understanding that it is copyright material
and that no quotation from the thesis may be published without prior
acknowledgement.
I certify that all material in this thesis, which is not my own work has been identified and
that no material is included for which, a degree has previously been conferred upon
me.
...................................... Thomas Styles
i
Abstract
Numerical modelling of rock slopes can involve a number and variety of techniques, the
selection and requirement of which depends on the factors deemed to control the
potential for instability. This thesis presents a number of case studies involving slopes
in fractured rock, encompassing a range of scales. The case study slopes have
provided a means to question the way in which particular slope instabilities should be
analysed. Currently there are few methods available for analysing the complex
behaviour within slopes of fractured rock. A review of available techniques is given
within this thesis, with the use of limit equilibrium, finite element and hybrid methods, to
highlight their specific advantages and limitations for the chosen case study slopes.
By modelling slope instability within fractured rock, the understanding of both discrete
and mass behaviour increases considerably. Numerical modelling can therefore be
used as a tool to help improve both the safety and efficiency of open pit mining and the
management of natural rock slopes.
The emphasis of the numerical modelling used in this thesis, was to assess the ability
of a particular comprehensive dynamic-based code, ELFEN, for modelling fractured
rock slopes. In addition, a principal objective of the research was to test the newly
developed groundwater version of the code. Investigations revealed ELFEN to be
effective for simulation of fracture extension due to the decreased normal stress on
discontinuities, relative to pore pressure. In general, the code has the ability to
simulate the full failure process in small to medium-scale slopes, providing a means to
analyse rock mass and discontinuity strength, along with a representation of the failure
mechanism from initiation through to deposition.
At a large scale the sheer complexity of a fractured rock mass makes it impossible to
model the whole slope as a representative discrete object with an embedded detailed
fracture network. Subsequently an approach is presented in this thesis, whereby one
can use numerical modelling to arrive at a mass strength estimate that can be used in
a simpler equivalent continuum model of a large slope.
Groundwater pressure was initially applied in a simple planar failure model, to provide
confidence in the capability of the newly developed effective stress module within
ELFEN. Following this, groundwater was implemented into two step-path failures.
This highlighted the sensitivity of the specific models to the level of the phreatic
surface, rock-bridge strength and discontinuity related strength. In addition, a fully
drained toe-breakout failure was addressed, using various limit equilibrium and finite
ii
element methods to assess the potential strength of a rock-bridge within the toe of a
50m slope.
iii
ELFEN modelling resulted in novel simulations of certain slope failure mechanisms,
which included:
During this thesis, analysis of fractured slopes has been restricted to 2D, due to
computer limitations associated with processing and memory requirements for complex
models. It is anticipated that future developments of a code will be based on parallel
processing, which will allow the use of 3D modelling and provide a platform to consider
larger-scale models of fractured rock slopes.
iv
Contents
ABSTRACT.................................................................................................................... II
CONTENTS.....................................................................................................................v
CHAPTER 1 – INTRODUCTION.................................................................................... 1
v
2.3 METHODS OF NUMERICAL MODELLING................................................................... 37
2.3.1 Overview of types of numerical modelling software ..................................... 38
2.3.2 Kinematic Analysis – Siromodel ................................................................... 45
2.3.3 Limit Equilibrium Analysis – SLIDE and other programs used during this
research ....................................................................................................... 46
2.3.4 Hybrid elasto-plastic finite element (boundary) Method – Phase2 ................ 47
2.3.5 Finite Difference (domain) Method – FLAC.................................................. 50
2.3.6 Distinct Element (domain) Method – UDEC and 3DEC ............................... 52
2.3.7 Particle Flow Code ....................................................................................... 55
2.3.8 Hybrid finite/discrete element (domain) Method – ELFEN ........................... 56
2.3.9 Comparison of two-dimensional and three-dimensional analyses ............... 57
2.4 GROUNDWATER WITHIN ROCK SLOPES ................................................................... 59
2.4.1 Influence on overall slope stability................................................................ 59
2.4.2 Groundwater within a fracture-based code .................................................. 64
2.5 METHODS OF ROCK MASS STRENGTH DETERMINATION FOR SLOPES ........................ 65
2.5.1 Classification and chart-based methods ...................................................... 68
2.5.2 Use of numerical modelling for the determination of mass strength ............ 75
vi
CHAPTER 5: CASE STUDIES 2 AND 3 – MODELLING OF MIXED-MASS AND
DISCONTINUITY-CONTROLLED PLANAR FAILURE AT BENCH-SCALE............ 108
viii
CHAPTER 9: GENERAL DISCUSSION .................................................................... 234
ix
A.5 ADDITIONAL EDITS TO THE NEUTRAL FILE ............................................................. 266
A.5.1 Option 166 ................................................................................................. 266
A.5.2 Option 37 ................................................................................................... 267
A.5.3 Option 179 ................................................................................................. 268
APPENDIX:
B - Detail on rock mass criterion used within ELFEN…………………………………..269
C - Slice equilibrium analysis methods within SLIDE…………………………………..272
D - Socio-economic factors that may compromise slope stability…………………….273
E - Empirical-based rock mass characterisation schemes…………………………….274
F - A stress-related issue in ELFEN excavation models……………………………….275
G - Additional results for elfen planar failure models…………………………………...277
H - Suggested modifications for planar failure slope 3 model…………………………283
I - Chalk step-path model 1 (detail on model development and findings)…………….287
J - Data from ELFEN biaxial modelling………………………………………………..….289
K - Derivation of parameters in groundwater models…………………………………...297
L – Model boundaries and mesh details for ELFEN models………………………..….298
MODEL DATABASE……………………………………………………………………….303
In addition to this thesis, which is presented as one volume, there is one CD-rom
containing a digital copy of the thesis, and the animations of slope failures that are
referred to within the thesis.
x
List of Figures
Page:
Figure 2.1: Effects of scale on rock strength (a), demonstrating that a potential failure
mechanism is related to the scale of study (modified after Sjöberg,
1999)…………………………...…………………………………………………. 21
Figure 2.2: Modes of fracture (after van der Pluijm and Marshak, 1997)…..…………... 23
Figure 2.3: Step-path failure with persistent low angle joints (after Stead et al., 2004).. 29
Figure 2.4: Stages of movement that occurs within moving slopes, identified by Fell et
al. (2000 cited in Sullivan, 2007); which can be related to deformation that
occurs during progressive failure…………………………………...…………. 30
Figure 2.5: Decision tree for selecting modelling method (after Scheldt et al., 2003)…. 40
Figure 2.6: Example of fully joint controlled failure mechanisms analysed in UDEC
(after Alejano, 2004)…………………………………………………………….. 54
Figure 2.7: The different areas of mechanics that must be considered when modelling
a slope failure from initiation through to deposition (after Sullivan, 2007)… 61
Figure 2.9: Diagram showing in what situations the Hoek-Brown criterion for mass
strength should be applied (modified after Hoek, 2007)…………………….. 72
Figure 3.1: Proposed four-step process by which fractured rock slopes should be
modelled; with component settlement periods highlighted in grey. ……...... 83
Figure 4.1: The three slope models used during the calibration of model parameters... 93
Figure 4.2: Extent of extended boundaries (a) that were used, with other
modifications, in ELFEN planar failure models slopes 4 (a) and 5 (c)…….. 93
Figure 4.3: The influence of point damping (%) upon displacement within ELFEN
planar failure slope 1. (a) Displacement at 1s runtime for a purely
cohesive discontinuity; (b) displacement at 10s for a purely frictional
discontinuity. ……………….. ………………………………………………….. 94
Figure 4.4: The influence of point damping within an ELFEN model of a purely
cohesive discontinuity in planar failure slope 1, with detection of an
appropriate degree of damping………………………………………………… 95
xi
Figure 4.5: Exponential relationship within ELFEN planar failure model 2, which has a
discontinuity strength that dictates a FOS of <1……………………………… 96
Figure 4.6: Influence of mesh density and degree of point damping within ELFEN
planar failure model 2. In addition results from small-scale, relatively
coarsely meshed model 1, is displayed. ………..……………………………. 96
Figure 4.7: Critical degree of penalties (Pn = 0.1Pt) within ELFEN planar failure slope
1, when FOS = 1 (point damping = 10%). (b) Non-uniform behaviour,
discovered when attempting to minimise displacement in a situation where
FOS >1……………………………………………………………………. 98
Figure 4.8: Vertical displacement plot of ELFEN planar failure slope 4 model; note
that where frictional strength is stated, cohesion is zero and vice-versa….. 100
Figure 4.9: Pore pressure distributions within the two fully saturated RocPlane
(Rocscience, 2008) models, which investigate the influence of peak
pressure assignment in a plane failure analysis …...………………………... 102
Figure 4.11: (a) Failure when FOS is 1.1 (discontinuity c = 12 kPa, = 56°), due to
simplified phreatic surface. (b) Prevention of failure by modification of
phreatic surface, in an attempt to achieve similar pressure distribution as
in limit state analysis (c)………………………………………………………… 106
Figure 5.1: Geometry and geology of the Joss Bay model………………………………. 109
Figure 5.2: (a) Failure surface chosen for analysis of the Hutchinson Joss Bay model
in SLIDE (Rocscience, 2008). (b) FOS from non-slice limit equilibrium
method RocPlane, which can only analyse a simplified geometry………… 113
Figure 5.3: Mesh dependency and consequent different behaviour within the
2
Hutchinson Joss Bay Phase model, with a pre-existing tension crack…… 118
Figure 5.4: Model extent (a) and subsequent ability of Phase2 to predict tension crack
development (b) within the Hutchinson Joss Bay model, with no pre-
existing tension crack…………………………………………………………… 119
Figure 5.5: ELFEN Hutchinson Joss Bay model 1, illustrating the meshed regions (a);
development of shear strain when mesh density within the spheres is
0.4m and 0.3m (b) and (c) respectively; (d) addition of ‘Option 37.’……….. 122
Figure 5.6: ELFEN Hutchinson Joss Bay model 2, illustrating the dependency on
tensile strength. (a) (b) Mohr-Coulomb stress paths at the base of the
tension crack, and screenshot of final fractured state, when the σt is
1.5MPa and 0.013MPa respectively. …………………………………………. 123
Figure 5.8: ELFEN Hutchinson Joss Bay model 3, demonstrating the detection of
failure at point A; which is within the zone of failed elements (a) as shown 124
on Mohr-Coulomb stress path plot (b)…………………………………………
xii
Figure 5.10: Hutchinson Joss Bay models 4 to 7 (from left to right); (a) runtime, at
which the elements that have reached plasticity intersect the top of the
slope. (b) Final fractured state of each model………………………………. 126
Figure 5.11: (a) (c) Plasticity within ELFEN Hutchinson Joss Bay model 4,
demonstrating the primary detection of compressive failure (b) at point A;
followed by tensile failure at point B as shown in (d)……………………….. 127
Figure 5.12: Analysis of mass strength within an ELFEN Hutchinson Joss Bay model,
demonstrating a shear strength reduction factor of close to 1. Final
degree of plastic strain is plotted for each of the mass strengths…..…….. 128
Figure 5.13: ELFEN models of step-path failure within an example 15m high chalk
cliff: (a) model 1 was restrictive (see Appendix I); (b) no fracture across
rock-bridges occurred in model 2; (c) kinematic release could not be
achieved in model 3; (d) Final model which revealed successful results… 132
Figure 5.14: ELFEN model illustrating instability and consequent step-path failure as
2
a result of rise in pore pressure (displayed in N/m , with the phreatic
surface superimposed). ……………………………………………………….. 132
Figure 5.15: ELFEN model illustrating the final fractured state with low discontinuity
frictional strength and 50% saturation …….…………………………………. 133
Figure 6.1: 1967 failure at Delabole slate quarry, Cornwall; (a) east-west section
from Clover (1978, cited in Coggan and Pine, 1996); (b) conceptual
model illustrating the driving processes……………………………………… 136
Figure 6.2: Original ELFEN model of the Delabole 1967 failure used by Coggan et
al. (2003)………………………………………………………………………… 137
Figure 6.3: (a) (b) (c) Fracturing during respective modelling stages of Delabole
model 1. (d) Shows model 2 where simulation shows kinetic stability,
although fracture does not extend through the rock-bridge………………... 139
Figure 6.4: (a) Geometry of model with extended claylodes (Delabole model 3), to
promote toppling. However fracturing through rock-bridges appears
intensive (b) with no kinematic release………………………………………. 139
Figure 6.5: (a) Step-path geometry, and final state of fracture achieved in model 4
(b). (c) Model 5, which is more kinetically stable, but presents a blocky-
type failure; whereas a slightly different element control and finer mesh in
model 6 (see model database), causes an alternative style of failure (d)... 140
Figure 6.6: (a) Initial step-path geometry when claylodes are extended; (b) results
from model 7. (c) Model 8, where penetration prevents rotation. (d)
Model 9 where different rotations occur when the rock-bridge is finally
removed (e)……………………………………………………………………… 141
Figure 6.7: Simulation of progressive failure through the mass due to a chisel effect,
resulting in rotation and translation, achieved using Delabole model 10… 142
Figure 6.8: Geometry when simulating the Delabole failure as planar mechanism.
Limit state solutions were derived using RocPlane (Rocscience, 2008),
which considers the rear-release surface as a tension crack, with no
particular strength assigned…………………………………………………… 143
xiii
Figure 6.10: Over-damped situation, when 10% point damping is used within an
ELFEN Delabole plane failure model, indicated by vertical displacement
of failure block when FOS <1…………………………………………………... 145
Figure 6.11: Kinetic energy associated with releasing a constrained ELFEN Delabole
= 60°)……………………………………………………………………………
slope model where there is a discrete planar failure block (discontinuity
146
Figure 6.12: (a) Stable situation when a ramped load curve is used within simulation of
Delabole model 12; (b) dynamic-related failure when the same model is
instantaneously loaded…………………………………………………………. 149
Figure 6.13: Saturation of base-plane is critical to stability in ELFEN model 12, where
2
limited pore pressure (N/m ) upon base-plane allows stability (a). Failure
occurs in the same model, when whole length of base-plane is saturated
(b)…………………………………………………………………………………. 150
Figure 6.14: Progressive failure of rock-bridge within ELFEN step-path Delabole model
12, as a result of a rise in pore pressure…..………………………………….. 151
Figure 7.1: East-west cross section through Brownhill (taken at 49350m north);
illustrating the failed areas, lithologies and major discontinuities…………... 158
Figure 7.2: Annotated cross section through Brownhill, illustrating the actual and
simplified profile, which can be split into 21 slices for analysis in Jacob….. 162
Figure 7.3: Polygon of forces approach to analysing the cohesive strength of the
rock-bridge required to prevent the mass from sliding………………………. 163
Figure 7.4: Profile of Brownhill Jacob Models 1 and 2, with annotation illustrating the
slices from which the high horizontal force originates in Jacob Model 1….. 163
Figure 7.5: Plane failure model for Brownhill, where the cohesive strength of the rock-
bridge can be derived used two different approaches………………………. 167
2
Figure 7.6: (a) Primary Phase Model 1, with degree of straining presented; (b) same
model but extended boundaries causing a reduction in straining in the
region close to the Subvertical Fault…………………………………………... 172
Figure 7.7: Comparison between results from same Phase2 Model 2, but with
different mesh densities; strain is contoured on same interval for both (a)
and (b)…………………………………………………………………………….. 175
Figure 7.8: Development of shear strain (in case 6 within Table 7.11) along rock-
bridge and consequent yielding upon discontinuities; due to excavation
and strength reduction within the rock-bridge………………………………… 178
Figure 7.9: Summary of results, from the different techniques used in the back-
analysis of the potential cohesive strength for the rock-bridge at toe of
Brownhill………………………………………………………………………….. 181
xiv
Figure 8.1: Sequence within the FracMan-ELFEN (numerical) approach, used to
derive and analyse rock mass strength in a large slope; an empirical-
based method is also presented for comparison…………………………….. 186
Figure 8.3: DFN for a pillar in Middleton Limestone Mine, with presentation of the
derived jointing on pillar faces (after Elmo et al., 2005)……………………... 189
Figure 8.4: Typical mesh used in the ELFEN biaxial models, with annotation marking
the axis along which stress monitoring points were located …..…………… 194
Figure 8.5: Large (14 x 7m) Middleton mine pillar model from Elmo (2006), from
which a horizontal section is extracted and rotated to create an ELFEN
biaxial model with a dominantly horizontal fracture pattern………………… 194
Figure 8.6: Fractured state of horizontal section when model is run with default
fractures (a); fractures highlighted in (b) are removed to allow the
predominant fracture orientation to control failure…………………………… 195
material, derived from peaks in 1 which occur at low strain. (b) Presents
Figure 8.8: (a) Presents data that marks the onset of failure within downgraded
Figure 8.9: Stress-strain plot of downgraded RE biaxial models, with data from a
4MPa confined simulation; screen shots illustrate the state of fracture at
which the strengths for the respective models were taken…………………. 200
Figure 8.11: Synthesis of all data derived from ELFEN biaxial testing. (a) and (b)
Present the failure envelopes from low axial strain; (c) and (d) indicate
the results when the mass strength is taken from a higher axial strain…… 204
Figure 8.12: Data from ELFEN testing on non-downgraded RC and RE biaxial sections
forming average Hoek-Brown envelopes and Mohr-Coulomb envelopes
respectively in (a) and (b) respectively………………………………………... 205
Figure 8.13: Illustration of the composition of a ‘zoned’ SLIDE model, to allow for the
rotation of biaxial stress with depth (relative to the shear strength on a
large circular failure surface)…………………………………………………… 209
Figure 8.14: Shallow circular failure within a SLIDE model of a 45° slope with Mohr-
Coulomb mass properties c = 164kPa and = 58°…………………………. 210
xv
2
Figure 8.15: Mesh and extent of model used in the Phase 55° large slope simulations.
Annotation is given in the zoomed view to indicate the extent of failure
when SRF = 1.31…………………………………………………….................. 214
Figure 8.16: Mohr-Coulomb plots of stresses at two points at different stages during
the excavation and subsequent SSR of a 1000m slope composed of a
mass strength from the downgraded (vertically fractured) Middleton
DFN……………………………………………………………………………….. 215
Figure 8.17: (a) Mohr-Coulomb plot of stress at Point B during the excavation of a
1000m slope composed of a mass strength derived from a SRF of 1.31 on
the downgraded (vertically fractured) Middleton DFN. (b) Stress path
derived from the Mohr-Coulomb plot………………………………………….. 216
Figure 8.18: (a) Mohr-Coulomb plot of stress at Point C during the excavation of a
1000m slope composed of a mass strength derived from a SRF of 1.31 on
the downgraded (vertically fractured) Middleton DFN. (b) Stress path
derived from the Mohr-Coulomb plot………………………………………….. 217
Figure 8.19: (a) Shear strain and failed nodes, during the final three stages of
excavation of a 1000m slope. (b) Maximum principal stress and failed
nodes of the same model and stages as in (a), with scaled stress tensors
to illustrate the orientation and ratio between σ1 and σ3…………………….. 219
Figure 8.20: Comparison of critical failure planes predicted by SLIDE and the Hoek
and Bray (1981) circular failure charts, when different groundwater
conditions are assumed………………………………………………………… 221
Figure 8.21: Comparison of data from RC and RE biaxial tests with the results that
Elmo (2006) found from testing RA, which has the same fracture intensity. 226
Figure 8.22: DFN within models RA, RC and RE, which all have the same fracture
intensity (P21) and GSI. However fracture orientation differs causing a
significantly weaker mass strength in RC…………………………………...... 226
Figure 8.23: Data from downgraded FracMan-ELFEN tests. The horizontally aligned
Middleton DFN, presents a high mass strength that cannot be considered
using mi suggested in RocLab…………………………………………………. 228
xvi
Page:
List of Plates
Plate 7.1: (a) Panoramic photograph (looking south) of the Fimiston open pit,
Kalgoorlie, highlighting the failure area; (b) enlarged view of the failed zone.
(c) View from the west (looking north east), with delineation of failed
zone…………………………………………………………………………………. 157
xvii
List of Tables Page:
Table 2.1: Types of damage that can occur within slope masses, with the potential to
ultimately lead to slope failure (Stead et al., 2004)………………………….. 13
Table 2.2: Basis composition of some of the more frequently used methods of slope
stability analyses that are available, with suitability, benefits and
limitations…………………………………………………………………………. 41
Table 2.3: Derivation of the Hoek-Brown constants for disturbed and undisturbed
rock masses, based on RMR. (Equations from Hoek and Marinos, 2006).. 70
Table 3.1: Methods of slope restraint within ELFEN, with specific problems
suggestions and disadvantages to each technique………………………….. 89
Table 4.1: Results from simulations on planar failure slope 3, demonstrating the
sensitivity of the solution to variation in penalties assigned to the single
discontinuity defining the discrete failure block …..………………………….. 99
Table 4.2: Analysis of planar failure slope 4, proving ELFEN to conform to simple
limit states predicted by RocPlane…………………………………………….. 103
Table 4.3: Analysis of planar failure slope 5, with failure occurring in ELFEN when
Plane_failure predicts a FOS >1, due to a simplified phreatic surface……. 105
Table 4.4: Analysis of planar failure slope 5, where the shape of the phreatic surface
has been modified in the ELFEN models, as indicated by 4.11b…………... 106
Table 5.1: Peak strengths for the Chalk at Joss Bay, reported by both Hutchinson
(1970 cited in Hoek and Bray, 1981) and Hoek and Bray (1981)………….. 110
Table 5.2: Strength inputs for limit equilibrium analysis of mass strength in
Hutchinson chalk cliff model……………………………………………………. 113
Table 5.3: Summary of results from different limit equilibrium analyses, using the
properties and geometries presented in Table 5.2 and Figure 5.2………… 114
Table 5.4: Derivation of mass tensile strength for chalk using RocLab (Rocscience,
2008) and the Mohr-Coulomb mass strength, suggested by Hoek and
Bray 1983)………………………………………………………………………... 116
2
Table 5.5: List of material properties, used within the Phase simulation of the
Hutchinson Joss Bay model……………………………………………………. 117
Table 5.6: Basic material and discontinuity strength properties used in chalk step-
path models………………………………………………………………………. 130
Table 6.1: Summary of the most important properties used for the mass and
discontinuity strength in Delabole models…………………………………….. 138
Table 6.2: Results from a number of Delabole wet-slope plane failure simulations,
where different limiting conditions were applied to the discontinuities
defining discrete failure block…………………………………………………... 147
Table 6.3: Summary of the most important properties used for the mass and
discontinuity strength in Delabole model 12………………………………….. 148
xviii
Table 6.4: Results from simulations on Delabole step-path model 12, where the
phreatic surface was raised to different heights, and/or discontinuity
frictional strength was altered to cause failure……………………………….. 152
Table 6.5: The occurrence of premature rock-bridge failure within ELFEN Delabole
step-path model, with prevention methods and recommendations………… 155
Table 7.1: Basic construction of the five different limit equilibrium models used for
the analysis of cohesive strength of the rock-bridge; with advantages and
disadvantages listed for each technique……………………………………… 160
Table 7.2: Basic construction of the two different finite element models used for the
analysis of cohesive strength of the rock-bridge; with advantages and
disadvantages listed for each technique……………………………………… 161
Table 7.3: Results of a sensitivity study on the strength of the rock mass that forms
the rock-bridge in Jacob Model 1……………………………………………… 165
Table 7.4: Results of a sensitivity study on the strength of the rock mass that forms
the rock-bridge in Jacob Model 2…...……………………………………….… 167
Table 7.5: Results from sensitivity study using Plane_Failure.xls (Pine, 2006b), with
resulting cohesive properties of the rock bridge, when calculated from the
tension required in a rock bolt………………………………………………….. 169
Table 7.6: Results from sensitivity study using Plane_Failure.xls (Pine, 2006b), with
resulting cohesive properties of rock-bridge calculated from the cohesive
strength required on the base plane to prevent the mass from failing…….. 169
Table 7.7: Summary of results from the sensitivity study of rock-bridge cohesive
strength, using different limit equilibrium models…………………………..... 170
2
Table 7.8: Phase (Model 1) study of rock-bridge strength. Note that the analysis
was performed sequentially, with the parameter which has been altered
between each case highlighted in bold……………………………………….. 174
Table 7.9: Influence of mesh density within (un-staged) Phase2 Model 2 of the
Brownhill failure………………………………………………………………...... 175
Table 7.10: Results of a sensitivity study on the strength of the rock mass that forms
the rock-bridge in Phase2 Model 2 (using a default k ratio of 1)……………. 177
Table 7.11: Results of a sensitivity study on the strength of the rock mass that forms
the rock-bridge in a Phase2 Model 2 with a k ratio of 2.32………………….. 179
Table 7.12: Situations used to compare the different methods of analysis that have
been used during the investigation of rock-bridge strength in the toe of
Brownhill. Methods from which results can be drawn are presented……… 180
Table 7.13: Comparison of results from selected methods of analysis, which can
consider frictional strength, on the rock-bridge within the toe of Brownhill... 182
Table 8.2: Properties for ELFEN modelling parameters for biaxial simulations,
derived from the uniaxial simulations carried out by Elmo (2006)…………. 192
xix
Table 8.4: Original (from Elmo, 2006), and quartered, intact strength properties for
ELFEN biaxial models with the later being for the weaker/downgraded
models…………………………………………………………………………… 198
Table 8.7: Calculation and consequent FOS from the Hoek and Bray circular failure
charts (1981) on a dry 55° 1000m dry slope; note that in this case F
refers to factor of safety, and H to slope height……………………………... 202
Table 8.8: Strength inputs for Hoptonwood Limestone in Middleton Mine, obtained
from Pine et al. (2006)…………………………………………………………. 206
Table 8.9: Range of Hoek-Brown mass strength parameters for the Hoptonwood
Limestone, which have been derived using RocLab (Rocscience, 2008),
for comparison against results from the FracMan-ELFEN analysis, listed
in Table 8.10............................................................................................... 206
Table 8.10: Range of Hoek-Brown mass strength parameters for the Hoptonwood
Limestone, that have been derived using the FracMan-ELFEN
approach……………………………………………………………………….... 206
Table 8.11: Results from SLIDE modelling of Mohr-Coulomb mass strength derived
from the ELFEN biaxial testing………………………………………………... 211
Table 8.12: Results from SLIDE modelling of Hoek-Brown mass strength derived
from the ELFEN biaxial testing………………………………………………... 211
Table 8.13: Results from a Shear Strength Reduction (SSR) study on a 55° 1000m
high slope; with resulting Shear Strength Reduction Factor and
consequent mass properties which can be checked in a SLIDE model….. 213
Table 8.14: Calculus and consequent FOS from the Hoek and Bray circular failure
charts (1981); note that in this case F refers to factor of safety…………… 220
Table 8.16: Comparisons between different criteria used to derive and analyse the
mass strength from the FracMan-ELFEN approach………………………... 224
Table 8.17: Calculus and consequent FOS from the Hoek and Bray circular failure
charts (1981) for a 1000m slope……………………………………………... 225
Table 8.18: Rock mass strength for the downgraded material, derived directly from
intact strength using the empirical Generalised Hoek-Brown Criterion…... 226
Table 8.19: Rock mass strength for the downgraded material, derived directly from
intact strength using the empirical Generalized Hoek-Brown Criterion
with a higher GSI..………............................................................................ 229
xx
List of principal symbols and abbreviations, with fundamental
units (where applicable)
xxi
c : Uniaxial compressive strength of the rock mass (Pa)
ci : Uniaxial compressive strength of intact rock (Pa)
H : Maximum horizontal principal stress (Pa)
h : Minimum horizontal principal stress (Pa)
σn : Normal stress (Pa)
σn’ : Effective normal stress (Pa)
v : Vertical principal stress (Pa)
xxii
Acknowledgements
I am particularly thankful to both my supervisors Prof. Robert Pine and Prof. John
Coggan for their help and collaboration during this research.
Thanks must go to all of my family and friends who provided words of encouragement;
especially to my partner Zoe Jarvis for her support even throughout her studies, and
also to my parents who have provided a home perfect for focussed research.
Training and code developments for ELFEN must be credited to Rockfield Software
Ltd. They also provided support during the progress of the research project; for this
I am specifically appreciative of the efforts of Melanie Armstrong, Jon Rance, Mauricio
Lobao and Prof. Roger Owen.
Collaboration throughout this project has also been from other academic and industrial
partners, including the Kalgoorlie Consolidated Gold Mines, University of Swansea,
Golder Associates, IMERYS, Rio Tinto and University of Brighton.
The research outlined in this thesis is part of an Engineering and Physical Sciences
Research Council (EPSRC, Grant No. EP/C518713/1) project at Camborne School of
Mines (CSM), University of Exeter. Part-funding was also gratefully provided by the
Isle of Man Government, who have provided financial support with the tuition fees, not
only in the doctoral research outlined in this thesis, but throughout previous bachelor
studies.
I would also like to thank the Camborne School of Mines Trust and the Institute of
Materials, Minerals and Mining for the award of travel scholarships that allowed me to
travel and attend two international conferences. In addition these funds also provided
the opportunity of visiting the Fimiston Open Pit in Western Australia, which formed a
case study due to the supportive geotechnical staff at KGCM.
Finally during the PhD, research has been undertaken in the presence of associated
colleagues whom collectively formed the Geomechanics Group, at Camborne School
of Mines. Thanks must go to them for inspiration and collaboration.
xxiii
CHAPTER 1: Introduction
Chapter 1 – Introduction
Chapter 1 introduces the context of the research, outlining research aims and
objectives. There is a summary of the past work that has been completed on fractured
rock slopes, using a comprehensive fracture-based code ELFEN, which is the main
geomechanical software that has been used throughout this thesis. The review of past
ELFEN work is split into two areas: the application of ELFEN to the back-analysis of
large slope failures, and the application of ELFEN to example slopes. An approach to
the research is presented through the consideration of six case study rock slopes,
encompassing three increasing scales of failure. Finally there is an introduction into
the thesis structure, outlining the content of each of the Chapters within this thesis.
1
CHAPTER 1: Introduction
Numerical modelling is widely used as a tool during the analysis of rock mass strength
at various scales; however there are many different methods available. This research
therefore reviews mechanisms of rock slope instability and the current methods of
numerical modelling that may be used. Subsequently the main objective is to build on
the understanding of complex rock strength, through modelling example and actual
rock slopes in a range of software, with emphasis on furthering the application of one
particular comprehensive approach, ELFEN (Rockfield, 2008).
It is important to respect that one can only ever regard findings from models as an
indication of potential mechanisms. In addition, the data on which to base a
comprehensive model is often not routinely collected. Therefore empirical knowledge
should be considered alongside numerical models, with a view towards to the
development of Internet-based slope databases where case studies of larger slopes
from around the World could be recorded as an effort to update the now restrictive
empirical approaches.
Techniques available for monitoring slope behaviour have improved significantly over
the last decade with advanced tools now widely accessible, but costly. In some
respects this discourages the development of advanced numerical modelling, as
mining companies often have relatively short term interests and can rely more on
monitoring, with appropriate design development as problems arise. In a review of
slope design for the east wall at Mantovrede Mine in Chile, Schellman et al. (2006)
suggest that slope design can now be “flexible” with basis on observational methods.
In particular they refer to results from limit equilibrium and other continuum based
numerical analysis, being used to create a contingency plan to follow if a sudden
increase in displacement rate is observed during the development of steeper slopes on
the east wall of the pit.
2
CHAPTER 1: Introduction
Finally, the ability of numerical modelling to evaluate slope failure mechanisms, and
rock mass strength, is explored during the research outlined in this thesis. This has
direct applications in the excavation of open pit mines, improving efficiency and safety.
Assessment of rock slope stability is also especially important in a range of disciplines
beyond that of mining. It can be considered that the development of numerical
modelling is imperative to furthering the understanding of fundamental rock mechanics,
although it is of utmost importance to ensure numerical modelling is never the sole
basis of an investigation, instead it should remain only as a tool within a larger scheme.
During the PhD study, various field work activities were undertaken with an aim of
integrating remote data capture with numerical modelling; the intention was to use this
research aspect to optimise the sequence of data capture, fracture network modelling
and numerical modelling. However this aspect of research could not be concluded due
to time constraints and certain areas of the collaborative work being incomplete.
3
CHAPTER 1: Introduction
Aims
1. Evaluate the ability of a dynamic fracture-based code (ELFEN), to simulate rock
slope failures through blocky rock masses.
2. Model slope instability examples within fractured rocks that are under effective
stress and thereby assess the newly developed groundwater module within
ELFEN, with comparisons against other finite element and limit equilibrium
programs.
3. Evaluate the combined use of FracMan and ELFEN as a means to determine
rock mass strength.
Objectives
1. Review present techniques to determine rock slope mass strength.
2. Develop a suitable approach to establish and unload a fractured slope model
within a dynamic fracture-based code (ELFEN).
3. Use different modelling methods to validate behaviour predicted by ELFEN.
4. Contribute to the understanding of complex rock strength through the analysis
of example and actual rock slope failures at a variety of scales. Importantly a
range of failure mechanisms should also be considered using different
modelling approaches, from simple small-scale discontinuity-controlled bench
scale, to larger overall rock mass-controlled slope failures.
5. Calibrate numerical models against known situations (intact geomechanical
tests and back-analysis of slope failures).
6. Use numerical models to determine rock mass strength.
7. Further the application of numerical modelling to rock mass strength
determination, via the use of the ‘FracMan-ELFEN’ approach (Pine et al., 2006),
as introduced in Section 2.5.2.
8. Subsequently present recommendations for potential improvements to the
traditional empirical methods of rock slope strength and stability appraisal.
4
CHAPTER 1: Introduction
ELFEN has been applied to many dry rock slope problems, highlighting its ability to
capture the complete slope failure from initiation to transportation and deposition.
Section 1.3.1, presents situations where ELFEN has been used to back-analyse large
slope failures. Section 1.3.2 presents some of the example applications from literature
to which ELFEN has also been applied.
5
CHAPTER 1: Introduction
Table 1.1: Previous applications of ELFEN within literature, applied to theoretical slope problems.
Coggan et al. (2003) and Completion of a low angle joint via the
Step-path failure
Stead et al. (2004) After Stead After Coggan propagation of cross over fractures
et al. (2004) et al. (2003)
Occurring in thinly
Footwall (thin-bedded) bi-
Stead et al. (2006) and bedded tabular bodies Simulation of tensile fracturing,
planar/ Buckling and
Stead et al. (2004) After Stead and low angle shears providing kinematic release
ploughing type failure
et al. (2004)
Coastal instability
Coggan et al. (2003) and due to undercutting Vertical breakdown of material due to
Buckling and toppling
Stead & Coggan (2006) the initial undercut
After Coggan
et al. (2003)
6
CHAPTER 1: Introduction
During the research period, associated research within CSM was concerned with the
simulation of the fracturing process of pillars and during block caving operations. This
implemented the FracMan-ELFEN interface, with FracMan modelling at CSM (Ford,
2008), and the subsequent ELFEN modelling at Rockfield. Linking the FracMan
modelling to methods of remote data-capture is another related area of research within
CSM, with the investigation of Sirovision (CSIRO, 2008a) to capture discontinuity data
from digital photography of both surface and underground rock faces (Gwynn, 2008).
7
CHAPTER 1: Introduction
Case studies 1 to 4 were used to test the new groundwater module within ELFEN;
therefore simulations were completed with and without the pressures induced by
groundwater within the discontinuities. As a result of the nature of the data that was
available from Kalgoorlie, case study 5 was not analysed in ELFEN. Also due to time
constraints, ELFEN was only used for the primary (biaxial) analysis within the final
large-scale slope in case study slope 6.
8
CHAPTER 1: Introduction
The six case studies presented in Figure 1.1, are used to evaluate the suitability of
different numerical modelling methods, to the simulation of rock slope failures from the
simple bench-scale (case studies 1 to 3) through to the more complex staged
excavation of intermediate-scale slopes (case studies 4 and 5). The final scale of
study (case study 6) investigates the derivation of an equivalent continuum from
comprehensive biaxial modelling, which is subsequently modelled as a large-scale
slope using a variety of more simple analytical approaches, and numerical methods.
During the analysis of most of the case studies, different modelling methods are used
alongside ELFEN, allowing comparison and validation of a variety of numerical
approaches. In particular the analysis method in case study 5, uses less
comprehensive numerical modelling; instead investigation progresses from limit
equilibrium approach to the more comprehensive finite element model, to determine
potential rock mass strength within the toe region.
The Appendix to this thesis has numerous sections, most of which detail the specifics
of different aspects of the numerical modelling software used, and in some cases the
raw results from these. Following the Appendices, there is a Microsoft Excel
spreadsheet (referred to as the ‘model database’) summarising the detail for each of
the numerical models referred to throughout this thesis.
As discussed in the previous section, the structure of thesis is mainly based around six
case studies, each of which investigates an aspect of slope strength, but on an
increasing scale. A summary of the content of Chapters 2 to 8 is given below.
9
CHAPTER 1: Introduction
Chapter 2 – Provides an in-depth literature review, split into five parts each based upon
a specific area that had to be considered during this thesis. Primarily there
is an introduction, followed by a section which reviews the factors that
influence slope stability, and presents the failure mechanisms that can occur
within fractured rock slopes. The third section outlines methods of
numerical modelling, from simple to complex, which can be applied to
fractured rock slopes. The basis of each approach is detailed with a
comprehensive review of the subsequent advantages and disadvantages of
each numerical method. The influence of groundwater is discussed within
the fourth section, reviewing aspects that can be considered using the newly
developed groundwater module within ELFEN. Finally the fifth section
introduces methods of assessing mass strength, outlining new numerical-
based techniques that can be compared with conventional empirical based
approaches, as applied during Chapter 8.
Chapter 3 – Introduces aspects that need to be considered when developing a model
of a fractured rock slope, within a dynamic fracture-based numerical code.
A procedure is outlined, which should be followed when using a
comprehensive dynamic numerical model to simulate failure within a
fractured rock slope. Consequently different approaches within each of the
modelling stages during this procedure are discussed, leading to
recommendations and detail on appropriate techniques during the modelling
procedure.
Chapter 4 – Further familiarisation of the numerical parameters and their influence was
provided by the study of a bench-scale planar failure, which is labelled as
case study 1. This relatively simple example of instability was analysed
using a limit equilibrium approach; providing a solution against which
numerical parameters within ELFEN, could again be calibrated. The
influence of groundwater was then investigated, highlighting sensitivities
within the comprehensive numerical approach, which were not apparent
during the analytical limit equilibrium analysis.
Chapter 5 – This Chapter introduces the second and third case study slopes, both
within a bench-scale, but involving a more complex failure mechanism.
Case study slope 2 is based upon a failure that occurred within a chalk cliff;
subsequent back-analysis of mass strength proved that the preliminary limit
equilibrium approaches provided an approximate analysis. In particular, the
slice-based limit equilibrium method gave a speculative view of mass
strength, whilst the two discrete analytical approaches demonstrated a
slightly more conservative assessment. The subsequent use of more
10
CHAPTER 1: Introduction
11
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
2.1 Introduction
This Chapter comprises a literature review of the factors that influence slope stability,
with Section 2.2 introducing potential failure mechanisms that can occur within a
fractured rock slope. This is followed by a review, within Section 2.3, of current
methods of numerical modelling and the division of disciplines/techniques on which
analyses are based. Subsequently several numerical modelling programs are
introduced, in order of increasing complexity. Within Section 2.4, the influence of
groundwater on slope stability is discussed, giving important issues to consider when
constructing a comprehensive fracture-based numerical model with a phreatic surface.
Section 2.5 considers the larger scheme of numerical modelling and its use to assess
rock mass strength. Primarily there is an introduction of the current empirical-based
methods by which rock mass strength may be determined, giving detail on one
particularly widely used approach. The final part of Section 2.5 reviews two new,
numerically-derived, equivalent continuum approaches to mass strength determination.
12
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
Table 2.1: Types of damage that can occur within slope masses, with the potential to ultimately lead
to slope failure (modified after Stead et al., 2004).
The characterisation of damage is considered essential by Stead et al. (2004), for the
successful simulation of fracture mechanics within rock slopes. However, due to
complexity, the characterisation of damage processes is difficult and only a few
comprehensive numerical codes are able to simulate certain aspects of the processes
involved.
Internal deformation mechanisms and dilation act to damage the rock mass during the
pre-failure stage upon a slope, from which tension cracks can appear; this is a form of
progressive failure, as discussed in Section 2.2.5. These mechanisms can be
particularly important in slope failures where kinematic release is inhibited, instead a
brittle to ductile transition has to occur where the rock mass strength degrades and
localised slip occurs along discontinuities (Eberhardt et al., 2004).
13
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
Fracture Mechanics
Most rock masses are under some form of compressive stress, normally in the form of
gravitational or tectonic stress; although localised failure is often tensile. This is
because the ultimate tensile strength of a rock is much lower than compressive
strength.
All materials, and in particular rocks, have microcracks or defects often referred to as
Griffith cracks/flaws which are statistically distributed in a unit volume of a material.
These randomly orientated sub-microscopic flaws or microcracks (elements of
heterogeneity), exist inherently in brittle solids. If these extend they ultimately lead to
failure, absorbing energy via the creation of a new crack surface (Whittaker et al.,
1992).
In the vicinity of a crack tip, microcracks initiate and propagate within a zone that is
referred to as the crack tip, non-linear process zone, or fracture process zone (FPZ).
Crack initiation is controlled by the fracture toughness of the medium, refer to
Appendix A. Whittaker et al. (1992) suggests that fracture propagation is controlled by
the energy released per unit crack surface, (i.e. the energy release rate, G); thus crack
propagation occurs when the energy release rate reaches a critical value. Within
ELFEN the fracture energy parameter (Gf) is included to allow the release of potential
energy into the FPZ, and the aspects of the distribution of microcracks to be
considered within simulations (Klerck, 2000).
During fracture propagation displacement occurs at the fracture tip. Fracture mechanic
studies have identified three types of displacement, mode I, mode II and mode III.
These are briefly discussed within Section 2.2.4.
14
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
A fracture mechanics approach to slope stability is based mainly upon the stress
intensity factor and the fracture toughness, with the ability to predict the formation of
failure surfaces within jointed rock masses and provide an explanation to how stepped
failure occurs (Whittaker et al., 1992).
Pine (1986) lists some of many factors that have the potential to either cause or
influence the development of existing discontinuities within a rock mass:
Deposition
Deformation
Rheological behaviour
Tectonic history
Hydraulic conditions
Erosion
Erosion and the subsequent elastic response to unloading, has the potential to form
many discontinuities in near-surface low stress conditions, and also open primary
features; for instance sedimentary features (cross-bedding, cleavage) can form joint
surfaces where they are exposed to weathering. As a result of unloading, sheeting and
tensile joints develop over time. Hencher and Knipe (2007) briefly discuss the potential
of a build up of water pressures within such joints, as a result of sediment infill that
restricts the permeation of groundwater out of the structure. In addition one should be
particularly aware of the development of joints in the short term; during the presentation
that Hencher and Knipe (2007) gave it was suggested that failures may occur on un-
15
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
mapped discontinuities that have formed during the mining and construction period as
a consequence of unloading.
From the above, it is clear that discontinuities can develop over a range of time-scales;
secondary/deformational structures develop over a geological time-scale as the rock
mass comprising a slope comes into equilibrium, whereas unloading due to mining can
open joints in a relatively short time. Importantly all of these structures exist in advance
of a slope failure. During the development of a slope failure mechanism, further post-
deformational structures (fractures) may initiate. The development of post-
deformational fractures relieves stress, but causes further damage within the rock
mass, leading to the slope failure. Therefore it is important to also include fractures
within the term ‘discontinuity,’ however within this thesis, a fracture is recognised not as
a pre-existing discontinuity but instead as a feature that develops just prior to slope
failure.
Depending on the mechanism of failure that is under study, the factor of safety (FOS)
that is assigned to a slope can either refer to the strength of the rock mass or the
strength of an individual or set of distinct discontinuities controlling a potential slope
failure. In simplified terms FOS represents the ratio between resisting and driving
forces; consequently a FOS of less than 1 equates to an unstable situation whereas a
FOS of more than or equal to 1 signifies a state on the limit of stability. Importantly
FOS can be used as a design tool; in this respect a FOS it is a measure of reliability so
that one can have confidence in a slope, designed to a suitably conservative FOS.
However FOS can not be so clear-cut in complex slope situations; as discussed in
Section 2.2.5 progressive failure is a time dependent mechanism which can have
stages of movement. Therefore it can be inappropriate to assign a particular FOS in
these situations. Sullivan (2007) suggested in his presentation that slope movements
can be over large areas with failure only manifested in small areas. Therefore the
detailed characterisation of a slope failure mechanism is imperative, prior to any form
of slope stability analysis.
16
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
discontinuities within a rock mass, largely control the rock mass strength; although the
intact rock strength, and water conditions are also elements that should be considered.
As outlined above, circular-type failures occur through the mass, where there are no
singular discontinuities persistent enough to contribute to a more planar failure
mechanism. Where there are persistent discontinuities, the failure mechanism can
become explicitly controlled by the particular discontinuity. The identification of the
failure mechanism can be through stereoplots of the discontinuities mapped within a
rock face; the types of failures that can be recognised (planar, wedge and toppling
failures) are discussed within Section 2.2.5.
Eberhardt et al. (2003) state that assumptions, such as those that within Equation 2.1
and also in failures identified through stereoplots, where failure is considered to have
occurred upon extensive and continuous planes, are justified by post failure
observations. However, any assumptions from such failures, only apply to situations
where there are persistent discontinuities and/or the volume of the failed block is
relatively small (e.g. 1000’s of m3). Larger-scale failures involve the complex
interaction between existing discontinuities and the propagation of brittle fractures.
Kimber et al. (1998) used a discontinuous numerical model, UDEC (see Section 2.3.6),
to illustrate the influence of the inclination of a single set of discontinuities with a of
40°, termed the base plane, in comparison to the base-to-height (b/h) ratio of the
blocks that comprise the rock mass. These two controls, determine the stability of a
slope and essentially the failure mechanism. In addition Mitani et al. (2004) also used
UDEC to define the limits at which flexure toppling will occur, by determining a ratio
between the vertical height of the slope to the horizontal distance between the slope
crest and a point at the top of the cliff.
17
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
In-situ stresses
Most rock masses are under some form of compressive stress, normally controlled by
gravitational or tectonic stress. The action of high stresses during excavation can
compromise the shear strength of discontinuities and fundamentally the strength of the
rock mass. Pine (1986) suggests two categories of theoretical in-situ stresses:
The in-situ stress within an open pit has a significant influence on the potential slope
failure mechanisms, as discussed in Section 2.2.5. Within a low stress environment,
the rock mass dilates due to relaxation following the mining of the open pit, this can
create a blocky rock mass. Read and Ogden (2006) suggest that within a low stress
open pit mine, slope stability becomes a function of the ability of individual blocks of
rock to lock together and therefore the respective discontinuity strengths. Whereas
within higher stress environments, slope stability instead becomes a function of the
cohesion (c) and friction () or an equivalent criterion used to represent mass strength
(reviewed in Section 2.5). The influence of stress on the behaviour of rock slope is
also related to the effects of scale; as discussed in Section 2.2.3 a large slope is likely
to fail by a mass-controlled mechanism, due to higher stresses. Whereas lower stress
(bench-scale) rock slopes, are likely to fail following a dominantly discontinuity-
controlled mechanism.
With sufficient magnitude, the orientation of the maximum in-situ principal stress (σ1)
within the rock mass can have an overriding control upon fracture propagation, with
fractures forming parallel to σ1. In addition the relationship of the maximum horizontal
principal stresses (σH) to the vertical stress (σV), which is defined as the ‘k ratio’ as
18
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
shown in Equation 2.2, has an important influence on the locality of tensile stress
accumulation.
σh = k σv [2.2]
Note that the k ratio can be dependent on Poisson’s Ratio () in sedimentary strata.
When the stress state within a rock mass is from gravity loading alone (i.e. there are no
tectonic stresses involved), the k ratio can be calculated through the following equation:
k (1or 2)
1
[2.3]
Stacey et al. (2003) performed numerical modelling to prove that the location of tensile
stress within a slope can indicate the in-situ stress regime. In particular, reference is
made to different k ratios causing different behaviour within the floor of an open pit.
Stacey et al. (2003) also documented how increasing k ratio and slope height causes
an increase in the extent and magnitude of zones of high extension strain; they
illustrate a relationship with slope angle, demonstrating that in most cases the zone of
extension strain is larger with lower slope angles.
The beneficial effect of concave and convex slope curvature is particularly applicable in
massive rock (continuum)/non-structurally controlled slopes. Within slopes that are of
19
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
Related to slope curvature, the opposite sides of an open pit mine can interact and
influence the stability of a slope, this is a result of stress redistribution occurring when
pits are narrow. Stacey et al. (2003) note that the interaction of the opposite sides of
an open pit, occurs until the floor width exceeds about 0.8 times the slope height.
When the open pit is wider than 0.8 times the slope height, the disturbed stress field
induced from each of the pit walls is independent, therefore each slope acts separately
and consequently a smaller-scale numerical model can be used. Within narrower open
pits the opposite pit wall needs to be considered during analysis, which in some cases
requires a three dimensional model, as discussed later in Section 2.3.9.
The potential failure mechanism can be related to scale-of study, as illustrated within
two example slopes which have the same fracture network but different heights,
presented in Figures 2.2b and 2.2c. Clearly defined structures are likely to
characterise a dominantly discontinuity-controlled mechanism during a bench-scale
failure (discussed in Section 2.2.5). At an overall slope-scale illustrated in Figure 2.1c,
the same fracture network instead could have a more complex behaviour and
consequent less distinct failure mechanism. Note that in this case, a circular failure
has been schematically drawn through the fractured mass. Large through-going
discontinuities have to be considered within a slope of this scale; the reader is referred
to Sjöberg (1999) for a more detailed review of potential failure mechanisms within
large rock slopes.
20
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
Figure 2.1: Effects of scale on rock strength (a), demonstrating that a potential failure mechanism is
related to the scale of study (modified after Sjöberg, 1999).
As depicted in Figure 2.1b, depending on the network of discontinuities within the rock
mass, failures at bench-scale can occur on single a set of discontinuities if the
respective discontinuities are sufficiently persistent, being at a length that is
approximately equal to the bench height. Thus depending on the length of
discontinuity, the stability of the bench and strength of the localised rock mass can be
largely controlled by the shear strength of a single discontinuity. The shear strength
upon a single discontinuity is influenced by a number of morphological and physical
properties. Some of these properties are given by Wyllie and Mah (2004), for
instance: shape, roughness, strength of rock adjacent to the discontinuity, and
respective strength of material infilling joint. In addition to this the groundwater
conditions upon the joint also dictate the shear resistance; all of these parameters are
integrated into the empirical classification based methods of rock mass strength
determination, and should importantly be essential components within any field data
collection to allow more detailed numerical modelling.
On the smallest scale between the spacing of individual joints, failure through intact
rock is controlled by the fracture mechanics of the medium. Such a scale is important
to the understanding of fracture propagation, although this research should consider
the strength of the rock mass (which includes consideration of joint strength). Wyllie
and Mah (2004) list the following factors encompassing both the control of the intact
rock and the strength of discontinuities, which should be considered in order to
describe the strength of a jointed rock mass:
21
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
In addition to these, other properties of the discontinuities (such as their orientation and
persistence), and also other characteristics related to the material comprising the rock
slope (such as its fracture toughness, tensile strength, etc.), ultimately influence the
strength of the rock mass.
Wyllie and Mah (2004) describe two frequently used empirical methods that have been
derived and developed as a result of the difficulty in relating an estimate of shear
strength of the rock mass, to the shear strength of relatively small samples. These two
methods are ‘back analysis’ and the ‘Hoek-Brown strength criterion;’ both of these
allow the derivation of rock mass strength, and are independently discussed in
Section 2.5.
The back analysis of a slope failure requires detailed characterisation, concerning the
conditions within the rock mass immediately before failure, thus developing an
understanding of the conditions that in theory were on the limit of stability equilibrium
(FOS = 1; as discussed in Section 2.2.2). This information could be the position of the
sliding surface, the ground water conditions, and detail on the existence of any external
forces, foundation loads, earthquake forces etc. (Wyllie and Mah, 2004). With this
information, analyses can be performed with trial and error of the likely rock mass
and/or discontinuity strength, until a condition is achieved where the slope is at its limit
of stability. Some modern numerical analysis programs can perform automated
detection of the limit state, such as Phase2 (Rocscience, 2008), through the application
of the ‘shear strength reduction’ (SSR) technique (see Section 2.3.4).
22
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
Figure 2.2: Modes of fracturing (after van der Pluijm and Marshak, 1997).
In addition to the above, mixed modes of fracturing can occur, which entail
displacement that is both parallel and perpendicular to the fracture surface. The
fracturing of rock is often via both opening and sliding displacements causing mixed
mode I-II fracture (Whittaker et al., 1992).
At present the solution procedure within ELFEN has the ability to model fracture
propagation via only mode I fracturing. This could limit the ability of ELFEN to predict
fracture extension within some slope problems. However, the fact that current version
of ELFEN can only simulate fracture extension though only mode I behaviour is not as
critical as it may seem. Although the common stress field in a rock mass is
23
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
The application of the “combined Mohr Coulomb with Rankine tensile cut-off” criteria,
(see Appendix B), allows the consideration of tensile (mode I) and shear (mode II)
failure. Through research within this thesis, the combined criterion has permitted the
analysis of peak rock mass strength, accurately simulating mass-controlled failure up to
yield point. Following yield point, failure mechanisms involved with mass-controlled
slope failure can only, using the present version of ELFEN, be simulated where there is
a degree of discontinuity control, and orientation is such that tensile fracturing will
cause kinematic release.
It could be considered that shear fracture extension within a compressive stress regime
(mode II failure), is essential to achieving kinematic release in many rock slope
failures; therefore this is an important aspect that needs to be addressed in code
development. In the meantime it must be recognised that using the current version of
ELFEN, the simulation of post-yield failure mechanisms within rock slopes where there
is a degree of mass-control, can only occur within some types of toppling failure and
certain step-path failure situations; both of these are discussed within the following
section.
24
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
At rock slopes that exceed 40m in height, large-scale plane and wedge failures
become uncommon, as a result of few persistent discontinuities that reach this scale.
Instead at large slope scale, the interconnection of discontinuities (step-path failure)
becomes important, to create rotational shear (a form of circular failure), toppling and
active-passive wedge failure.
Bench-scale failure
Large-scale planar failure is thought by Wyllie and Mah (2004) to be rare. As
discussed above, planar failure is a mechanism that instead is relevant to slope
instability at bench-scale. The conditions for a planar failure rely upon the existence of
a slide plane that daylights into the slope surface, striking parallel or nearly parallel to
the slope face. A tension crack behind the slope crest, along with release surfaces at
either end of the failure plane, enables kinematic release of the failure block. Within
this thesis, a planar failure has proved valuable for demonstrating the sensitivity a
comprehensive stability solution has, to variation in surface properties; this is outlined
in Chapter 4.
Wedge failure is concerned with two intersecting discontinuities which strike oblique to
the slope face. At bench-scale, the majority of discontinuities are often small in length;
therefore for wedge failure to occur, two unfavourably orientated discontinuities must
exist. Considering that rock masses have few large discontinuities, it is unlikely that
orientations will be such that large wedge failures will form. Therefore this failure
mechanism is limited to relatively small-scale failures affecting a limited area; the shear
strength upon the discontinuities provides the overriding control on failure. At bench-
scale, it can be considered a more probable failure mechanism than planar failure, due
to the wide range of geologic and geometric properties with which wedge failures can
occur (Wyllie and Mah, 2004). The line of intersection which is formed by the two
planes ultimately controls the stability, with failure occurring when this line of
intersection dips at an angle that exceeds the frictional angle of the respective
discontinuities.
Unlike planar and wedge failure, toppling failure does not involve the sliding of a block;
instead toppling failure is concerned with the rotation of columns or blocks of rock
25
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
around a fixed base (Wyllie and Mah, 2004). Several types of toppling failure exist,
although the most important distinction is between direct and flexural toppling; both
occur when there is a set of discontinuities steeply dipping into the slope face.
Flexural toppling can occur with only a single set of discontinuities dipping steeply into
the face forming continuous chimneys of rock that can flex and consequently break,
allowing release from the slope face. Direct toppling however, requires another set of
orthogonal subhorizontal discontinuities, forming the release surfaces for blocks to
topple directly from the slope face. Mitani et al. (2004) used UDEC to demonstrate that
the initial failure of a flexural topple is caused by tensile stress between critically
dipping failure planes; in addition shear failure can accompany the flexure topple
through the interlayer slip as a result of the outward movement of each column of rock.
Finally failures within either weak material or closely/highly fractured rock masses,
follow a circular geometry, involving failure through entirely intact rock as a result of its
weak nature, or upon existing discontinuities. During circular failure, failure starts at
the toe of the slope and gradually works upwards, in a time-dependent fashion (see
following section on progressive failure), as favourably orientated fractures are linked
via the fracture of the intact material (rock-bridges) between the discontinuities. As a
result of this nature, the material through which circular failure occurs could be
considered a continuum and thus can be applicable to limit equilibrium and finite
element solution schemes introduced in Section 2.3. The geological conditions within
the slope ultimately control the shape of the failure surface, with shallow, large radius
surfaces occurring in homogeneous weathered or weak rock masses; whereas in a
more cohesive and lower friction strata (such as clay), the circular failure surface is
deeper and has a smaller radius that may daylight in an area beyond the toe of the
slope (Wyllie and Mah, 2004).
26
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
However, circular failure through relatively brittle rock masses that comprise a large
slope is a controversial issue. Conventionally, the analysis of such failures has been
via continuum-type circular failure (mass-controlled) methods; however the influence of
discontinuity-control is becoming more of an important aspect with deepening open pits
creating larger slopes. Consequently the simulation step-path failure at a large-scale,
is now a key issue. This requires an increase in both computer power and reliability, in
order for accurate representation via comprehensive fracture-based numerical
modelling methods.
At present, equivalent continuum analyses (introduced within Section 2.5) using finite
element or finite difference models, are the principal way in which large-slope failure
mechanisms can be represented efficiently. Using this technique, the simulation of
discrete large-scale structure within large slopes, can only occur via accurately
assigned biaxial strength models, with consideration of the representative elementary
volume (REV) of the rock mass. The accurate simulation of progressive failure at
large-scale within a rock slope, still remains a key issue than cannot be directly
represented using an equivalent continuum technique. Despite this, the final part of
this section introduces progressive failure, with a view forward to future simulation
within large fractured rock slopes. Before this, active-passive wedge failure is
introduced within the following section.
planar failure is vertical, whereas with an active-passive geometry the release surface
is non-vertical; the consequence of this is a ‘chair-shaped’ failure scar.
Stead et al. (2006a) modelled an active-passive problem which demonstrated how the
fracturing of the upper and/or lower blocks, provides space for kinematic release. The
nature of kinematic release within an active-passive wedge failure is time dependent;
the processes controlling time dependent deformation are discussed within the
following section.
Progressive failure
Progressive failure is time-dependent deformation that allows the eventual completion
of a failure plane via mechanisms (stress corrosion/damage and chemical/physiological
changes), which progressively reduce the strength of discontinuities and ultimately the
rock mass. Such a process can lead to one of many failure mechanisms resulting in
slope failure in either a brittle or ductile manner.
Stead et al. (2004) described a step-path failure. With associated time dependency,
step-path failure can also be considered as a form of progressive failure. The
generation of a step-path failure is greatly influenced by the persistence of a low angle
joint. As illustrated in Figure 2.3, the geometry that Stead et al. (2004) presented
clearly shows persistent low angle joints, which promote the extension of cross-over
fractures and allow subsequent release of the discrete block. If joints are not persistent
enough, the overlap may be insufficient for a cross-over fracture to form through the
rock-bridge. Yan et al. (2007a) describe numerical modelling that has been used to
simulate such factors, which are important in step-path failure. Also, as referred to
later within this section, Yan et al. (2007b) suggested a number of properties which
determine the failure potential of a rock-bridge, one of these is the persistence of the
step-path fractures.
28
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
Figure 2.3: Step-path failure showing persistent low angle joints (after Stead
et al., 2004).
This propagation of the cross-over fractures to the kinematic release of the failure
mass, characterises how progressive failure involves a change in kinematics at micro
to macro-scales. As the shear strength along the failure plane reduces from peak to
residual values, consecutive failure of rock bridges can lead to the development of a
failure surface upon which kinematic release may become possible (Eberhardt et al.,
2004).
The following sections review this mechanism of failure, with examples where
numerical models have been used to simulate behaviour and consequent suggestions
upon inadequacies within the present modelling approaches.
Sullivan (2007) suggests that most open pit slopes pass through five stages of
successive movement:
1. Viscoelastic response.
2. Creep.
3. Cracking and dislocation.
4. Collapse or failure.
5. Post failure deformation (“liquefaction type failures”).
The first four of these stages of movement are illustrated in Figure 2.4. Primarily the
initial response of the rock mass is characterised by a sudden rapid increase in the
deformation rate, which can be associated with the primary stage of movement
illustrated in Figure 2.4. However it is from the secondary phase of deformation, that
29
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
behaviour differs between stable pit slopes and progressive-type failures; Mercer
(2007) examines the behaviour of a progressive failure in detail, reporting a rapid
decrease in deformation rate, following the initial stage. Also finally there is a long
period of slowly reducing steady state creep.
The two most important areas that should be considered when studying a progressive
failure is the strength of rock bridges between unfavourably aligned discontinuities, and
the time dependent development of fracture through these rock-bridges ultimately
creating the failure path. Yan et al. (2007b) suggest that the failure of rock bridges is a
function of persistence, dip, joint spacing, shear strength and the intact tensile strength;
30
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
Elmo et al. (2008) look towards the characterisation of rock-bridges suggesting that
fracture spacing, persistence and block size can define a rock-bridge. It can be
anticipated that there is a direct relationship between the size of rock-bridges and the
resulting rock mass strength; the larger the rock-bridge the less likely fracture will be
able to span the distance between the respective discontinuities. As discussed in
Section 2.5.2, Elmo et al. (2007b) introduces a relationship between fracture intensity
and the spacing and size of rock-bridges, and subsequent rock mass integrity. The
only disadvantage to this approach is that their ratio cannot be used as an index of the
physical dimensions of the rock bridge; instead Elmo et al. (2007b) suggests that this
should be derived from an interlinked rock mass classification system.
Once the progressive behaviour has been triggered, and it is following the style of
deformation outlined earlier within this section, one must consider the underlying
processes that can control and drive progressive-type behaviour. Eberhardt et al.
(2004) outline how the process of progressive failure is driven by:
31
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
The propagation of fractures (breaking intact rock bridges that exist between
discontinuities), thus overcoming the cohesive strength of a shear plane;
Strength degradation, in particular the frictional strength is reduced as a result
of mobilisation causing the shearing of asperities along the respective
discontinuity surfaces;
Strain softening; and
Internal deformation accompanied by dilation causing such failure events to last
several hours, with the tilting and falling of large blocks one after another; as
was reported within the events of the Randa 1991 slide.
The degradation of strength within a rock mass was briefly discussed in Section 2.2.1.
In more detail Hencher and Knipe (2007) introduced three ways via which progressive
failure and a consequent ‘dynamic evolution’ of the strength may be induced:
In addition to some of the above Wyllie and Mah (2004) suggest that increases in pore
pressures over time (including swelling) and time-dependent creep as a result of a
constant load, are also both mechanisms of progressive failure. Analogous to these
processes are the forms of damage, outlined previously in Table 2.1, which can also
promote the progressive failure of rock slopes. One of these forms of damage is
physico-chemical; Mas Ivars et al. (2007) refers to stress-corrosion (chemically
assisted crack growth) being responsible for time-dependency behaviour during brittle
creep. They also noted that a Particle Flow Code, which is introduced in Section 2.3,
possesses a ‘parallel-bonded’ stress corrosion model, which is able to simulate this
time-dependent behaviour.
Progressive failure can be instigated by excessive stresses; the point at which this
stress is relieved could manifest itself in either internal or external deformation,
therefore the factor of safety drops below unity at this point. However, following stress
relief the failure mass can enter a semi-stable period during which shear stresses build
until they are sufficient enough to cause failure again. This sort of stick-slip behaviour
cannot be assessed by conventional approaches which give a single FOS; also time
dependent behaviour, is a difficult aspect to represent when modelling. Different
mechanisms can be involved in the initiation and development of a progressive failure;
whilst a large and deep seated mass can be involved at the initiation stage, the
32
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
consequent collapse can occur within a relatively small zone near surface (Stacey,
2007).
In-situ stress is an important factor that can control progressive-type failures, it must be
noted that progressive and step-path failure can occur both in low and high stress
situations, although differences exist between the mechanics during the step-over
fracture through rock-bridges. In low stress environments it has been shown that
failure within intact rock bridges is often tensile even if the surrounding stresses are
compressive; under a higher confining stress shear failure of rock bridges becomes
more important (Lajtai, 1969, cited in Alzo'ubi et al., 2007). Therefore in order to model
large-scale progressive-type failures, the numerical code should be able to
insert/develop fractures as a result of mode II failure (introduced in Section 2.2.4). This
is discussed further within Section 2.2.9, which outlines the capability of current
numerical modelling methods, to simulate progressive failure. Before a model can be
constructed, one needs to consider examples of progressive failure and how these are
monitored.
Another form of progressive failure involving the degradation of slope was suggested
by Roux et al. (2006) in their assessment of the 1997 failure at Navachab Gold Mine,
Namibia. They suggested that the failure was primarily a result of a reduction in the
shear strength on critical joint planes, due to both blasting and changes in the in-situ
stress state during mining which caused a state of over-stress and an overall
weakening of the rock mass. Another example where monitoring is very important, is
given by Kveldsvik et al. (2006), who describe a secondary or steady creep phase of
deformation in the Norway Fjords. Monitoring slope deformation therefore allows the
identification of critical acceleration periods during progressive-type behaviour, which
occur prior to a catastrophic failure.
33
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
The ability of ELFEN to model the processes involved with progressive failure is
ensured through the remeshing and contact search algorithms within the coding,
although perhaps ELFEN is limited to simulating fracture during progressive behaviour,
in only low stress environments. As discussed previously, step-path failure in high
stress situations is likely to involve mode II failure; as discussed in Section 2.2.4,
ELFEN cannot insert a fracture when failure of the rock mass is by mode II failure.
This may limit the simulation of progressive failure in large rock slopes where stresses
are considerable.
34
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
Importantly, conventional rock slope analysis methods cannot account directly for the
progressive development of a failure plane. Instead most methods only address joint
persistence; Eberhardt et al., (2004) suggest that the consideration of joint persistence
in conventional analyses, involves limit equilibrium solutions that apply an apparent
cohesion, which is dependent on the continuity of jointing. The tensile fracture ability of
ELFEN enables the direct modelling of step-path and consequent progressive failure.
During the step-path simulations by Yan et al. (2007a), a linear post-yield strain-
softening response is assumed following points at which the tensile stress reaches the
tensile strength. The gradient of the linear strain-softening response curve is
calculated through ELFEN and is defined by a formula, based mainly upon the fracture
energy (Gf), presented within Klerck et al. (2004). There was a brief introduction of the
Gf parameter in ELFEN, within Section 2.2.2; further discussion is provided in
Appendix A.
Aspects of progressive failure have also been modelled in UDEC (introduced in Section
2.3.6); Alzo'ubi et al. (2007) recreated some of Lajtai’s (1969) experiments using their
UDEC damage model (UDEC-DM). They concluded that the Voronoi method within
UDEC, is capable of accurately simulating discontinuous behaviour of fractures in
direct shear.
At present most numerical analysis of progressive failures within rock slopes, have
been based in two-dimensions (2D); however as discussed in Section 2.3.9, some
situations require analysis in three-dimensions (3D). Read (2007) suggested that the
simulation of step path failure can be restricted in 2D models due to the formation of
discrete blocks or closed volumes from the extension of intersecting structures. This is
perhaps less likely in 3D analysis. Further research is required to verify these findings.
Yan et al. (2007b) used 3DEC (introduced in Section 2.3), to simulate translation and
rotation of rigid blocks, subsequently forming a step-path failure surface within a slope
where joints were persistent. ELFEN was also used by Yan et al. (2007b), for the
simulation of less persistent fracture networks, when modelling the failure of rock
bridges.
35
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
al., 2007). The findings of Elmo et al. (2008) are also significant; reporting that both
equivalent continuum approaches and rock mass classification schemes can result in
an underestimation of the rock mass strength properties. This could be because rock-
bridge strength cannot be considered within these conventional approaches.
For the purpose of this thesis mechanical issues related to failure within fractured rock
slopes have been addressed. During the review of these processes, it has been made
clear that there are human-based factors (for example the amount of empirical
knowledge during a design situation), which can act to compromise slope stability;
some of these issues are discussed briefly within Appendix D.
It appears imperative that some of the issues discussed in Appendix D, are addressed
if large slopes are to be designed with confidence. With the increasing use of
numerical models worldwide by both consultancies and mining companies, it is a
priority that a detailed understanding of numerical modelling is gained during university
teaching. The following section reviews in detail the numerical models that are
available for fractured rock slope modelling, and the concepts upon which they are
based.
36
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
Often models may simply be used to investigate theories on the process of failure
initiation; another objective could be that modelling rock masses gives an insight into
which processes should be considered explicitly in an average way (Hoek et al., 1990).
The creation and formulation of a numerical model is invariably conducted via
computer software due to the sheer complexity and number of calculations required
during computation. Such models make it possible to investigate a number of
alternatives in a realistic manner, but it should always be referred to as only an
approximation to reality (Hoek, 2004).
Siddall and Gale (1992) suggest that the use of any computer simulation is reliant
primarily on the data used, the skills and knowledge of the modeller. Simulations
should therefore be used as an assessment of data gathered from monitoring
programs, allowing a better prediction of the likely response of strata to various mining
situations, than any empirical method can deliver. Therefore there are distinct
advantages of numerical modelling over empirical techniques; however the
complicated behaviour of a rock mass cannot be captured by even the most
comprehensive numerical modelling packages. Consequently the use of empirical and
numerical techniques alongside each other should always be considered in the future
development of predictive techniques for rock mass behaviour.
37
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
The research in this thesis uses all three levels; although the majority of the work has
been completed using level II and III methods, with the use of limit equilibrium (level I)
analysis as a check on the behaviour of ELFEN, which falls into the third level of
numerical analysis. The following Table (2.2) gives an overview of numerical
techniques that are currently available; outlining the basis of each the method of
analysis, its appropriate area of application within the geotechnical study of slopes, and
finally the benefits and limitations of each method. The information within the table has
been composed from a collection of sources, all of which are accordingly cited.
At the simplest level of analysis, kinematic methods consider the rock mass as a series
of blocks, identifying those blocks that are unstable. Poropat and Elmouttie (2006)
present a method of performing 3D structural modelling of open pits by acquiring
structural orientation data via Sirovision 3D imaging system. Following this a block
analysis is performed to detect which blocks have the potential to be kinematically free.
38
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
Domain or boundary
- Domain solutions discretize the whole model into elements.
Implicit or explicit
- The explicit scheme is based on the fact that there is a maximum speed
at which information can propagate through elements; consequently the
time-stepping procedure is employed simplifying the calculation
procedure. This allows each element to be considered independently;
effectively the model is therefore idle whilst new properties are
calculated for each element (Flynn, 2001). It must be noted that the use
of explicit analysis (as opposed to the implicit approach) is more suited
to modelling non-linear large strain problems.
39
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
Figure 2.5: Decision tree for selecting modelling method (after Scheldt et al., 2003).
Given an understanding on how a numerical model is composed, one can consider the
suitability, and the consequent benefits and limitations of different numerical
approaches; as presented in Table 2.2. Following this, there is further discussion upon
the detailed basis of some of the numerical approaches introduced within Table 2.2.
40
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
Table 2.2: Basis of some of the more frequently used methods of slope stability analyses that are available, with suitability, benefits and limitations.
Basis of model and
Composition Suitability Benefits Limitations
method of analysis
2D rigid blocks Can be quite advanced with examples such as:
coupled groundwater simulations;
Best suited to the analysis of
implementation of probabilistic
relatively simple trigger
Can be
mechanisms. No ability to consider complex
considered as an approaches to numerical modelling
Kinematic and behaviour such as:
internal/intact brittle
analytic (and non (which can be used to generate a
Limit Equilibrium Most applicable to simple
numerical) factor of safety, for the purpose of back
Techniques block failures along a fracture and deformation,
progressive failure/creep
method of analysis a problem*).
discontinuity or rock slope
stability Most commonly used techniques for the
that behaves like a continuum
assessment evaluation of stability within open pit mine
(Eberhardt, 2003).
(Chung, 2007). slopes Stacey et al. (2003).
Requires specialised input
Capability to model:
internal deformation within intact
parameters.
of both joints and the intact rock (Curran and Ofoegbu, 1993).
41
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
(Continuation of Table 2.2 - Basis of some of the more frequently used methods of analysis that are available, with suitability, benefits and limitations)
42
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
(Continuation of Table 2.2 - Basis of some of the more frequently used methods of analysis that are available, with suitability, benefits and limitations)
43
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
Within continuum approaches the fundamental basis of a model can be either finite
element or finite difference, each being a distinct method of calculus. The Finite
Element Method (FEM) is one of the most popular methods of numerical analysis;
Rocscience (2004) state that FEM was first applied to geotechnical engineering in 1966
and has become increasingly popular due to its wide ability to analyse a variety of
problems. However Owen et al. (2005) describes the lack of robustness of the overall
finite element framework when the incompressibility limit of a material is approached,
the conventional displacement-based finite elements with ‘low order shape functions’
can cause a locking behaviour.
The coding within the FEM utilises a numerical approximation of the connectivity of
elements, continuity of displacements and the stresses between elements to arrive at
solution, whilst the Finite Difference Method (FDM) instead works on stress-
displacement relations and stress-strain equations to generate appropriate mass
behaviour (Eberhardt, 2003). The FDM is a technique that is very similar to FEM’s,
only it is applied to problems with simple boundaries along which a regular mesh is
constructed; subsequently short comings exist when modelling fractures, complex
boundary conditions and material inhomogeneity (Elmo, 2006). Also as a result of the
basis upon continuum mechanics, the FEM cannot simulate situations where there is
large-scale opening, sliding and complete detachment of elements (Jing and Hudson,
2002).
Even FEM codes with explicit solutions are inadequate for modelling highly non-linear
behaviour which occurs within ‘blocky’ ground conditions, instead with such situations
the discrete element method (DEM) is more appropriate (Hoek et al., 1990). The DEM
and Discontinuous Deformation Analysis (DDA) are both forms of discontinuum
modelling. The DDA was developed to perform complete deformational analysis of a
block system by Shi in 1988 (Jing, 2003). The fundamental difference of the DDA
approach to the DEM approach is that unknowns in the equilibrium equations are
replaced with displacements as opposed to forces; consequently a matrix, which is
used in a similar manner in FEM’s analysis, can be used to solve equations within DDA
methods (Eberhardt, 2003). DDA methods are well suited to the analysis of large
44
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
deformations and rigid body movements; its ability to simulate coupling or failure states
between contacted blocks is also advantageous (Eberhardt, 2003). Block rotation,
fracture opening and complete detachments are all rigid body motions of individual
blocks within a model, the displacements caused by these motions are impossible to
model in FEM, FDM and BEM but such motions are possible with DEM techniques
(Jing, 2003).
The following sections introduce various numerical methods, some of which are
commercially available for use as a tool in slope stability analyses.
Account for the spacing, orientation and continuity data for discontinuities;
Predict how candidate failure surfaces can propagate through the rock mass,
identifying pathways of least shear and/or tension resistance thus locating
critical rock bridges.
Identify potential direction of failures, simulating kinematically free blocks on
curved or undulating surfaces.
Siromodel uses a DFN to create the 3D polyhedra; the DFN can be generated either
via manual or digital processes and can consequently take the data generated by
Sirovision (Read, 2008). As described in Section 2.3.1, Poropat and Elmouttie (2006)
introduce a kinematic analysis using Sirovision data. Grenon (2007) presents a similar
technique, although the 3D ‘susceptibility model’ that they produce is derived ultimately
from structural mapping data. Importantly the method used by Grenon (2007) is an
approach that integrates geographical information system (GIS) software, with
kinematic analyses, via the following process:
45
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
1. Firstly each of the designated structural domains within the pit is split into cells
by the GIS software, which considers the slope orientation within each of the
cells, in conjunction with the discontinuity network from structural mapping.
2. Subsequently the GIS software performs a kinematic analysis within each cell,
assessing the kinematic feasibility of planar and wedge failure, to give a hazard
map; importantly Grenon (2007) suggests that statistical fracture properties are
assigned during this analysis.
3. Finally a limit equilibrium analysis is used to derive the FOS, and also the
probability of failure (from Monte-Carlo simulations), of the respective planar
and wedge failures that were identified from the kinematic method.
Siromodel is perhaps a step beyond the kinematic analyses within the process
described above. With the ability to consider rock-bridges and curved or undulating
surfaces, there is the potential of Siromodel being integrated with more advanced
forms of numerical modelling, which can consider the rock strength. However CSIRO
(2008a) outlined that Siromodel is limited to bench and inter-ramp scale, with the larger
scale rock slope strength addressed by the SRM method, discussed in Section 2.5.2.
SLIDE is a program that has been developed by Rocscience (2008), and is widely used
in the geomechanics community to assess mass-controlled slope instability. It has a
principal composition of vertical slices, with an automated search that allows the
detection of an undefined failure surface through a homogeneous material in 2D. Pore-
pressures can be inputted to allow the calculation of heads and discharges. Finally
there is also a probabilistic function within SLIDE, making sensitivity and back analysis
studies quicker.
46
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
mechanism. There are ten, slice equilibrium analysis methods that are available within
SLIDE; for more detail on these see Appendix C.
As well as SLIDE, three other limit equilibrium methods have been used during the
research reported within this thesis. Firstly, similar to SLIDE, there is the Microsoft©
Excel-based spreadsheet Jacob (Pine, 2006a). Unlike SLIDE, at the base of each
individual slice, Mohr-Coulomb strength is assigned when using Jacob. This allows the
consideration of both mass and discontinuity strength upon a defined path. Chapter 7
introduces a failure where Jacob had to be used as opposed to SLIDE, due to this
unique feature.
Briefly two other limit equilibrium techniques have also been used, which both consider
discontinuity-related 2D failures, with the simulation of a discrete plane failure block as
opposed to a collection of slices. Plane_failure (Pine, 2006b) is a Microsoft© Excel-
based spreadsheet; this again allows a high degree of control upon input parameters.
However its equivalent, RocPlane (Rocscience, 2008), permits an angle of dip to be
specified for the tension crack if desired; this can be important when considering
active-passive type geometries as in Chapter 6. Both Plane_failure and RocPlane can
use Monte-Carlo simulation to examine the effects of parameter variability.
The following section introduces Phase2 which has been used throughout this thesis,
as a form of continuum analysis to further the understanding, which has been gained
from limit equilibrium modelling.
The hybrid FEM/BEM programming permits Phase2 to model multiple materials and
simulate non-linear behaviour close to the excavation boundaries, whereas further
a-field in-situ stresses are modelled via a boundary method (Hoek et al., 1998). This is
different to a solely BEM approach, which as Jing and Hudson (2002) suggests, is
more suited to homogeneous and linearly elastic bodies. This is because the BEM
47
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
divides only the boundary of an excavation into elements, whereas the rock mass
within the centre is represented mathematically as an infinite continuum (Meyer, 2002).
Within this central continuum, non-linearity and inhomogeneous features of the rock
mass can not be modelled; however as Phase2 employs a hybrid approach, such
aspects can be considered, as it is only the boundaries of the model that are simulated
as a continuum.
During the SSR finite element technique, slope materials are assumed to have an
elasto-plastic strength behaviour; progressive reduction of the material shear strengths
then occurs until there is a solution of the subsequent collapse (Rocscience, 2004).
The resulting SRF (also referred to as F), represents a value by which the mass shear
strength of the material must be reduced by to result in failure; for Mohr Coulomb
material this equates in the following formula (note that the SSR approach is
conventionally applied to Mohr Coulomb material as a result of the ease with which the
shear strength parameters may be downgraded):
48
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
Rocscience (2004) identify several benefits of the SSR method that can be performed
in FEM techniques such as Phase2, over the conventional calculation of the factor of
safety (FOS) from limit equilibrium techniques. These are outlined below:
The SSR method eliminates the need for the calculation of the FOS via a model
that is specifically based on slope failure via a particular mode (wedge, planar,
toppling or circular failure).
No assumptions are required on the location and shape of the failure surface.
Arbitrary assumptions regarding the inclinations and locations of inter-slice
forces are not required with the use of the SSR analysis.
The SSR approach can also be more readily applied to 3D slope simulations
than limit-equilibrium models.
The fact that no a priori assumptions on the failure mechanisms are required, when
using the SSR to back analyse a slope failure, is a distinct advantage over some
kinematic and even limit equilibrium approaches which require the characterisation of
the failure mechanism prior to modelling. Hammah et al. (2007) suggest that the SSR
technique is a particular advantage for blocky rock masses where failure mechanisms
may constitute a combination of shearing through intact rock and failure along discrete
discontinuities.
However, it can be suggested that the SSR technique is only applicable for failure
mechanisms where shear failure is occurring. In situations where there is internal
separation Diederichs et al. (2007) notes that the SSR technique is less effective.
Phase2 does have the option to include the tensile strength during a SSR simulation,
reducing this by the SRF in the same way shown in Equation 2.4. Diederichs et al.
(2007) suggests that this factoring of the tensile strength is only necessary in situations
where tension is likely to be inherent in the failure process, and not in situations where
there is solely shear/sliding during failure.
Another issue with the SSR technique within Phase2, is the fact that the SRF that both
c and tan are downgraded by, has to be same. This was an issue when performing a
back-analysis of rock mass strength in Chapter 7, as it was not possible to fix one of
these and independently analyse the influence of each; this limited the comparisons
49
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
that could be drawn between the other methods that were used. Diederichs et al.
(2007) also state that this independent application of SRF could be important, as
cohesion is often open to more variability than frictional strength; also the control of
cohesion dominates over friction for shallow problems.
Importantly, the SSR approach is typically limited to materials that follow the Mohr
Coulomb linear criteria; most of the alternative material criteria to the Mohr-Coulomb
are nonlinear, such as the Generalised Hoek-Brown and Power Curve strength models.
With the non-linear criterion it is not as easy to calculate the reduced strength
parameters during the SSR analysis, in fact Rocscience (2004) state that it is
impossible to generate such close-formed relations as those that can be created when
using linear failure criteria. As a result it could be considered that the SSR technique is
limited to application within continuum numerical models, where elasto-plastic strength
is assumed for slope materials (Hadjigeorgiou et al., 2006).
Diederichs et al. (2007) suggest that progressive failure can be captured using the SSR
technique. This is due to the ability of the technique to show progressive reduction in
strength of the rock mass. Hammah et al. (2007) state that there is a specific time
during which a SSR analysis is most effective, which is just before failure when there
are typically small displacements.
The ability of SSR approach in modelling progressive failure is clear when considering
the method in an excavation application; reduction of shear strength once the final
excavation block is removed can allow shear strain to develop, marking the location of
either a continuous potential failure plane or the linkage of step-paths. However the
consideration of step-path failure and localised rock bridge strength is inhibited in FEM
models, which is why one must look to more advanced numerical models such as
UDEC, PFC or ELFEN to model such behaviour.
50
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
HCItasca (2008) report on three different FLAC programs: FLAC, FLAC/Slope and
FLAC3D; all of these have the ability to include the influence of a phreatic surface.
FLAC/Slope is a development of FLAC which provides user-friendliness to slope
models that can otherwise be developed in FLAC. The numerical coding and graphical
interface of FLAC is used to deliver an ‘advanced factor-of-safety determination’ for
rock and soil slopes in 2D HCItasca (2008). FLAC and FLAC/Slope can only be
3D
applied to 2D; FLAC is a further development of FLAC, which allows the modelling in
three dimensions.
The SSR technique of strength determination, discussed in the previous section, is also
possible within FLAC. Makusha and Minney (2006) report that a SSR technique is
available within FLAC/Slope, this technique poses the benefits and disadvantages
discussed in Section 2.3.4. The following section, reviews some examples where
FLAC has been applied to fractured rock slopes; note that in order to represent a
fractured rock slope, an equivalent material has to be input into FLAC. Discussion is
given later in Section 2.5, on methods by which equivalent materials can be created in
order to represent the influence of discrete features.
The Third International FLAC Symposium in 2003 saw applications of FLAC to circular
type failures, with the calculation of FOS using the shear strength reduction technique
within FLAC and comparisons drawn against the FOS calculated by limit equilibrium
methods. During the Fourth International FLAC Symposium Preh and Zapletal (2006)
presented a study on the influence of mesh size on the solutions predicted by FLAC;
demonstrating that the FOS decreased with increasing mesh resolution thus with a
coarser mesh the stability of a slope could be overestimated.
Makusha and Minney (2006) used FLAC/Slope to study the influence of changing
batter angles, soil thickness and spoil loading on the stability of coal strip mine slopes;
however they noted limitations in the ability of FLAC/Slope to represent multiple
discontinuities and consequently used UDEC for fault and dip angle sensitivity studies.
51
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
Numerical models which include discrete fractures can consist of deterministic and
stochastic components. The stochastic component constitutes the portion of the rock
mass that has not been directly sampled but instead comprises fractures that have
been generated statistically, to have the same statistical distributions and geological
correlations as the deterministic explicitly mapped discontinuities (Kleinei et al., 1997).
Statistical modelling has been conducted at Camborne School of Mines, through the
research of both Elmo (2006) and Ford (2008); the former provided a case study on
which rock mass strength determination was based, in Chapter 8.
52
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
As outlined in Table 2.2, an analysis based upon a DEM is complex, with experience
required to understand relevant modelling procedures and input parameters. Due to
the complex inputs and sensitive environment of a DEM solution, discontinuum
analysis can be very sensitive to change. Starfield and Cundall (1990) suggest that
different results can arise from a change in the initial conditions, or even if other factors
are changed, such as the type of computer! Hart (1991) also relates to the sensitive
nature of a DEM model, implying that a typical problem in DEM models is the locking
up effect, which is associated with incorrect contact properties.
Moffit et al. (2007) describe a useful feature of UDEC that allows the consideration of
discontinuity statistics, with an option to enter mean values for fracture set dip,
orientation and the gap length between consecutive fractures of the same length.
However they found that this approach was limited to a relatively large scale study as
numerical instabilities were discovered when using small block sizes due to irregular
block geometry.
Another relatively new addition to UDEC, is the ability to consider fracture via the
Voronoi Tessellation joint generation scheme. Alzo'ubi et al. (2007) report on a UDEC
damage model (UDEC-DM), describing the process to form a mesh of randomly sized
polygonal blocks. A selection of these polygonal segments can be assigned properties
to dictate the strength of the bonds (fractures) between the blocks. Subsequently
tensile or shear fracture through intact rock within designated areas can be studied,
with UDEC simulating the formation of discrete fractures. However from only
preliminary assessments, Karami et al. (2008) suggest that the analysis of rock-bridges
in UDEC via the Voronoi method is very computationally demanding.
53
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
Mitani et al. (2004) used UDEC to study flexural toppling; their findings proved there is
a critical joint dip angle and that joint spacing influences the likelihood of toppling. For
instance if the joint spacing is reasonably large then the inclination of the slope cutting
can be larger before flexure toppling occurs.
Alejano (2004) used UDEC to illustrate the theoretical failure within footwall slopes of
an open pit mine where there are reasonably closely spaced discontinuities parallel to
the cut of the slope. This allowed the development of a limit equilibrium approach and
the creation of a calculus method to determine the FOS of each of the failure
mechanisms: bilinear slab failure (Figure 2.6a), and ploughing slab failures (sliding and
toppling modes, Figures 2.6b and 2.6c respectively). These were compared against
analyses within UDEC.
Figure 2.6: Example of fully joint controlled failure mechanisms analysed in UDEC (after Alejano,
2004).
UDEC can be used to investigate step-path problems. Moffitt et al. (2007) presents a
UDEC SSR approach within a problem that requires consideration of step-path failure.
A major limitation of such an approach is that the failure surface is highly dependent on
block size, as when using UDEC fractures have to terminate on other fractures,
consequently shear through the rock mass cannot be simulated (unless using the
Voronoi Tessellation scheme), and therefore overly conservative factors of safety could
be derived.
As stated previously, 3DEC has had fewer applications to rock slopes, most probably
due its complex nature. Reference was given in Section 2.2.5, to Yan et al. (2007b)
who used 3DEC to model step-path failure. Sainsbury et al. (2007) and Brummer et al.
(2006) both give examples, where large slopes or whole open pits have been modelled
using 3DEC. The derivation of mass strength properties, for programs such as 3DEC,
is discussed in Section 2.5; one of the ways is to use Particle Flow Code (PFC) to
derive an equivalent mass strength. PFC is introduced within the following section.
54
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
Eberhardt (2003) outlines how PFC can be applied to study joint bounded blocks on a
macro scale, through to grain-to-grain contacts on a micro level. Therefore internal
slope deformation, due to yielding and intact rock fracture of jointed rock masses, can
be studied using PFC. Stead et al. (2006a) suggested that this was a significant
development upon the previously less comprehensive distinct element methods.
Intact rock breakage associated with slope failures, can be modelled by PFC codes via
the breakage of assumed bonds between particles or spheres (Stead et al., 2006b).
Read (2007) describes how PFC simulates fracture by the breaking of individual bonds
between particles and coalescence of these to form microcracks, although importantly
this is not based upon a macro-mechanics fracture criterion such as Mohr-Coulomb,
instead PFC uses micro-mechanics without basis on a particular criterion.
Mas Ivars et al. (2007) state that PFC3D now possesses a (‘parallel-bonded’) stress
corrosion model, which is able to simulate time-dependent behaviour. They also
suggest that other elements of time-dependency, are still to be considered, such as
joint-slip, crack healing, cementation and densification. Also, a pore pressure coupling
is still to be developed.
Within PFC the rock mass is composed of an amalgamation of many small spheres as
opposed to distinct irregular shaped blocks, which ELFEN can form (introduced in
Section 2.3.8). Fakhimi (2004) discusses some of the limitations of PFC, identifying
fundamental issues regarding the accuracy of the frictional angle, and the ratio
between unconfined compressive strength and tensile strength, when materials are
modelled using circular particles. Another issue regarding the composition of particles,
is the representation of a discrete joint. Lorig (2007) referred to the ‘smooth contact
model’ that has been introduced into the PFC code, as a result of the otherwise very
irregular unrealistic joints that can be generated in PFC. A brief discussion is given
below concerning the application of PFC to fractured rock slopes.
55
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
More recent applications of PFC, has been through the Large Open Pit (LOP) project
(further discussion on modelling approaches within the LOP, is given in Section 2.5.2).
Read (2007) and Lorig (2007) report on a PFC model of a large slope, they both noted
limited fracturing across rock-bridges; this was attributed to being an artefact of the 2D
analysis, as discussed in Section 2.3.9. The following section reviews ELFEN, the
numerical package that has been used during the progress of this research.
Primarily within ELFEN the rock slope is represented as a continuum using finite
elements. In the process of progressive fracturing, ELFEN then forms fracture-
bounded blocks, which are deformable finite elements; consequently ELFEN has the
ability to model a slope failure from initiation, transport and comminution to deposition
(Stead et al., 2004).
The adaptive remeshing scheme and contact search algorithms in ELFEN, allows the
simulation of brittle fracture initiation and propagation through the finite element mesh
(Eberhardt, 2003; Stead et al., 2006a). As a result of this remeshing capability, hybrid
methods are often applied to situations that are highly dynamic with rapidly changing
domain configurations (Owen et al., 2005). Within ELFEN the path of fracturing can
pass through elements (intra-element fracturing), or along element boundaries (inter-
element fracturing). The intra-element fracturing capability can pose as a significant
56
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
Perhaps one of the most important and unique aspects of ELFEN is its ability to
seamlessly simulate the transition of a rock from continuum to discontinuum states (Cai
and Kaiser, 2004). Effectively the FEM component of ELFEN is utilised until the yields
occurs. Once yielded, the stress state within the material subsequently succeeds the
fracture criterion; as a result a crack is initiated through the DEM aspect of ELFEN.
The dual meshing ability of ELFEN allows the intact joint bounded blocks to be
represented by a finite-element mesh, whereas the joint behaviour is modelled using
discrete elements. This allows the behaviour within a rock slope prior to and during
failure to be studied, with the simulation of fracturing, damage and associated softening
(Stead et al., 2006a).
Finally, because hybrid codes are the most advanced level of numerical analysis, it
consequently requires the highest intensity of field mapping. Stead et al. (2006a)
consider the ‘total rock slope failure,’ suggesting that it is necessary to collect data from
all areas of the failure; this includes zones of initiation, transportation and deposition.
This level of detail would constrain the degree of comminution which is predicted by
ELFEN, providing further verification of the frictional flow of discrete elements that
ELFEN presents during a slope analysis.
Like most other comprehensive numerical models that have been discussed within this
section, 3D simulations can be performed within ELFEN. To take further opportunity of
this feature, an advance in computer power is needed to allow the level of discrete
detail to be simulated. The compromise of 2D simulations of fractured slopes is
discussed in the following section.
57
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
2003, the 3D analysis of slope problems was an uncommon practice (Wyllie and Mah,
2004). However developments on the 3D facilities provided within programs such as
FLAC, 3DEC, PFC and now ELFEN make 3D numerical analyses a more accessible
tool.
The principal geological structures or the axis of material isotropy does not
strike within 20-30° of the slope;
Principal stresses within the slope are neither perpendicular or parallel to slope
strike;
And where there is a variation in geology and consequent geomechanical
behaviour, along the slope strike.
As presented in Section 2.2.2, Wyllie and Mah (2004) suggest that the curvature can
have a significant positive effect on stability in massive rock/non-structurally controlled
slopes; this is an important aspect that is not addressed directly via 2D analyses.
Instead a 2D analysis comprises of a unit slice through an infinitely long slope with the
assumption that the radii of both the slope and toe are infinite (Wyllie and Mah, 2004).
58
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
1. Firstly there is a review on how groundwater affects rock strength. The primary
discussion within this part gives an appraisal of groundwater processes at the
larger slope-scale. Subsequently groundwater flow within rock slopes is briefly
reviewed, with a final discussion on the smaller scale, reviewing the influence of
groundwater on the brittle fracturing of rock.
2. Finally the particular ability of the newly developed groundwater module, within
ELFEN, is outlined.
Groundwater can influence rock strength in a number of ways, mainly though the
additional stress from groundwater promoting brittle fracturing. At the small scale the
saturation state of an intact rock has significant influence on its strength, most probably
due to additional pressure within microcracks. Romana and Vasarhelyi (2007) suggest
some tentative rules of thumb for preliminary reduction of strengths when dealing with
saturated samples (although it must be noted that the relationship between saturation
and strength is not linear):
59
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
1. Direct solid to fluid coupling – changes in pore fluid pressures are generated by
a change in stress;
2. Direct fluid to solid coupling – where a change in rock mass volume is caused
by a change in pore fluid pressure;
3. Indirect solid to fluid coupling – an alteration in hydraulic properties of rock
mass is a consequence of a change in stress; and finally,
4. Indirect fluid to solid coupling – by which mechanical properties of the rock
mass are modified as a result of pore fluid pressure.
An open pit mine can have unique hydrological characteristics; the reader is referred to
Sullivan (2007) for more detail. Importantly there are two hydrological areas where
water can be present within an open pit slope that do not occur within a natural slope:
1. A “fractured rock aquifer” can result parallel to the pit walls due to disturbance
from blasting,
2. Also unloading of the rock mass during the excavation of the slope can
increase hydraulic conductivity and storage within a zone surrounding the open
pit (Sullivan, 2007).
60
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
Figure 2.7: Illustration of different areas of mechanics that must be considered when
modelling a slope failure from initiation through to deposition (after Sullivan, 2007).
Groundwater may affect slope stability on a number of scales; each of these has an
independent set of fundamental processes and subsequently different assumptions
have to be made for each scale of study. On the bench-scale, failure mechanisms are
often very sensitive to local rainfall, joint aperture and continuity; Sullivan (2007)
suggests that as a consequence of this, prediction of slope performance on small-scale
wet slopes is practically impossible. On a multiple bench or inter-ramp scale there are
often several structures involved in the failure mechanism; the derivation of correct
pore water distribution on each of these can also be problematic, although potential
trigger mechanisms related to groundwater are less sensitive to local variation than at
bench-scale. Finally on a large slope scale, local variation is likely to be insufficient to
influence the potential large-scale mechanism that is of interest; therefore modelling
wet slope stability situations at this scale could be considered to be more accurate than
analysing the effect of groundwater on smaller (bench) scale fractured rock slopes.
For an increased understanding of the effect that groundwater can have on slope
stability at all scales, one must consider the influence of pressure from groundwater on
shear strength and fracture mechanics in more detail. This is discussed within the
following sections.
Quadros (2007) briefly outlines the different types of groundwater flow; the most
important of these are flow within rock matrix and open fractures. Detailed research
has been conducted on fluid flow within the Carmenellis Granite in Cornwall during the
Hot-Dry Rocks Project (Pine, 1986); this provides an example of fluid flow within a
competent (crystalline) fractured rock mass. Groundwater flow within crystalline
fractured rock masses, such as the Carmenellis Granite, is a result of fractures as
opposed to matrix permeability and porosity control. Brace (1980) suggests that as a
result of fractures, in-situ permeability within a crystalline rock mass is much higher
than laboratory (small-scale) permeability, of specimens from the same lithology.
Pine (1986) lists eight key parameters required during detailed joint description for the
development of a flow model: shear strength, stiffness, dilation, effective aperture,
contact areas, roughness, tortuosity and normal compliance. With the present
computing processor power, it would be too demanding to consider this much detail
within a fractured rock mass, besides which the characterisation of these parameters
within a body of rock can be problematic. Also the flow of groundwater within a
fractured rock slope is only of interest in terms of groundwater pressure dissipation
following fracture. Such concepts have not been included within current version of
ELFEN, as discussed further in Section 2.4.2.
σn' = σn - [2.5]
With effective stress defined, it can be included into the relationship that exists between
shear strength and normal strength:
In addition to the reduction of normal stress, groundwater can also decrease the c and
; this can be referred to as a ‘moisture effect.’ Primarily the moisture effect can
influence the intact strength of a rock. As Hoek and Bray (1981) suggest, most hard
62
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
rocks remain unaffected by this aspect of groundwater. However the moisture effect in
softer material can be significant, in which case it is necessary to derive new c and
properties from saturated laboratory tests.
Not only can Equation 2.6 be applied to shear strength on discontinuities, but also to
overall mass strength. In the latter case, the influence of groundwater has to be
considered in four ways:
All of the above influences can provide a driving force that may encourage brittle
fracture. However this force may only be transient, due to groundwater flow through
the rock mass.
Stead et al. (2007) suggest that the relationship between ground water and brittle
fracture is complex with two-way functions:
Starfield and Cundall (1988) also discuss this aspect, stating that as joints dilate during
displacement, this in turn increases the permeability; this can cause a temporary
decrease in pore pressure within the system. Subsequently as pore pressure re-
equilibrates and increases, shear strength is reduced (following Equation 2.6), causing
further fracturing.
As discussed within the following section, the current version of ELFEN is unable to
simulate the dissipation of pore pressure due to fracturing. Section 2.2.5 outlined that
progressive fracturing occurs over time; during this time pore pressure should
equilibrate. Therefore using the present ELFEN version, simulations of slope instability
can only be conducted where fracturing and consequent failure occurs as a direct
63
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
Section 1.2 describes how this thesis forms part of a project, where a key aim was for
the industrial partners Rockfield Software Ltd. to develop a groundwater module for
ELFEN, which is subsequently tested during the scope of this research. The
groundwater development version of ELFEN was received just prior to the final (third)
year of this research; therefore only a limited amount of testing could be performed.
As outlined in the previous section, there are several ways in which groundwater can
influence shear strength, both within individual discontinuities and of the mass. The
current version of ELFEN can simulate the reduction of normal stress within
discontinuities. The moisture effect on intact strength is yet to be included; as is the
dissipation of pore pressure once failure occurs. Therefore the present groundwater
module within ELFEN is limited to the simulation of failure, due to pore pressure, within
only dominantly discontinuity controlled slope case studies.
64
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
It is suggested that although the groundwater module within ELFEN is a unique feature
amongst alternative geotechnical software, further development work is required to
improve user friendliness and create a fully coupled version. However, primarily
through Chapters 4, 5 and 6, the groundwater aspect has shown itself to be a
promising valuable asset to fracture-based geotechnical simulation.
The derivation of rock mass properties remains one of the most difficult tasks in rock
mechanics; Cai and Kaiser (2007) suggest that field tests (plate-load, in-situ block
shear tests) form the traditional and unfortunately less practiced methods of parameter
evaluation, possibly due to cost. Instead they propose that modern techniques of back-
analysis are now more utilised, but importantly these are dependent on the constitutive
models that are adopted.
Rock mass classification schemes are perhaps the most popular approach to
characterisation. However, with the increasing scale of modern day open pit slopes, it
is becoming more common to assess situations beyond the finite empirical
envelope/knowledge-base on which classification systems have been established.
Therefore empirical-based techniques are becoming restrictive.
One of the aims of this research is to further the application of numerical modelling to
rock mass strength determination (in particular through the FracMan-ELFEN
approach). The benefit of numerical techniques over empirical-based methods is that
numerical models can simulate discontinuous aspects of the rock mass in a
quantitative manner. It must be noted that both methods can be used together, i.e.
rock mass properties can be derived from a classification-based system for use in a
65
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
numerical model where the different scenarios of slope design can be simulated.
A distinction must be made between this type of numerical model, which incorporates
parameters based on empirical relationships, and a rock mass model that is purely
based upon intact strength data and the details of the discrete fracture network (DFN).
Creating an equivalent material has been, and still is, a common way of downgrading
mass strength in order to represent the influence of discontinuities. The two common
ways of representing an equivalent mass is either via a continuum or by including
ubiquitous joints. Board et al. (1996) describe ubiquitous-joint models as applicable to
cases where there are sets of weak continuous joints and a weak strength parallel to
the direction of the structure; consequently this allows the inclusion of directional and
weakening effects of joints without modelling them explicitly. This is often an approach
that is used within FLAC, which was introduced in Section 2.3.5. This method is limited
to situations where there are near-continuous discontinuities, as Starfield and Cundall
(1990) suggest; ubiquitous joints cannot capture block interaction and internal
movements.
66
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
The following two sections outline how classification-based methods and numerical
modelling can be used to arrive at a strength estimate. The first section gives an
introduction to the different techniques of classification-based methods, with detail on
one particular method, where an empirical-based classification system can be
incorporated within the Hoek-Brown criterion. The final part of the following section
outlines the most convenient approach of slope-design (mass strength assessment),
the Hoek and Bray chart-based method.
67
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
1. Firstly a new approach for rock slope mass strength derivation is detailed, and
subsequently followed in Chapter 8, (FracMan-ELFEN technique).
2. The second part presents a similar numerical-based method for rock mass
strength, from literature where it is referred to as the ‘synthetic rock mass
(SRM)’ approach. This uses Itasca codes (PFC/UDEC).
3. Finally there is a brief outline of how the resulting equivalent continuum can be
modelled in a more simple FEM or limit equilibrium solution, to reveal slope
mass strength.
Despite these facts, classification-based methods are more widely used than numerical
techniques, as a result of the certain advantages they have over numerical methods.
For instance, classification-approach within empirical schemes makes them relatively
simple and indirect, without an assumption of the failure mechanism. Also importantly
the geotechnical inputs, upon which empirical methods are based, can be readily
collected during mining operations.
However, one must appreciate that the classification of each input parameter can have
a significant influence on the resulting rating that describes the rock mass quality; also
the assessment of properties is qualitative and therefore can be subjective.
Consequently the use of classification approaches improves with experience, adding to
the empirical foundation on which respective schemes are based.
68
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
For detail on the empirical rock mass classification schemes that are currently
available, see Appendix E. An important limitation, of all empirical-based systems, is
that there is no direct representation of structure within the rock mass, which can have
a significant influence on slope mass strength considering the environment of low
confining stress. Aspects from current research on step-path and multiple-plane failure
within large slopes (Elmo et al., 2007b, Franz et al., 2007), are therefore limited to
numerical approaches.
Out of all of the classification systems listed in Appendix E, the Geologial Strength
Index (GSI) and Bieniawski’s Rock Mass Rating system (RMR) system, are the most
widely used techniques as a result of their direct use in the Hoek-Brown criterion. Both
systems represent geological observations, providing a rating which downgrades the
intact strength within the Hoek-Brown criterion to present an estimation of rock mass
strength. This is described in the following section.
1 3 ci m 3 ci s
' ' '
[2.7]
Where 1 and 3 are the maximum and minimum principal stresses at failure and σci
' '
There are two parts to the Hoek-Brown criterion. Firstly, there are the components that
directly refer to the intact strength:
The second part to the criterion are Hoek-Brown constants (m and s), which can take
the characteristics of discontinuities within the rock mass into consideration. For intact
rock m can be referred to as mi, whereas when considering the rock mass strength, mb
is used.
As Hoek and Marinos (2006) suggest, this was neither a new nor unique approach,
instead the significant contribution was that the Hoek and Brown equation was a
69
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
The RMR was linked into the basic Hoek-Brown criterion (Equation 2.7) through the
definition of the Hoek-Brown constants, as shown in Table 2.3. In addition an
association can be drawn between the RMR and the Young’s Modulus of the material,
but for only undisturbed rock masses, as shown in Equation 2.8.
E 10
RMR 10 40
[2.8]
Table 2.3: Derivation of the Hoek-Brown constants for disturbed and undisturbed rock masses, based on
RMR. (Equations from Hoek and Marinos, 2006).
A further revision of the original criterion presented in Equation 2.7, gave the
‘Generalised Hoek-Brown criterion’ (Equation 2.9), which uses another constant, ‘a,’ in
place of the square root in Equation 2.7. This was designed to address the optimistic
rock mass strength conditions, which were otherwise predicted in poor quality rock
masses. Hoek and Marinos (2006) suggest that the introduction of ‘a’ allows the
curvature of the failure envelope to be altered, reducing the tensile strength at low
normal stresses.
s
a
1 3 ci mb
'
ci
' '
3
[2.9*]
*Note that this equation can also be applied to the strength of intact rock, in which case
mi is used in place of mb and an exponential of 0.5 is used in place of a.
Hoek and Brown (2002) refer to the Bieniawski’s RMR system being inadequate in very
weak rock masses. As an alternative the GSI system was developed, which performed
better in less competent rock and allowed assessment of the rock mass, (as disturbed
70
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
or undisturbed), to be performed within the field. Equations 2.10 to 2.12 show how the
GSI was incorporated.
GSI 100
mb mi exp
28 14 D
[2.10]
GSI 100
s exp
9 3 D
[2.11]
a e e
1 1 GSI /15 20 / 3
[2.12]
2 6
As shown in Equation 2.10 and 2.11, the derivation of both s and mb requires the
definition of a further parameter (D). This is a disturbance factor introduced in 2002,
which allows for blasting-effects; Lorig (2007) suggested that it reduces the cohesion in
the rock mass of a slope.
The GSI can be estimated directly or it can be related and derived from another
classification approach such as Barton’s Q system, or Bieniawski’s RMR. Either way, it
is the rock mass classification component of the Hoek-Brown criterion, which is based
on a limited amount of empirical evidence, with assessment via qualitative/subjective
geological observations. Therefore a discrete representation of the fracture network is
lacking in this approach (contrasting to the approach outlined in Section 2.5.2).
Recent research has suggested variations on the GSI system. Cai and Kaiser (2007),
have shown that the basic GSI represents a peak strength that can be downgraded
using observations from the field mapping, to arrive at an estimate for the residual GSI
(GSIr) for the rock mass. This can then be used to derive Hoek-Brown parameters for
both peak and residual strengths. The calculation of GSIr incorporates a parameter
that accounts for rock-bridges; therefore this improves the ability of the GSI to describe
discontinuous rock masses. Note that a quicker but empirical expression to calculate
the GSIr from the peak GSI, was also presented by Cai and Kaiser (2007),
demonstrating that GSIr is approximately 25 to 40% of the peak GSI for hard rocks and
almost equal to the peak GSI for weak rock masses.
However, careful consideration of the discontinuous nature of the rock mass is needed
when applying the Generalised Hoek-Brown criterion. Typically the criterion is used in
continuum conditions; it is therefore applicable to strength assessment in mass
controlled-circular failure. Hoek (2007) presents the applicability of the Hoek-Brown
71
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
criterion using the idealised transition from intact to jointed rock masses with increasing
sample size, as reproduced in Figure 2.9.
The Hoek-Brown criterion, coupled with the GSI system, can be considered and
automated within the Windows based freeware “RocLab” (Rocscience, 2008). RocLab
enables one to derive Generalised Hoek-Brown criterion properties, with graphical
presentation and quick/simple sensitivity analysis of input parameters.
The programs for determining factors of safety in rock slopes were initially based on
the Mohr-Coulomb shear strength criterion, as this was widely (and previously) used in
soil mechanics. Therefore many numerical modelling packages require Mohr-Coulomb
strength inputs (cohesive and frictional strength), to describe the shear strength of
intact rock, rock joints and rock masses. However, the Hoek-Brown failure criterion is
being increasingly applied, with most numerical modelling programs now able to use
Hoek-Brown among many other strength criteria. This must be contrasted though, with
data presented in Chapter 8 which proved that potentially in certain cases, the Mohr-
Coulomb failure criterion is more appropriate for representing the mass strength of a
fractured mass. This could be because the Hoek-Brown criterion was designed for
isotropic and homogeneous masses as shown in Figure 2.9; therefore as Lorig (2007)
72
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
73
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
Slope stability charts are used to assess the slope mass as a continuum, through
which circular failure will occur. Therefore slope stability charts are limited in their
application to:
Importantly all of these have limited cohesive strength, and mainly rely on friction to
provide mass strength.
The Hoek and Bray charts require (or can back-analyse) Mohr-Coulomb mass strength
parameters. Their ease of use and indirect approach make them a quick technique. In
addition, five different charts have been created for different groundwater conditions,
although in this respect they are limited as the influence of ground water on a shallow
circular failure cannot be captured very well. This is a result of the assumption that the
phreatic surface follows a perfect curve whereas, as discussed in Section 2.4.1, it is
more likely that rock slopes have a network of interconnecting fractures forming a semi-
saturated zone.
As discussed previously within this section, the limitations of all empirical approaches,
including slope stability charts, is that they are restricted by the scope of empirical
relations on which they were originally established. The difficulty of obtaining case
study large-scale slope failures, limits the usefulness of the charts (or indeed any
empirical-based method of analysis) as a back-analysis tool to determine rock mass
strength.
Also when using the slope stability charts as a design tool, one requires Mohr-Coulomb
mass strength parameters; following the theme of this section, such properties can be
problematic to obtain. At present there are no slope stability charts that directly take
Hoek-Brown mass strength properties, instead the only option is to derive Mohr
Coulomb strength from a Hoek-Brown envelope, which is highly dependent on σ3max, as
74
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
discussed in the previous section, with a practical example in Section 8.3.2. Instead
perhaps one should look to derive a representative Mohr Coulomb mass strength
directly from the rock mass via numerical modelling, as discussed in the following
section.
This degradation of strength also occurs within empirical systems during the
classification-based approaches, which were discussed in the previous section.
However by using a numerical-based approach, the degradation of strength can be
performed in a direct way through geomechanical modelling of the DFN.
At present only two companies Itasca and Rockfield, have the relevant codes,
(UDEC/PFC and ELFEN respectively), commercially available to allow accurate
geomechanical modelling of a DFN. The following two sections discuss research from
each of these approaches, with a final section briefly outlining the subsequent
simulation of a fractured rock slope using the numerically-derived mass strength.
75
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
FracMan-ELFEN Approach
One of the aims of this thesis is to contribute to the ‘FracMan-ELFEN’ approach, which
involves the statistical generation of a fracture network through DFN numerical
modelling software FracMan (Golder, 2008). The fracture network can then be
incorporated into ELFEN which can be used to derive a strength estimate for the rock
mass, based upon the simulated geomechanical behaviour of the rock and its
fractures. To date, the FracMan-ELFEN approach has only been applied to assess the
strength of jointed mine pillars, during the research carried out by Elmo (2006) which is
reported in Elmo et al. (2005) and Pine et al. (2006). The rock mass strength assessed
by Elmo (2006) showed encouraging similarity with empirical schemes, although the
rock mass strength that was calculated by Elmo (2006) has been shown to be
speculative, as outlined in Section 8.5.2.
In addition various other detailed aspects concerning fracture intensity have been
researched at Camborne School of Mines. For instance a relationship between the
areal 3D extent of fractures (P32) modelled by FracMan, and RMR, is reported in Ford
(2008). Also correlations have been made with rock mass behaviour and the length of
fractures within a 2D plane (P21), using FracMan and ELFEN. Pine et al. (2006)
discuss the data from Elmo (2006) which shows a critical influence of fracture
intensities (P21) on the strength of pillars; with higher P21 causing weak behaviour
especially in slender pillars. Flynn and Pine (2007) extended this research from
pillars, to demonstrate that a low P21 results in higher rock strength; however there is a
substantial scatter about this general relationship, which is due to the influence of large
fractures. Subsequently it could be suggested this relationship between the P21 and
rock mass strength can only be used when considering mass-controlled failure, where
the DFN is composed mainly of fractures which are less than a certain length (related
to the pillar dimensions). If large fractures exist within a DFN, these are likely to
contribute to structurally-controlled failure which needs a more direct (purely ELFEN)
analysis than the FracMan-ELFEN equivalent continuum approach used in Chapter 8.
76
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
It can be considered that there are three parts to the FracMan-ELFEN numerical
modelling approach:
1. The initial collection of detailed geotechnical data via field mapping, sample
collection and geomechanical testing for intact rock strength; from this one can
gather the primary inputs of a model.
2. Statistical modelling of the DFN, generating a 3D fracture network via the use of
the FracMan software.
3. Finally the import and subsequent geomechanical modelling on the FracMan
fracture network, to derive a mass strength for the fractured mass, using ELFEN.
An additional aspect that has been considered with the FracMan-ELFEN approach is
the rotation of the biaxial models with respect to shear strength within a DFN where
there is a dominant fracture orientation. Subsequently a change in rock mass strength
with depth is simulated. Section 8.4 presents an analysis of the strength of a rock
mass that is discretized into zones of distinct strength.
77
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
Cundall (2008) suggests that the SRM approach allows one to consider the influence of
joint fabric on the strength, modulus, anisotropy and brittleness of large-scale rock
mass behaviour. Mas Ivars et al. (2007) presented a case where the strength derived
from the SRM is incorporated into a FLAC model which was used to predict three
zones of behaviour within a block caving operation; this was then calibrated with
seismic data. However a subsequent conclusion was that the SRM approach is
limited, with no consideration of pore pressures, temperature or time-dependent
deformation. Also Mas Ivars et al. (2007) state that at time of publishing, the SRM
approach had only been developed to look at the interrogation of rock mass at a scale
of 10-100m; consequently many of the micro-geological (grain-scale) features that
could have an influence on the mechanical behaviour of the mass, have not been
addressed explicitly. This is also the case with the FracMan-ELFEN approach;
although collaborative photogrammetry-FracMan research was planned upon the
small-scale behaviour of chalk (Flynn et al., 2007). This was not completed and
therefore remains an area of recommended research.
The SRM and FracMan-ELFEN approach are similar; both techniques are reliant on
the input of a DFN; the main difference is the respective numerical codes used for
geomechanical modelling. Within an introduction of the SRM approach by Read
(2007), a few important qualities of the SRM approach can be noted:
78
CHAPTER 2: Literature Review
A potentially unique all-in one approach could be followed using ELFEN, without the
need for another continuum based code. Note that a continuum ELFEN model has not
been used to simulate rock slope mass strength during the FracMan-ELFEN approach
outlined in Chapter 8; this is due to lack of experience. Instead less complex limit
equilibrium and finite element methods have been used to analyse the mass strength
derived from the FracMan-ELFEN approach, as presented later in Section 8.4.
Prior to the final consideration of a large-slope within Chapter 8, the preceding chapters
(4 to 7) introduce an increasing range of slope case studies. To simulate the case
study slopes effectively, using a dynamic fracture-based code, the approach to
simulating a fractured slope model needs to be taken into account. Suitable
techniques of loading and slope release, based on the lessons learned from this
research, are presented within the following Chapter.
79
CHAPTER 3: Staged modelling approach
If a slope is created instantaneously in the model, this energy can rebound, causing
damage and artificial failure (displacement or fracturing). Consequently the simulation
of a fractured rock slope, within dynamic fracture-based codes, has to be designed so
that loading occurs in the most realistic way. This requires careful consideration of the
energy changes caused by the loading and initialisation process; with the key
modelling stages controlled, energy release rate is minimised to mimic longer-term
processes (years for mining, millions of years for natural slopes).
The ability to adopt the most realistic procedure improves with experience; therefore
this Chapter relays some of the lessons learned during the progress of this research.
An approach is proposed, to appropriately load a sensitive, fractured rock slope and
realistically observe failure. The following section presents specific issues with the
necessary slope modelling stages when using a dynamic fracture-based code;
consequently appropriate procedures are suggested to minimise the influence of kinetic
energy.
80
CHAPTER 3: Staged modelling approach
Hamman and Coulthard (2007) describe a process within their UDEC modelling of the
Sunrise Dam open pit gold mine in Western Australia, where damping allowed their
model to behave in a quasi-static manner, which is especially important within jointed
systems. For instance potential loss of shear strength and consequent inappropriate
yielding can occur if the system is not sufficiently damped, all due to transient stress-
waves (dynamics), which are generated by changes in applied loads (Hamman and
Coulthard, 2007).
81
CHAPTER 3: Staged modelling approach
The kinetic energy imparted from each of these modelling stages should be monitored,
and used to accurately simulate a trigger process. Figure 3.1 shows the kinetic energy
during an ELFEN Delabole model in Section 6.3.2, where failure is due to a rise in the
phreatic surface. Between each of the modelling stages listed above, a steady-state
should ideally be achieved within the model during a settlement stage, as depicted in
Figure 3.1.
As discussed in the next section that details the settlement stage, these quiescent
periods, allow the interrogation and remediation of any potential artificial failures.
Consequently if failure occurs within the model before the trigger process then that
modelling stage, responsible for the dynamic response, can be lengthened to lower
kinetic energy and prevent the artificial failure.
82
CHAPTER 3: Staged modelling approach
Figure 3.1: Proposed four-step process by which fractured rock slopes should be
modelled; with component settlement periods highlighted in grey.
Importantly, in such cases close to limit point limit, a state of stability is only achieved
by minimising the kinetic energy during each modelling stage. If kinetic energy is not
minimised, then inappropriate (artificial) failure can occur, resulting in instability despite
the FOS being above 1.
83
CHAPTER 3: Staged modelling approach
As discussed earlier within this section, one can assign a specific loading function to
the model. In addition to this, there are several ways by which the model can be
unloaded, in order to create the slope. In some cases there appears to be minimal
differences within models regardless of the way in which they are loaded or released.
Particular investigations of this can be found in:
However, in other cases where energy is more critical to stability, the loading and
release methods can be very influential, as found within Chapter 6. Other comparisons
have been made, as outlined in the following sections. Also there is an introduction to
each of the modelling stages, and suggestions on what is believed to be the most
appropriate conduct.
84
CHAPTER 3: Staged modelling approach
Loading
The excavation and relaxation processes within the current version of ELFEN (3.8.5),
are features that were not available in earlier codes used during this research (3.7.0
and 3.8.3). Consequently during initial modelling it was necessary to apply gravity via
either a ramped or sine curve as an attempt to minimise kinetic energy within a model
where there is no constraint on the slope face. However, since constraint techniques
are now available within ELFEN, one can use instantaneous (drop) loading for gravity.
This is because movement within the slope face and other boundaries can be
restrained, which helps to prevent dynamic effects occurring during loading.
Along with gravity loading, it is necessary to establish an in-situ stress state, which may
reflect non-gravitational (tectonic) stages of loading. Within ELFEN this is performed
within a ‘geostatic settling stage,’ which occurs at the same time as gravity loading.
The geostatic settling is assigned via the ‘geostatic state data;’ this is inputted within
the text-based file that controls the code, known as the neutral file. The following points
summarise the inputs required for the geostatic state:
1. Gravity *
2. k ratio, as discussed in Section 2.2.2.
3. ‘Zero stress horizon,’ allowing the recognition of ground surface elevation from
which the model is created.
4. Finally a load curve is assigned, which follows the same time and load-set as
that applied to the gravity load.
*In addition to the application of gravity within the geostatic state, global or local gravity
has to be applied, which is active over all surfaces within the model. Typically a load
curve is applied to the global gravity, which matches the load curve that is applied to
the application of the geostatic state.
The load curve assigned to the geostatic state data and gravity load, may influence the
dynamics within the model. Brief comparisons have been made between models
loaded via drop or ramped gravity load curves. This demonstrated that there is very
little difference between such loading approaches. In particular, within a simple planar
failure noted in Section 4.5.2, it was found that there was a difference in the kinetic
energy at the beginning of the simulation where a ramped or drop gravity load curve is
used. This led to a slight difference in excavation models, between the degree of
contact upon the discontinuities defining the planar failure, when using each of the
different loading methods. However, this difference is eliminated after the release of
85
CHAPTER 3: Staged modelling approach
discontinuities, when complete contact is gained within only excavation models (see
following section which describes the behaviour within a constraint-release model).
Primarily during this research, models were loaded at a comparatively slow rate in the
hope of reducing internal dynamic forces, whilst there was no constraint applied to the
slope face. With the ability to now load a model via a drop load and still achieve a
steady state, one can design the loading sequence over a significantly shorter duration.
The process, which Rockfield (2007) use in their worked example of a saturated
fractured slope, occurs in two stages with loading during the first step (via a drop load
curve), and finally discontinuities released during the second step. This process is
quick, however there is no time built into the method to allow one to check that a
steady state is achieved within the model. Consequently it is considered preferable to
allow a settlement period between these two steps.
If the modelling stage is too short then kinetic energy may be large and artificial
failure may occur prior to the settlement stage.
If the settlement period is not sufficiently long a settled state will not be
achieved as damping will not be active over a long enough duration (before the
next modelling stage). Subsequently any excess kinetic energy will not be
diminished and failure may occur at the beginning of the next stage.
86
CHAPTER 3: Staged modelling approach
However, significant issues arise with under-damped models, during the comminution
of failure blocks from a slope. In the post-failure stages of a fractured rock slope
simulation, dynamic forces can occur even throughout the deposition of failure blocks.
This can cause further (unrealistic) failure of the slope and drastic energy effects
(bouncing) within blocks. Therefore within slope models, it has been necessary to
enable damping throughout the whole simulation.
It could be suggested that damping could be removed just at the initiation phase of
slope failure, this way no fracturing will be inhibited; however this may add to the
complexity of a simulation. Instead it is suggested that there should be more research
into the influence of dynamic-related activity due to kinetic energy, with reference to the
essential damping required within fracture-based codes. This would help to provide
guidance on acceptable levels of kinetic energy and appropriate settlement durations
(dependent upon the degree of damping). With the present situation, the development
of a staged simulation allows the examination of damping affects, and the ability to
track dynamic stability from loading to release of a fractured rock slope.
Barla et al. (2003) present a similar practice within UDEC, where equilibrium is
achieved within their model via preventing shear along discontinuities during an
initialisation phase. Subsequently the discontinuities are then assigned strength and
deformability parameters prior to any excavation stage.
87
CHAPTER 3: Staged modelling approach
As previously stated, the release of discontinuities within a model needs to occur over
a time-scale, which adequately minimises kinetic energy. An example was given within
Rockfield (2006), where discontinuities were released within a jointed rock mass over a
period of 9s. However a subsequent simple example was given within Rockfield
(2007), where discontinuities were released within a jointed rock slope over a period of
1s. Consequently, experimentation during the progress of this research has shown
that in some cases the release of joints can be relatively quick; for instance within a
model presented later in Section 4.5.2, it was found that a settled state could be
attained with the release of the joints over a period of only 0.2s.
Release Sequence
For an accurate slope model that fails as a result of a real trigger process, there needs
to be a degree of constraint applied to the slope face during loading. This prevents the
movement that could result due to dynamic forces imparted by loading. Once a
reasonable loading/geostatic regime within a slope model is established and the
discontinuities are released, the constraint holding the slope face can be removed.
This has to occur at a slow enough rate to allow damping to diminish the dynamic
forces involved. To ensure an efficient computation time, the minimum period of
release should be found, where constraint removal is long enough to prevent kinetic
energy rising to a degree which causes dynamic-related fracturing. As with the loading
and discontinuity release rates, the only way to find an appropriate rate of release for
the slope constraint, is to use trial and error; kinetic energy should be monitored to
ensure a steady-state is established prior to the relevant trigger mechanism.
There are presently three ways of restraining a slope during the loading stage:
88
CHAPTER 3: Staged modelling approach
During modelling, specific problems were noted with each of the methods of slope
restraint. These are listed in Table 3.1, along with suggestions and consequent
disadvantages.
Table 3.1: Methods of slope restraint within ELFEN, specific problems discovered during the use of each
method, consequent suggestions and disadvantages to each technique.
Method of slope
Problem Suggestions Disadvantages
constraint
(1) Geometry Stress concentration
Rockfield (2007, personal
object against face around tip of
communication) suggest All four methods would
to be removed/ embedded
two of four possible significantly increase
relaxed discontinuities (detail
methods (outlined in the runtime
(excavation presented within
Appendix F)
approach) Appendix F)
No failure within
Rockfield (2006, personal Structural-constraint-
discontinuity-
(2) Structural communication) suggest release approach is
controlled slopes
constraint that a ‘beam element’ was only possible where
(see Section 5.2.4
assigned to slope automatically inserted into there are no embedded
where failure was not
face the ‘mei’ file, which discontinuities within
possible in a model
prevents failure. the model.
with a tension crack).
Rockfield (2007, personal
communication) reported
Failure block tips that this does not affect the
(3) Applied- forward slightly final displacement of the Further research is
displacement load during gravity loading failure block in a situation necessary to fully
of 0 m/s assigned causing loss of where the FOS was >1. determine whether this
as constraint contact within This does not occur when influences displacement
against slope face discontinuities (see using an excavation at other limit-states.
Section 4.5.2) approach, as the
excavation layer prevents
any rotation.
89
CHAPTER 3: Staged modelling approach
From Table 3.1, it is evident that using the present version of ELFEN, potential stress
concentrations, or lengthy runtimes can be avoided by using constraint-release
method. Also an applied-displacement load must be used as the restraint within
fractured rock-slopes. However further research is perhaps necessary to prove that
the solution is not influenced by the loss of contact during loading.
If the trigger mechanism is not the removal of the constraint, then to speed up the
simulation, the constraint upon slope face can be removed in a single stage; with
relaxation over a long enough duration to ensure that kinetic energy does not impart
dynamic effects. Subsequently the slope is then subject to either progressive
deformation, a rise in the phreatic surface or other forms of loading, to bring about
failure in an accurate way.
3.1.2 Discussion
From considering the processes by which slopes are formed in nature and the aims of
modelling a slope failure, a number of possible techniques have been discussed by
which one may load, constrain and subsequently release a slope model. It appears
that the most efficient method is to assign loading via a drop load, during which a
constraint is applied (via an applied displacement load), to the slope face. However, it
is recommended that further research is required to verify that the solution of a
constraint-release model is not influenced by the rotation and consequent loss of
contact; as noted in Section 4.5.2. Also it must be noted that in some cases where
failure is particularly sensitive to kinetic energy, as outlined in Section 6.3.2, drop
loading may not be appropriate. Therefore a drop-load should perhaps be the first
method that should be implemented, but if necessary ramp-loading should be
considered.
Regardless of loading and release method, kinetic energy should be monitored during
each stage, to ensure dynamic stability prior to and following the release of
90
CHAPTER 3: Staged modelling approach
discontinuities. All these processes need to occur at a rate which minimises the
influence of kinetic energy.
Modelling during this research has demonstrated that, using the current version of
ELFEN, an applied displacement load has to be used during a constraint-release
approach within a discontinuity controlled-slope model. This is a contrast to the
method suggested by Rockfield (2006), within their continuum-based worked example
(WSX009B), where a series of structural constraints was applied to the slope face.
Finally, the trigger mechanism of slope failure needs to be clearly identified. This can
have an impact on whether there should be a staged release, or relaxation of the slope
face in a single stage. The former should occur if the trigger mechanism is
excavation/erosion; the latter is appropriate if there is an alternative trigger process.
Importantly once the slope is relaxed during a stage prior to the trigger mechanism,
using ELFEN one can analyse the strength of the rock mass, via restarting the
simulation from any desired stage. This allows the back-analysis of mass rock
strength. As discussed in Section 2.2.3, the mass strength is obviously dependent on
both the intact strength and the structure within the rock mass. A way of checking that
the model parameters are reflecting realistic intact strength is to simulate intact
strength tests, as occurs in the Synthetic Rock Mass approach discussed previously in
Section 2.5.2. This can act to verify the intact strength parameters, thus constraining
the large-scale rock mass geomechanical model. An example of model calibration, for
displacement upon a planar failure within ELFEN, is given in the following section.
91
CHAPTER 4: Case study slope 1 (planar failure)
4.1 Introduction
This Chapter contributes to aims 1 and 2 via an example planar failure geometry that is
used to evaluate the sensitivity of the contact solution within a comprehensive fracture-
based code. Throughout Section 4.3, the influence of numerical parameters is
investigated, attempting to achieve unity with a simple FOS solution derived from a
discrete limit equilibrium analysis. Consequently numerical modelling parameters are
calibrated for the latter part of this Chapter, where a bench-scale case study is used to
test the effective stress module within ELFEN.
The bench-scale models developed during this Chapter provided familiarisation with
the complex fracture-based code, ELFEN. In total four different ELFEN models are
discussed; the inputs for these can be found in Section i of the model database, along
with the model boundaries and simulation files noted in Appendix L. In addition to
ELFEN, the Microsoft Excel-based Plane_failure is used and also RocPlane (see
Section 2.3.3).
The small scale planar failure case study reported in this Chapter, forms the basis of
understanding which was subsequently applied to the larger case study slopes
presented within following Chapters. In addition, this study has presented an
opportunity to develop a suitable kinetically stable modelling procedure as discussed in
Section 3.1; techniques from this approach have been applied to the simulations
outlined in the latter part of this Chapter.
92
CHAPTER 4: Case study slope 1 (planar failure)
Figure 4.1: The three slope models used during the calibration of model parameters.
During Section 4.5 the planar failure model was developed, extending the boundaries
of the model to create slope 4, as illustrated in Figures 4.2a and 4.2b respectively.
This gave a response that followed limit state solutions, allowing the implementation of
groundwater in Section 4.5. Also during Section 4.5 a tension crack was introduced
creating slope 5, presented in Figure 4.2c. This was used to provide a further model to
study the behaviour of the groundwater module within ELFEN. Both slopes 4 and 5 are
a progression from slope 3 introduced above; in addition to the extension of boundaries
other mesh-based numerical parameters were altered, as can be appreciated in the
Appendix L and the material database respectively.
Figure 4.2: Extent of extended boundaries (a) that were used, with other
modifications, in ELFEN planar failure models slopes 4 (b) and 5 (c).
93
CHAPTER 4: Case study slope 1 (planar failure)
The discontinuity strength to satisfy each of the three situations was determined from a
Microsoft Excel-based limit-state solution, Plane_failure (Pine, 2006b), which was
briefly introduced in Section 2.3.3.
Figure 4.3: The influence of point damping (%) upon displacement within ELFEN planar failure slope 1.
(a) Displacement at 1s runtime for a purely cohesive discontinuity; (b) displacement at 10s for a purely
frictional discontinuity.
As Appendix G.1 shows, it could be suggested that in some cases the purely frictional
models should have been run for longer than 10s, therefore the behaviour illustrated in
Figure 4.3b should perhaps be reanalysed. Despite this, Figure 4.3b illustrates that in
order for displacement when FOS <1, a degree of displacement has to be permitted at
FOS = 1. Importantly 50% damping is too high, whereas between 12.5% and 20% is
more suitable in order to achieve reasonable displacement when FOS is <1.
94
CHAPTER 4: Case study slope 1 (planar failure)
Figure 4.4b illustrates the transient behaviour discovered when point damping is 64%
and the cohesive strength is varied on a frictionless discontinuity. In particular this
shows that there can be zero displacement followed by a large displacement, even
though the cohesion had increased. No explanation for this behaviour can be
provided; instead it is suggested that there should be further investigation with a review
of the kinetic energy, and implementation of a staged modelling approach.
Figure 4.4: The influence of point damping within an ELFEN model of a purely cohesive discontinuity
in planar failure slope 1, with detection of an appropriate degree of damping
Importantly Figures 4.3 and 4.4 illustrates the potential limiting influence of point
damping. This was further demonstrated by tests with a large-scale model, slope 2,
where an exponential relationship was noted.
95
CHAPTER 4: Case study slope 1 (planar failure)
Further investigation was performed into the influence of mesh size within slope 2,
which, as shown in Figure 4.6, can be significant. Figure 4.6 shows that the large-
scale simulation needs further calibration, as displacement is insignificant when
FOS <1 (discontinuity = 54°), within the finely meshed model with the lowest degree
of damping which was simulated. In the coarsely meshed large-scale model,
displacement occurs when FOS >1 (discontinuity = 58°); therefore unlike the small-
scale (coarse mesh model) which is also displayed, it is suggested that further
calibration of penalties* and loading scheme is required within large-scale model.
96
CHAPTER 4: Case study slope 1 (planar failure)
It is suggested that further research is necessary into the influence of point damping.
Also the alternative forms or damping that are available within ELFEN, such as
Rayleigh damping (see Section A.2.1 within Appendix A), should be investigated. As
discussed in Section 3.1.1, Elmo (2006) ensured that displacement (point) damping
was only active during the primary loading stage within his pillar models. This has
been tried within slope models; however without damping active, dynamic-related
issues can arise during the comminution and large-scale movement stages of a slope
failure.
1. Penalties
2. Mesh size
3. Computational algorithm.
A brief review of the influence of mesh density has been conducted, as presented
previously in Figure 4.6. Prior to a more detailed investigation of mesh density, the
influence of penalties and solution algorithm is studied, as reported within the following
sections.
The minimum that the UDEC, (see Section 2.3.6), user manual suggests is
10GPa/m for clay infilling in tight joints in granite.
Where there is no infill within tight joints in granites, Wines & Lilly, 2003 state
that Pn can be hundreds of GPa’s/m. Coulthard (1999, cited in Wines and Lilly,
2003) suggests a maximum of 450GPa/m for jointing in basalt.
97
CHAPTER 4: Case study slope 1 (planar failure)
It appears that appropriate values for realistic behaviour within an ELFEN model of a
planar failure, are significantly lower than those suggested above. Like damping,
penalties can have a significant influence on shear displacement, with an exponential
relationship when FOS = 1. As depicted in Figure 4.7a, there is the penalties reach a
critical value which is equivalent to half of the Young’s Modulus (E) in slope 1 (E =
20GPa in all slope models). This behaviour occurred only when conditions were at
FOS = 1. With higher discontinuity strength, the relationship is less clear, as depicted
in Figure 4.7b.
Elmo (2006) used a shear stiffness of 0.2GPa/m for joints in limestone; this is perhaps
the better estimate of stiffness for the material that was modelled within this report.
Consequently the range of penalties that were studied is as below:
A comprehensive study was conducted, using slope 1 with (note that in this case
damping was deactivated from the final modelling stage when displacement mainly
occurs). This shows that there were problems achieving the realistic behaviour upon a
purely cohesive discontinuity, within the two-surface slope 1 model, as presented by
the results presented in Appendix G.2. Consequently a single-surface model, slope 3,
illustrated in Figure 4.1c, was constructed. This provided more encouraging results
(Appendix G.3), with the correlation alongside limit states according to variation of
penalties.
Figure 4.7: (a) Critical degree of penalties (Pn = 0.1Pt) within ELFEN planar failure slope 1,
when FOS = 1 (point damping = 10%). (b) Non-uniform behaviour, discovered when
attempting to minimise displacement in a situation where FOS >1.
98
CHAPTER 4: Case study slope 1 (planar failure)
Table 4.1 presents a summary of the results presented in Appendix G.3; this shows
that realistic behaviour was exhibited upon a purely cohesive discontinuity, when
Pn = 3GPa/m. Whereas the most accurate behaviour upon a purely frictional
discontinuity, was obtained when Pn = 0.3GPa/m. Additionally, in all simulations where
the discontinuity was purely frictional, failure occurred when FOS = 1, which was not
the case with a purely cohesive discontinuity.
Table 4.1: Results from simulations on planar failure slope 3, demonstrating the sensitivity of the
solution to variation in penalties assigned to the single discontinuity defining the discrete failure block.
* The FOS for the respective purely cohesive or frictional conditions, are derived from
Plane_failure (Pine, 2006b).
When the slope models discussed throughout this section were reviewed, it was
decided that amendments to the model design and the implementation of a more
suitable modelling approach should be investigated. The following section presents
99
CHAPTER 4: Case study slope 1 (planar failure)
data from a model where such alterations were made; this resulted in a more
successful model, slope 4, which conforms to the solution given by limit-equilibrium
analysis.
Only a brief study was completed on slope 4, interrogating the influence of numerical
parameters. To summarise, the following sensitivities can be noted:
*No kinematic release means that there is a degree of displacement (as expected in a
dynamic model), however the model stabilises with the failure block remaining hung-up
with a net displacement of up to 6cm.
Figure 4.8: Vertical displacement plot of ELFEN planar failure slope 4 model;
note that where frictional strength is stated, cohesion is zero and vice-versa.
100
CHAPTER 4: Case study slope 1 (planar failure)
With the more appropriate behaviour being simulated by this model, as illustrated in
Figure 4.8, the influence of groundwater could be analysed with more confidence. This
gave the chance to study the newly implemented effective stress module in ELFEN,
checking behaviour against known limit states, as introduced in the following section.
Note that RocPlane (Rocscience, 2008) had to be used for the limit-state calculations
within a wet slope, as opposed to the Microsoft Excel-based Plane_failure (Pine,
2006b) which has been used in all previous and following limit-equilibrium analyses
within this Chapter. This is because the input of the groundwater within Plane_failure
is based on the depth of water within a tension crack, and there is no tension crack
within slope 4.
It is problematic when analysing the pore pressure distribution within a model without a
tension crack. It could be considered that the peak pressure should be at half way
along the discontinuity, as illustrated in Figure 4.9a. This is due to the seepage and
subsequent dissipation of pore pressure where the discontinuity day-lights in the slope
face. To investigate further, an analysis was also performed where the peak pressure
is assigned to the base of the discontinuity, as shown in Figure 4.9b.
As presented in Table 4.2, there was little difference between the FOS from either of
these pressure distributions. However, as the data suggests, the behaviour in ELFEN
matched the RocPlane analysis best when the peak pressure is applied to a mid height
(specifically in the case where = 58°, zero cohesive strength and 30% groundwater).
Further testing of limit points, where there is a difference between pore pressure
101
CHAPTER 4: Case study slope 1 (planar failure)
distributions (shown in Figures 4.9a and 4.9b), would be necessary to prove this
suggestion.
Figure 4.9: Pore pressure distributions within the two fully saturated
RocPlane (Rocscience, 2008) models, which investigate the
influence of peak pressure assignment in a plane failure analysis.
As illustrated in Figure 4.10 and Table 4.2, the behaviour within ELFEN matched the
solution predicted by limit equilibrium analysis where discontinuity = 58° (and c = 0),
with failure occurring when groundwater rose to saturate the discontinuity by 50%. In
addition to this critical point, another limit-state was successfully simulated where there
is a discontinuity which has a mixture of cohesive and frictional discontinuity strength
with a FOS of 1.3 when 50% saturated, and a FOS of 0.8 with 100% saturation. A
summary of results from the ELFEN simulations is presented in Table 4.2, (where
failure occurred due to a rise in groundwater, the entry is highlighted in bold).
Figure 4.10: Influence of groundwater within ELFEN planar failure slope 4 model, where
discontinuity = 58° (and c = 0). Average pore pressure is contoured in N/m and the
2
102
CHAPTER 4: Case study slope 1 (planar failure)
Table 4.2: Analysis of planar failure slope 4, proving ELFEN to conform to simple limit states predicted by
RocPlane. (Comparisons are also included between different locations of peak pressure in RocPlane, as
illustrated in Figure 4.9).
% water filling height RocPlane –peak pore pressure at:
c (kPa) of tension crack base of ELFEN
mid-height
(phreatic surface) discontinuity
54° 0 0 (dry) 0.93 <1
56° 0 0 (dry) 1.00 >1*
58° 0 0 (dry) 1.08 >1
58° 0 30 1.02 0.96 >1
58° 0 50 0.92 0.75 <1
0 33 0 (dry) 0.91 <1
0 36.5 0 (dry) 1.01 >1**
0 40 0 (dry) 1.11 >1**
56° 16 50 1.29 1.13 >1**
56° 16 100 0.83 0.00 <1
* 5.5 cm vertical displacement and then the model stabilises (see Figure 4.8).
** 1.6 cm vertical displacement and then the model stabilises (see Figure 4.8).
From Table 4.2 one can see that some vertical displacement occurs in all simulations.
Where this displacement is minimal and a stable state is reached, as illustrated by the
high c and (FOS = 1.1) cases in Figure 4.8, it has been assumed that ELFEN has
predicted a FOS 1.
As outlined in Section 3.1.1, this displacement is due to the dynamic nature of ELFEN.
It must also be noted that in order to achieve a stable state in situations which are so
close to the limit of equilibrium (FOS = 1), a staged slope modelling procedure had to
be followed (as discussed previously in Chapter 3).
The aim of studying the influence of groundwater within planar failure slope 4 was to
validate the groundwater module within ELFEN, prior to the more detailed fracture-
based groundwater simulations within Chapters 5 and 6. Closer points of study are
recommended to further analyse the effectiveness of the groundwater component
within ELFEN. During this research, a set of simulations was conducted on a slightly
different model, with a tension crack. This was to provide further validation of the
groundwater module, as detailed following section.
103
CHAPTER 4: Case study slope 1 (planar failure)
During this research further investigations could not be carried out due to time
constraints. Consequently a ramp-loaded excavation model was used within the
following study, as it is clear that a consistent degree of contact can be ensured
throughout the whole simulation. Another issue, contrasting to the study outlined in
Section 4.5.1, is the fact that in this case the Microsoft Excel-based Plane_failure
(Pine, 2006b) was used to compute limit states.
Table 4.3 lists the results from primary groundwater simulations using planar failure
slope 5 (again entries in bold, indicate where failure has/has not occurred due to a
rise/fall in pore pressure relative to the phreatic surface). From this, one can
appreciate that reasonable behaviour was obtained within slope 5 when the
discontinuity had purely frictional strength. When the frictional strength was decreased
and a component of cohesive strength was applied, the limit state could not be
obtained. It was discovered that the phreatic surface needed to be modified in this
case, as the frictional strength on the discontinuity was at the limit point and therefore
the solution was highly dependent on the pore pressure acting upon the discontinuity.
The following part of this section outlines how the distribution of pore pressure had to
be altered within slope 5, to attain a realistic limit-state solution within ELFEN.
104
CHAPTER 4: Case study slope 1 (planar failure)
Table 4.3: Analysis of planar failure slope 5, with failure occurring in ELFEN when Plane_failure
predicts a FOS >1, due to a simplified phreatic surface.
% water filling height of tension
c (kPa) Plane_failure ELFEN
crack (phreatic surface)
54° 0 0 (dry) 0.9 <1
56° 0 0 (dry) 1.0 <1
58° 0 0 (dry) 1.0 >1*
58° 0 50 0.8 <1
0 55 0 (dry) 1.1 >1**
0 45 0 (dry) 0.9 <1
56° 16 0 (dry) 1.3 >1**
56° 16 50 1.1 <1
56° 20 50 1.2 <1
56° 30 50 1.4 >1**
An animation of the failure (when discontinuity frictional strength is 58°), due to a rise in
groundwater, is included on the appended CD-rom as the video file “Planar failure
slope 5.” This demonstrates a small degree of primary (dynamic-related) movement
following the excavation of the slope, which stabilises; following this, failure is triggered
by a rise in pore pressure which triggers kinematic release.
Pore pressure was reduced along the discontinuity within slope 5 by lowering the
phreatic surface, in an attempt to correlate the distribution of uplift forces from
groundwater, between ELFEN and the limit equilibrium approach used. As illustrated
in Figure 4.11c, both Plane_failure and RocPlane assume a triangular pressure
distribution along the discontinuities, with peak pressure at the base of the tension
crack as shown in Figure 4.11c, (the location of this peak pressure can be varied in
RocPlane).
Ideally to match pore pressure distribution in ELFEN with that assigned within the limit
equilibrium approach, the phreatic surface within the ELFEN model would follow a
curved path without touching the slope face. This would reduce the height of the
105
CHAPTER 4: Case study slope 1 (planar failure)
phreatic surface above the discontinuity, subsequently decreasing the pore pressure
and resulting uplift forces within the discontinuity. However for this to occur, mesh
density would have to be very fine which would lengthen run times. Instead these
simulations only aimed to give a approximate representation, providing a quick
validation on the behaviour of the groundwater version of ELFEN.
Figure 4.11: (a) Failure when FOS is 1.1 (discontinuity c = 12 kPa, = 56°), due to
simplified phreatic surface. (b) Prevention of failure by modification of phreatic surface, in
an attempt to achieve similar pressure distribution as in limit state analysis (c).
As indicated within Table 4.4, ELFEN conformed to the limit states predicted by the
Plane_failure (Pine, 2006b); although failure did not occur until the tension crack was
80% saturated, which matched a FOS of 0.8. Consequently the phreatic surface would
again have to be modified to increase the pore pressure acting within the discontinuity.
As previously discussed, a finer mesh density is required, to allow the simulation of a
more accurate curved phreatic surface.
Table 4.4: Analysis of planar failure slope 5, where the shape of the phreatic surface has been
modified in the ELFEN models, as indicated by 4.11b.
% water filling height of tension
c (kPa) Plane_failure ELFEN
crack (phreatic surface)
56° 12 30 1.1 >1*
56° 12 50 1.0 >1**
56° 12 70 0.9 >1***
56° 12 80 0.8 <1
106
CHAPTER 4: Case study slope 1 (planar failure)
It is suggested that the boundaries within slopes 1 to 3, are too close, and
consequently may be affecting the dynamics within the model. Also at that time an
appropriate loading and release sequence, (see Section 3.1.1), had not been
developed. Both these aspects may have contributed to the difficulties reported within
Section 4.3. More suitable boundaries and the implementation of a staged modelling
approach in slope 4, allowed correlation with limit state theory, as outlined in
Section 4.4.
107
CHAPTER 5: Case study (chalk) slopes 2 and 3
5.1 Introduction
This Chapter reviews two small-scale mixed discontinuity-mass controlled failures,
contributing to both aims 1 and 2, through achieving objectives 3, 4 and 5. Section 5.2
presents the second case study slope within this thesis, which is the failure of a dry
chalk cliff at Joss Bay on the Isle of Thanet in northeast Kent, England. Within this
thesis, this model is termed the ‘Hutchinson Joss Bay’ failure, after J. N. Hutchinson
originally characterised the failure in 1970.
The step-path chalk failure, (case study slope 3 within this thesis), is similar to the
model of the Joss Bay in that it is also a model of a chalk cliff; however it explores the
potential progressive failure within an example cliff section. The limit point of failure is
found within one of the step-path models presented, to allow investigation of failure and
subsequent kinematic release as a result of a rise in the phreatic surface.
In total five different numerical modelling programs, (see Section 2.3 for detail on
each), were used during the research outlined in this Chapter. Firstly three different
limit equilibrium methods were used as outlined in Section 5.2.2; SLIDE was firstly
used, followed by Plane_failure and RocPlane. A Phase2 was then developed, and
finally an ELFEN model. Seven different ELFEN models are used during the analysis
of the Hutchinson Joss Bay failure; the numerical parameters for each are given in
Section ii of the model database, with detail on the geometry and data files given in
Appendix L. Finally several ELFEN chalk step-path models were developed in
Section 5.3; all of these used the same numerical parameters, as shown in Section iii
of the model database.
108
CHAPTER 5: Case study (chalk) slopes 2 and 3
Duperret et al. (2004) noted that the Seaford Chalk formation contains bands of large
flints but on the whole is more homogeneous than the Newhaven Chalk, which contain
numerous marl seams. Mortimore et al. (2004b) suggested that with unique physical
properties, each Chalk formation can potentially characterise a particular failure
mechanism. Duperret et al. (2004) suggests four different types of failures, one of
these is ‘sliding failures’ involving two superimposed chalk units, leaving a scar where
there is a change in slope profile.
No specific geotechnical properties for the Seaford or Newhaven Chalk units can be
found within published literature. Therefore, following on from the past analyses
carried out by Hoek and Bray (1981), homogeneity is assumed for the Hutchinson Joss
Bay model, comprising a single geological unit. The intact strength that Hutchinson
(1970 cited in Hoek and Bray, 1981) obtained from laboratory testing of samples is
listed in Table 5.1; in addition the reinterpreted higher intact strength values from Hoek
and Bray (1981) are also presented.
109
CHAPTER 5: Case study (chalk) slopes 2 and 3
Table 5.1: Peak mass strengths for the Chalk at Joss Bay, reported by both Hutchinson (1970
cited in Hoek and Bray, 1981) and Hoek and Bray (1981).
Intact strength
Data Source Cohesion:
Friction (°)
(tonnes/m2) kN/m2 = kPa
Hutchinson (1970 cited in
13.3 133 42
Hoek and Bray, 1981)
Hoek and Bray (1981) 2.64 26.4 50
The intact strength reported by Hoek and Bray (1981) is from a reinterpretation of the
failure using the equation that gives the inclination of a critical failure plane, stated in
Chapter 2 (Equation 2.1). Hoek and Bray (1981) suggest that the strength values from
their interpretation are significantly higher due to the roughness, not originally being
accounted for by Hutchinson (1970 cited in Hoek and Bray, 1981). For this reason it is
the latter rock strength properties, derived by Hoek and Bray (1981), which are used
within the numerical models presented in this Chapter.
Importantly Hutchinson (1970 cited in Hoek and Bray, 1981) reported that:
110
CHAPTER 5: Case study (chalk) slopes 2 and 3
The timing of tension crack development is a difficult issue; it could be suggested that
the tension crack was a pre-existing feature. Hutchinson (1972, cited in Williams et al.,
2004) notes that failure of chalk cliffs is often preceded by the opening of a joint-
controlled tension crack, extending downwards as the undercutting notch increases in
depth due to marine erosion. The progress of the cliff failure at Joss Bay is briefly
outlined by Mortimore et al. (2004a), who suggest that the tension crack developed
‘predominantly,’ with the inclined failure surface occurring as a result of intact material
failure following a complex network of minor joints. Therefore the principal model
simulates the Joss Bay failure with a pre-existing tension crack.
However, Sections 5.2.3 and 5.2.4 both introduce a model where the tension crack is
not pre-existing, using numerical modelling to simulate the progression of shear failure
upwards from the toe of the slope, to a point where the tensile failure can break to
surface. Hutchinson (1970 cited in Hoek and Bray, 1981) illustrates that the critical
depth which this notch must reach, for the respective section, is 0.5m as presented in
Figure 5.1. Hoek and Bray, (1981) also went further to suggest the depth that the
notch would have to reach for the section to fail again. This critical depth of the notch
has not been investigated as part of this research; instead an accurate representation
of the failure mechanism has been developed.
Finally, as presented in Figure 5.1, the geological contact between the two Chalk
formations involved is close to the termination of the shear plane (base of the tension
crack). Mortimore et al. (2004a) also suggest that a potential factor controlling the
shape of the failure plane could be the change in lithology within the cliff at Joss bay.
In order to analyse this further, more geotechnical detail would be required on the
specific Chalk formations; this is an area of recommended research.
The Hutchinson Joss Bay failure has been modelling using the three methods listed
below.
Each of these methods were introduced in Section 2.3; importantly they range in their
complexity with the limit equilibrium solutions being the simplest; SLIDE allows a
search and FOS derivation (see Section 2.3.3) for an unspecified non-circular failure
111
CHAPTER 5: Case study (chalk) slopes 2 and 3
surfaces. Phase2 allows the creation of the slope via staged excavation process, with
investigation of mass strength using the SSR method. Finally the most
comprehensive, ELFEN, provides a detailed analysis of strength and strain within the
rock mass. Also using ELFEN a sequence of excavation is followed, to progressively
unload the slope, as discussed in Chapter 3, replicating the inferred creation of the cliff
face from successive erosion and failures. The results from these analyses are
presented in the following sections.
SLIDE Analysis
A non-circular method path search was conducted within SLIDE; a ‘block search’
technique is the alternative to the path search, however this appears to be more
appropriate for active-passive wedge problems (see Section 2.2.5). In the case of the
Hutchinson Joss Bay model, there was little difference between the results derived by
back-analysis using a block or path search method, based on the c and values
shown in Table 5.2.
SLIDE automatically predicts that the most critical failure surface, with the lowest FOS,
is higher within the slope than the failure surface that is presented within Hoek and
Bray (1981). To achieve results that were comparable between each slice-based
analysis method, a failure surface was chosen within SLIDE that most closely
represented the actual failure surface, as presented in Figure 5.2a.
The material properties used within SLIDE are shown within Table 5.2. Note that the
unit weight of chalk, used in the limit equilibrium analyses, was obtained from a density
that was suggested by Lawrence (2006), as a typical value for chalk. The density
suggested by Lawrence (2006) was 1700 kg/m3; equivalent to a unit weight () of
17 kN/m3.
112
CHAPTER 5: Case study (chalk) slopes 2 and 3
Table 5.2: Strength inputs for limit equilibrium analysis of mass strength.
Parameter Value/Input
3
Unit weight 17 kN/m
Strength type Mohr Coulomb
Cohesion 26.4 kPa
Friction 50°
As shown in Table 5.3, the average FOS from the different slice-based methods in
SLIDE, is 1.05. It is recommended that further research is required into the
performance of each of the slice-based methods within SLIDE, when analysing a non-
circular analysis. As outlined in Appendix C, the Bishop and Ordinary/Fellenius
methods are suggested to be not applicable to the analysis of non-circular methods,
which perhaps is why both these methods are giving a high FOS (see Table 5.3), for
the specific failure surface presented in Figure 5.2a. The Janbu methods give a lower
FOS, and the Lowe/Karafiath proposes a FOS that is just above 1. By averaging all of
the methods, a FOS is gained and presented in Table 5.3, which is similar to the
discrete analyses that are outlined in the following text.
113
CHAPTER 5: Case study (chalk) slopes 2 and 3
The three limit equilibrium methods have demonstrated similar results, with the non-
circular slice SLIDE model predicting the lowest FOS. Importantly all methods, have
shown that the mass strength predicted by Hoek and Bray (1981) is close to the limit
for failure.
A summary of the results from the limit equilibrium analyses is given in the Table 5.3:
Table 5.3: Summary of results from different limit equilibrium analyses, using the properties and
geometries presented in Table 5.2 and Figure 5.2.
114
CHAPTER 5: Case study (chalk) slopes 2 and 3
The more comprehensive methods of analysis detailed in this, and the following
section, demand numerical parameters that are not required within the limit equilibrium
techniques described in the previous section. The following section details the
derivation of tensile strength (σt), which is one of the important parameters required
within Phase2.
Tensile Strength
Lawrence (2006) suggested an intact tensile strength of 1.5MPa, from testing on chalk
performed by the University of Brighton. However, mass strength properties are
required for the finite element mesh, therefore the intact strength has to be
downgraded to allow consideration of the micro-structure and to consequently
represent the rock mass. This can either be downgraded via the use of an empirical
relation, back analysis of a failure or direct modelling of the discontinuous mass, as is
reported in Chapter 8.3. In this Chapter, the intact tensile strength is downgraded
using an empirical-based approach, RocLab (2008).
RocLab was used to back analyse a suitable mass tensile strength (σtmass). The
method followed was to select a suitable compressive strength (σci), mi and σ3max
(described in Section 2.5.1), and vary the GSI (see Section 2.5.1) until a c and were
gained that are close to those suggested by Hoek and Bray (1981), presented in
Table 5.1. The σ3max can be assumed to be close to the σv, which is calculated from
and the average depth of the failure plane (h), through the following equation:
σv = h [5.1]
In this case the average depth to the failure plane is approximately 4m; consequently:
v = 17 kN/m3 4 m = 68 kN/m 2
v = 68 kPa = 0.07 MPa
115
CHAPTER 5: Case study (chalk) slopes 2 and 3
From field observations of the chalk units within the cliffs near Brighton, a GSI of
between 30 and 40 would be appropriate; RocLab (2008) suggests a σc of between 5
and 25MPa for chalk, and an mi of 7 2. These variations have been taken into
account within Table 5.4, demonstrating that the closest match to the c and
suggested by Hoek and Bray (1980) is obtained using:
Table 5.4: Derivation of mass tensile strength for chalk using RocLab (Rocscience, 2008) and the Mohr-
Coulomb mass strength, suggested by Hoek and Bray (1983).
In addition to the parameters discussed within this section, a suitable k ratio is required
within Phase2. This can be calculated to be 0.32 using Equation 2.3, from the
Poisson’s ratio of 0.24 suggested by Lawrence (2006). Also within the Hutchinson
Joss Bay model, k1 = k2 (i.e. there is no tectonic stress). To summarise all of the
inputs, the parameters for the Phase2 model are listed in Table 5.5.
116
CHAPTER 5: Case study (chalk) slopes 2 and 3
Table 5.5: List of material properties, used within the Phase2 simulation of the Hutchinson Joss Bay model.
(Where appropriate the source, from which the strength parameter has been obtained, is stated).
Stress
0.017 MN/m3
Field
Unit weight Lawrence (2006)
k ratio (in-plane) 0.32 Calculated from
k ratio (out-of-plane) 0.32 Poisson’s Ratio
Elastic type Isotropic -
properties
Elastic
Slip criterion
Cohesion 0 MPa -
Two models were simulated, one with a tension crack and one without. Within the
tension crack model, either an ‘open’ or ‘closed’ condition has to be assigned to the
ends of the joint. If open, movement is permitted at the joint end, having two nodes
inserted into the FEM; whereas when closed only one node is inserted which restricts
movement (Rocscience, 2008). Within the Hutchinson Joss Bay model, it was found
that the condition assigned to the end of the joint did not influence the subsequent
117
CHAPTER 5: Case study (chalk) slopes 2 and 3
SRF, however more plastic strain did result at the end of a closed end joint presumably
due to restricted movement.
Importantly mesh density has a significant influence on the SRF, with a finer mesh
leading to a smaller SRF, as depicted in Figure 5.3, presumably due to the ease of
strain development and localisation. The coarse model revealed a SRF of 1.15,
indicating that the model was above the limit of stability. With a manually-inserted finer
mesh the mass strength needed to be significantly higher, with the initial SRF between
0.6 and 0.8, consequently this could indicate that the mass and c to be 62° and
44kPa respectively (if SRF taken to be 0.6). Therefore the mass properties that Hoek
and Bray (1981) report could be below the limit point of failure when there is a pre-
existing tension crack.
Figure 5.3: Mesh dependency and consequent different behaviour within the
2
Hutchinson Joss Bay Phase model, with a pre-existing tension crack.
Within a Phase2 model with no tension crack, fine mesh and extended boundaries,
shown in Figure 5.4a, an SRF of close to 1 was predicted (using the mass strength
properties listed in Table 5.5). Therefore the inclusion of a pre-existing tension crack
within a finely meshed model can have a significant influence on the back-analysed
rock mass strength. However, it must be noted that in none of the Phase2 SSR
simulations, was tensile strength included in the SSR process. It is suggested that the
118
CHAPTER 5: Case study (chalk) slopes 2 and 3
influence of this should be reviewed, as this may significantly affect the SRF. In
addition the finely meshed Phase2 model with no tension crack, clearly demonstrates
that the FEM/BEM in Phase2 can predict the locality of developing tension cracks (prior
to a reduction of the strength beyond a SRF of 1), as illustrated in Figure 5.4b.
Further investigation into the appropriate mesh size, is necessary if the results from this
study are to be used in any further analysis. Also it is recommended that the strength
applied to the tension crack should be reviewed. In particular the influence of the
stiffness applied to the tension crack was not studied; this may increase the FOS found
within the model with a pre-existing tension crack.
The modelling reported in this section has demonstrated that it is possible to model the
failure mechanism within the Hutchinson Joss Bay failure using Phase2. However in
order to use a more comprehensive numerical model, such as Phase2, more data is
required, which can be problematic. Phase2 has proved to give a further insight into
the mechanisms and stress conditions within the slope, in comparison to the simple
limit equilibrium methods described in the previous section. To improve reliability of a
119
CHAPTER 5: Case study (chalk) slopes 2 and 3
more complex model, it is suggested that a more detailed review is necessary, to clarify
the failure geometry, existence of the tension crack and the intact strength of the
respective Chalk formations.
In addition to the parameters outlined in the previous sections, the fracture energy (Gf)
is required within ELFEN. This can be calculated from the fracture toughness (KIC)
which is derived from the intact σt using the equation presented in Appendix A.
limestone, which ranges from 0.66 to 4.20MPa m for limestone. Therefore the KIC
calculated for chalk is plausible, being considerably weaker than limestone. From the
KIC, a Gf of 47.5 J/m2 can be derived, as illustrated with the following calculation:
The constitutive model chosen to represent the mass strength is the Mohr-Coulomb
with tensile Rankine cut-off, as discussed in Appendix B. A model with a purely
Rankine criterion was simulated, resulting in no failure due to the fact that the mass-
controlled shearing cannot be considered. If a purely Mohr-Coulomb model was used,
120
CHAPTER 5: Case study (chalk) slopes 2 and 3
only shear failure can take place and tensile fracturing will not occur. The mixed mode
I-II failure mechanism, as discussed in Section 2.2.4, therefore demonstrates the
requirement of the coupled criterion, when using a fracture-based code such as
ELFEN.
Mesh dependency
Elmo (2006) reported on post-peak mesh-dependency within 3D uniaxial ELFEN
models, where a mesh density of 1mm was required to predict shear bands (5mm
meshed model had no shear bands). This section reports on a similar mesh-
dependency however concerning pre-peak behaviour. During the modelling of the
Hutchinson Joss Bay model 1, it was found that a particular mesh density was required
to allow the full development of shear-strain up to the tension crack. As illustrated in
Figure 5.5b a mesh of 0.4m (within the mesh spheres detailed in Appendix L) was too
coarse; instead, as shown in Figure 5.5c full development of the shear-strain only
occurred with a finer mesh of 0.3m (within the mesh spheres).
Also Figure 5.5d demonstrates that further development of strain within the tension
crack and consequent deformation, only occurred when the ‘tetrahedral element’
(option 37) control is assigned. There is no guidance within the literature supplied by
Rockfield (2008), however it has been suggested by Rockfield (2007, personal
communication) that option 37 is necessary for slope projects where plasticity is going
to occur. Option 37 controls the computation of the stresses within the model, allowing
an algorithm to be used which improves the stress distribution across elements,
compensating for the over-stiffness of triangular elements (Rockfield, 2007, personal
communication). It is recommended that there should be further research into the
influence option 37, as Rockfield (2007, personal communication) state that the
algorithm is still under development.
The material properties used in the ELFEN simulations of the Hutchinson Joss bay
models, were all based around those that were used in Phase2, which were listed in
Table 5.5. For the further mesh-based and runtime parameters that were used in each,
see Section ii of the model database.
121
CHAPTER 5: Case study (chalk) slopes 2 and 3
Figure 5.5: ELFEN Hutchinson Joss Bay model 1, illustrating the meshed regions (a); development of
shear strain when mesh density within the spheres = 0.4m and 0.3m (b) and (c) respectively; (d)
addition of ‘Option 37.’
Stress-path monitoring
During simulations, it was noted that there were different stresses at nodes in
comparison to elements. In particular a peak occurred in principal stresses, at the start
of each of the excavations, when the stress was monitored at nodes. Rockfield (2007,
personal communication), suggested that this is a limitation in the current post-
processor version of ELFEN. Consequently to avoid monitoring the nodal stresses
within each of the independent stages (and subsequently joining them together),
elemental stresses are monitored instead, as the stress paths within elements remains
unaffected by the excavation sequence. Note that points for element monitoring have
to be assigned prior to the simulation, unlike nodal monitoring. This can hinder the
detection of failure; as discussed later in this section stress can be locally different
between models depending on slope unloading mechanism, and other slight changes.
This is due to the sensitivity of the FEM/DEM (see Section 2.3) modelling scheme,
which can restrict comparisons between models where elemental stress path
monitoring is performed.
Primarily, simulations were conducted using Hutchinson Joss Bay model 2, with a pre-
existing tension crack using various tensile strengths. A relatively high tensile strength
(σt) of 1.5MPa, suggested by Lawrence (2006) as a viable intact σt, causes fracturing
instantaneously at 9s, as illustrated in Figure 5.6a. Note that failure occurs within this
model following the relaxation of the final excavation object (between 8 and 9s).
122
CHAPTER 5: Case study (chalk) slopes 2 and 3
When the Hutchinson Joss Bay model 2 was run with a lower, more likely mass σt of
13kPa, as derived in Section 5.2.3, the behaviour of the model is considerably more
ductile. Tensile failure occurs after the final excavation, as presented in Figure 5.6b;
also the fracturing is more gradual, occurring primarily at the base of the tension crack
due to the ductile deformation of the face, followed by further fracturing within the toe of
the slope.
Figure 5.6: ELFEN Hutchinson Joss Bay model 2, illustrating the dependency on tensile
strength. (a) (b) Mohr-Coulomb stress paths at the base of the tension crack, and screenshot of
final fractured state, when the σt is 1.5MPa and 0.013MPa respectively.
Importantly within all models, shear strain initiated within the toe following release of
the slope constraint, and subsequently progressed upwards. Within a model with no
tension crack (Hutchinson Joss Bay model 3), it was demonstrated that tensile failure
can result from the progressive development of shear strain. Consequently a tension
crack formed from 5.5s, (0.5s after the final release of the slope face, which finishes at
5s), as illustrated in Figure 5.7.
123
CHAPTER 5: Case study (chalk) slopes 2 and 3
Although Figure 5.7 shows shear strain to develop from 5.1s, the precise time of failure
was investigated at two monitoring locations, Point A and B illustrated in
Figure 5.8. Figure 5.8a shows those elements that have proceeded past yield point
into plasticity at 5.5s when the tension crack starts to form. These form two shear
bands which are not detected on a shear strain plot. It was discovered, (following the
selection of the monitoring points), that point B lies between these two bands of plastic
elements. Consequently failure did not occur at point B within this particular model,
instead shear failure can only be tracked within point A, occurring from 4.7s, as
illustrated in Figure 5.8b. Tensile failure at point B was noted within a later model and
is presented within the following section (Figure 5.11).
Figure 5.8: ELFEN Hutchinson Joss Bay model 3, demonstrating the detection of failure at point A;
which is within the zone of failed elements (a) as shown on Mohr-Coulomb stress-path plot (b).
124
CHAPTER 5: Case study (chalk) slopes 2 and 3
Method of unloading
As discussed in Section 3.1.1 the release of the Hutchinson Joss Bay slope, by
relaxation of a structural-constraint, was not possible (failure could not occur) within
models where there is a tension crack. This is due to the meshing algorithm within the
version of ELFEN used (analysis 3.8.5), which inserted a ‘beam element’ into the
‘mei’ file (Rockfield, 2006, personal communication).
These models were simulated prior to the suggestion from Lobao (2007, personal
communication) that instead of the structural-constraint, an applied displacement load
of zero can act as the constraint during the constraint-release approach. Consequently
slope failure, within the models where there is a pre-existing tension crack, occurred
due to gravity loading or release of a single or several excavation object(s). Therefore
the influence of the staged excavation process has to be considered, as reported
below.
Each model produced a slightly differently stressed model; this also resulted in zones
of elements that had reached plasticity, which are individual to each model.
Figure 5.10a presents the distribution of these zones at the time that the band of
elements reaches the top of the slope, within each model.
125
CHAPTER 5: Case study (chalk) slopes 2 and 3
In addition, as previously discussed, a shear plane cannot be inserted into the model
due to a limitation of the current version of ELFEN; therefore an ELFEN Hutchinson
Joss Bay model will only run until deformation within the resulting tension crack is too
much to model. It seems that this final stage that the model runs to is dependent on
the unloading method, as presented in Figure 5.10b. It is the vertically staged
excavation that shows the most advanced form of deformation, and is consequently
included as the video file “Hutchinson Joss Bay model 6” on the appended CD-rom.
Figure 5.10: Hutchinson Joss Bay models 4 to 7 (from left to right); (a) runtime, at which the
elements that have reached plasticity intersect the top of the slope. (b) Final fractured state
of each model.
Despite their similar final-stress results, the way in which each of the models reached
these stress states is different. The most important finding from stress monitoring, is
that failure does not occur at point A within the horizontal and vertical excavation
models, or B within the vertical and single excavation model. Failure therefore only
occurs at both monitoring points, within the model which failed due to purely gravity
loading (non-excavation model). Therefore it is recommended that stress monitoring
within future simulations should be set to be within many locations to attempt to capture
the failure process, regardless of the small stress variances between each of the
unloading techniques. Figure 5.11 presents a Mohr-Coulomb stress path for both
points A and B within the non-excavation model; as detailed in model database, gravity
loading is from 0 to 1s, with 1 to 2s being a period for the release of any potential
discontinuities, after which progressive failure occurs from toe of the slope.
126
CHAPTER 5: Case study (chalk) slopes 2 and 3
Figure 5.11: (a) (c) Plasticity within ELFEN Hutchinson Joss Bay model 4, demonstrating the primary
detection of compressive failure (b) at point A; followed by tensile failure at point B as shown in (d).
As is illustrated by the zones of plastic elements within Figure 5.10a, the stress
variances within models is localised. Globally stresses are similar between the models,
regardless of unloading method; therefore out of all of the unloading methods,
excavation in one stage is preferable as this provides a rapid suitable way of accurately
stressing and unloading a model, as discussed in Section 3.1. However, a single
excavation model is not as kinetically stable as a staged excavation model, which may
lead to a less-developed fractured profile.
127
CHAPTER 5: Case study (chalk) slopes 2 and 3
Figure 5.12: Analysis of mass strength within an ELFEN Hutchinson Joss Bay
model 5, demonstrating a shear strength reduction factor of close to 1. Final
degree of plastic strain is plotted for each of the mass strengths.
The more advanced numerical analysis methods (Phase2 and ELFEN) give a FOS of 1
and just less than 1 respectively, (in models without a pre-existing tension crack). In
addition both Phase2 and ELFEN modelling demonstrated that mesh density is a key
issue to the accurate analysis of a mixed mass-discontinuity failure mechanism. A
mass σt was derived using an empirical approach, which was shown within ELFEN to
enable a more realistic behaviour. Stress-path monitoring illustrated that tensile failure
within a model with a low σt followed a ductile response. In many models failure was
not permitted with a high σt; however within the Hutchinson Joss Bay model 2 (which
had a pre-existing tension crack), failure was achieved. However, analysis of stress,
demonstrated a high compressive stress where tensile failure should be occurring (as
illustrated in Figure 5.6a). As a consequence failure was instantaneous when σt was
high, indicating a rigid behaviour that is perhaps unrealistic for chalk.
128
CHAPTER 5: Case study (chalk) slopes 2 and 3
Further stress-path modelling was performed within ELFEN models with a lower and
more realistic tensile strength. Hutchinson Joss Bay models 3 to 7 all had no pre-
existing tension crack, designed to illustrate that a tension crack can form in the final
stages of failure. Stress-path monitoring showed early compressive failure within the
toe of the slope. Following this, the progressive development of shear strain upwards
led to tensile failure. This demonstrated the ability of ELFEN to simulate the
successive development of a mixed mode I/II failure mechanism, with an indication of
slope damage by tensile fracturing in the locality of the tension crack.
Different unloading methods were simulated, and stresses were monitored. Localised
differences within models were noted, however globally the stress and failure situation
within each model was the same. There could be an apparent link between kinetic
stability, (related to the method of unloading), and final fractured state to which ELFEN
will proceed. This could illustrate that a slow method of unloading (in this case staged
excavation), permitted further slope damage; however further work is needed to
confirm the observations made.
A SSR process within Phase2 and ELFEN proved that the Hutchinson Joss Bay model
has close to the limit of stability when there was no pre-existing tension crack. Due to
the logistical time-frame, the SSR method was applied to the model with a pre-existing
tension crack, only using Phase2. Results suggested that the influence of a pre-
existing tension crack was significant, leading to a much higher assumption for rock
mass strength. However further study into this is required, with consideration of the
tensile strength during the SSR process and the strength applied to the tension crack.
Although Hutchinson (1970 cited in Hoek and Bray, 1981) suggested failure was under
drained conditions, future investigation should perhaps detail the influence of
groundwater. Groundwater conditions are especially critical to the stability of chalk
slopes; Mortimore et al. (2004b) note a marked reduction in chalk strength, with
increased saturation; for instance they found that Brazilian strength can be up to a
quarter when the specimen is saturated. This could be due to the small-scale
structure/fabric that chalk can have, which upon saturation is mobilised resulting in
reduced intact strength. The micro-fabric within chalk was also suggested by
Mortimore et al. (2004b) to be the cause of the non-uniform behaviour during triaxial
tests. They found that conventional Coulomb theory, which states that failure should
take place in planes at 45° + /2, could not be applied to chalk; instead failure planes
frequently developed along pre-existing fabrics such as wisps of marl, a vein fabric or a
fossil.
129
CHAPTER 5: Case study (chalk) slopes 2 and 3
With the current analyses that are available, the simulation of groundwater within a
mass controlled instability such as the Hutchinson Joss Bay model is restricted to limit
equilibrium and FEM approaches. In order to consider groundwater within a chalk cliff,
using the current version of ELFEN, a more discontinuity-based slope failure has to be
analysed. This is due to the way in which ELFEN simulates the influence of pore-
pressure, as outlined in Section 2.4.2. Subsequently the development and analysis of
a discontinuity-controlled chalk model, is outlined in the following section.
Table 5.6: Basic material and discontinuity strength properties used in chalk step-path models.
Property Value
Young’s Modulus (GPa) 1
Main Properties: Poisson’s Ratio 0.24
Density (kg/m3) 1700
Cohesion (kPa) 26
Mohr-Coulomb and
Friction angle (°) 50
Rotating crack properties
Dilation angle (°) 5
(representing mass
Tensile Strength (kPa) 13
strength):
Fracture Energy (J/m2) 47.5
Cohesion (kPa) 0
Discontinuity-based Friction (°) 20
strength properties: Normal Penalty (kPa/m) 200
Tangential penalty (kPa/m) 200
130
CHAPTER 5: Case study (chalk) slopes 2 and 3
However, as Figure 5.13c shows, model 3 predicts a tension crack forming in front of
the step-path fractures, in a similar location to the tension crack noted within the
ELFEN models of the Hutchinson Joss Bay cliff section, presented in the previous
section. This could indicate that the pathway for step-path failure needs to be steeper
(expected for chalk, discussed in Section 2.2.5), as within the other three models.
Consequently the slope angle of model 1 was decreased and step-path fractures re-
aligned slightly, to ensure a slightly shallower failure surface than in model 1. This
created model 4, presented in Figure 5.13d. This model provided the opportunity to
test the effective stress module within ELFEN using a fracturing model; the results from
which are presented in the following section.
However, the degree of kinematic release that model 1 exhibited was not achieved
within model 4, as shown in the video file “Chalk step-path model 4” on the appended
CD-rom. Therefore it could be suggested that a full failed state was not attained even
131
CHAPTER 5: Case study (chalk) slopes 2 and 3
Figure 5.13: ELFEN models of step-path failure within an example 15m high chalk cliff: (a) model 1 was
restrictive (see Appendix I); (b) no fracture across rock-bridges occurred in model 2; (c) kinematic
release could not be achieved in model 3; (d) Final model which revealed successful results
Figure 5.14: ELFEN model step-path model 4, illustrating instability and consequent step-
path failure as a result of rise in pore pressure (displayed in N/m2, with the phreatic surface
superimposed).
The sensitivity of the slope failure, to the frictional strength () applied to discontinuities,
was briefly studied. As discussed above, failure occurred when the slope became
saturated with greater than 80% groundwater, with the discontinuity at 45°. When the
discontinuity is decreased to 35°, instability occurs when the slope is more than 50%
132
CHAPTER 5: Case study (chalk) slopes 2 and 3
saturated. However as illustrated in Figure 5.15, there was a limited amount of rock-
bridge failure.
In conclusion the step-path model proved that the fracturing across rock-bridges is
especially dependent on the frictional strength applied to step-path discontinuities, and
the rock mass strength. In addition it was demonstrated that either a high σt and/or a
high discontinuity can make a model more unstable. It is recommended that further
work is necessary on a stronger model, to fully assess the degree of kinetic energy
associated with loading and release of a fractured slope, as discussed previously in
Section 3.2.
5.4 Summary
A range of methods were used to analyse the stability of the Hutchinson Joss Bay
failure, different results were obtained from slice-based and discrete limit equilibrium
analyses. The slice-based (SLIDE) model predicted instability close to limit point (with
an average FOS of 1.05), whereas stability was predicted within two discrete-based
analytical methods (RocPlane and Plane_failure), with a FOS of 1.1. It is suggested
that further work is conducted to provide an accurate representation of the Hutchinson
Joss Bay failure using limit equilibrium techniques.
A more advanced analysis of the model, using the FEM/BEM approach (Phase2) and a
comprehensive FEM/DEM fracture-based approach (ELFEN), demonstrated similar
133
CHAPTER 5: Case study (chalk) slopes 2 and 3
results. Rock mass strength was analysed using both analyses methods, via a SSR
approach (only within Phase2 is the SSR automated). This showed rock mass strength
was near limit point within a model with no pre-existing tension crack. A SSR
2
simulation was performed in Phase using a model with a pre-existing tension crack,
showing that this could significantly influence the back-analysed rock mass strength.
Further analysis of this particular model is required, using the SSR approach to provide
confidence in rock mass strength.
Importantly this investigation has shown that elements of the Hutchinson Joss Bay
failure can be simulated using a limit equilibrium method, with further detail provided by
the subsequent more sophisticated levels of analysis. Groundwater was not considered
within the Hutchinson Joss Bay model, on account that failure was under dry conditions
(Hutchinson, 1970 cited in Hoek and Bray, 1981). However from review of literature, it
is clear that moisture can have a significant influence on the stability of chalk cliffs. In
general groundwater can have an influence on intact strength, due to moisture affecting
cohesive and frictional components of intact chalk strength. More critically there is also
the reduction of shear strength as result of groundwater pressure reducing the normal
effective stress.
As discussed in Section 2.4.2, the present version of ELFEN can only simulate the
influence of pore pressure on the shear stress within discontinuities. Therefore to
investigate the performance of ELFEN further, a discontinuity-controlled (step-path)
chalk cliff model had to be developed in preference to the mass-controlled Hutchinson
Joss Bay model.
Finally it is suggested that to fully capture the critical condition of groundwater within
chalk, discussed in Section 5.2.5, further small-scale characterisation of chalk is
required. Subsequently this could be used to perform biaxial tests within ELFEN, in a
similar manner to that presented in Chapter 8; however for chalk, rock mass strength
for different moisture conditions would be of value. In addition, further testing of the
groundwater module within ELFEN is necessary; this is performed within the following
Chapter.
134
CHAPTER 6: Case study slope 4 (Delabole)
6.1 Introduction
This Chapter outlines a back-analysis of a slope failure at Delabole slate quarry,
Cornwall. Three different numerical modelling methods, (RocPlane, SLIDE and
ELFEN), were used, with the main emphasis of the research on ELFEN, using models
to achieve aims 1 and 2 outlined in Section 1.2. Section iv of the model database
contains detail on the model parameters used in ELFEN, and Appendix L provides a
record of the boundaries and simulation files.
The pre-failure detail suggested by Clover (1978, cited in Coggan and Pine, 1996)
clearly shows the geometry of the slope face and discontinuities involved, as illustrated
in Figure 6.1a. The pre-failure geometry can be simplified to represent the block
interaction that Coggan and Pine (1996) identify from UDEC modelling. Subsequently
it could be suggested that the mechanism is a form of active-passive wedge, with an
underlying element of toppling, as illustrated in Figure 6.1b.
Coggan and Pine (1996) review the locally named discontinuity sets, which have been
identified within the quarry; two sets of persistent faults that they present, strike sub-
parallel to the slope face. As illustrated in Figure 6.1 one of these sets of faults, the
claylodes, dip steeply into the slope. The other set of normal faults that occur within
the plane of the section through the west face, is the ‘shortahs’ which dip sub-parallel
to the face. The complete discontinuity forming the rear failure within the Delabole
model presented in Figure 6.1b is referred to as a shortah during this research; in
reality the release plane is more uneven as illustrated in Figure 6.1a, with perhaps
failure dominantly occurring along the shortahs but also through the mass.
135
CHAPTER 6: Case study slope 4 (Delabole)
Figure 6.1: 1967 failure at Delabole slate quarry, Cornwall; (a) east-west section from Clover
(1978, cited in Coggan and Pine, 1996); (b) conceptual model illustrating the driving processes.
Following the UDEC simulations reported in Coggan and Pine (1996), there was a
move towards simulating the Delabole failure using a fracture-based code, to provide
more insight on the mechanism and processes controlling the failure. Coggan et al.
(2003) report on one of the first ELFEN models of the Delabole failure; the research of
this thesis followed on from their investigations with development of the ELFEN model.
Subsequently early models consisted of multiple surfaces separated by discrete
fractures, as illustrated in Figure 6.2.
This model construction allows the strength of the main slope to be increased,
constraining fracture to mainly take place within the failure blocks. This prevents the
136
CHAPTER 6: Case study slope 4 (Delabole)
otherwise unrealistic extensive fracturing behind the failure blocks, due to the dynamic-
response of the model (see Section 3.1), which was loaded rapidly and without a
constraint upon the slope face. Importantly the failure blocks were given weaker
properties to simulate the interaction of discrete failure blocks and their subsequent
comminution, which was originally reported by Coggan et al. (2003).
Figure 6.2: Original ELFEN model of the Delabole 1967 failure used by Coggan
et al. (2003).
However, the multiple surface modelling approach restricts the simulation of Delabole
to a purely discontinuity controlled failure mechanism. To provide a more realistic
representation of the processes, a ‘single-surface’ model (where fractures are
embedded), was developed. This allowed the development of fracture through the
mass, fulfilling the primary aim of the Delabole modelling during this research which
was to investigate the extent of fracture surfaces, especially the basal fracture. The
following section discusses the development of a single surface model.
137
CHAPTER 6: Case study slope 4 (Delabole)
Table 6.1: Summary of the most important properties used for the mass and discontinuity
strength in Delabole models (for further parameters see Section iv of the model database).
Parameter Value
Young’s Modulus (GPa) 20
Main Poisson's ratio 0.25
properties
Density (kg/m3) 2500
Mass
Mohr- Cohesion (MPa) 2
strength
properties Coulomb Friction Angle (°) 46
and Dilation angle (°) 5
Rotating Tensile strength (MPa) 0.9*
crack Fracture energy (J/m2) 20
Friction (°) 31
Cohesion (MPa) 0.01**
Discontinuity Discrete
strength global Varied between 0.1 and
Normal Penalty (GPa/m)
properties properties 1
Varied between 0.01
Tangential Penalty (GPa/m)
and 0.1
* The tensile strength for the mass was reduced to 0.756MPa in Delabole
model 2; and increased to 2MPa from model 4 onwards.
** From Delabole model 3 and onwards, the discontinuity cohesive strength
was reduced to zero.
The early single-surface Delabole models followed the geometry illustrated in Figure
6.3a, however the particular geometry (model 1) proved very sensitive, using the
properties listed in Table 6.1. The particular model was kinetically unstable, with
fracturing occurring as soon as the material retaining the face is excavated. The model
would then stabilise, with no further propagation even when the excavation object
restraining the face is fully relaxed (excavated).
In particular, kinetic instability within model 1 was expressed by failure occurring during
the loading stage, as illustrated in Figure 6.3a. Although the fracture in model 1 is
dynamic-related, the fracture pattern is relatively realistic (Figure 6.3b), until the stage
where excavation object is fully relaxed. It is at this stage when kinetic instability is
expressed by extensive fracturing, as illustrated in Figure 6.3c.
To improve the kinetic situation within the simulation, model 2 was created which had
extended boundaries, (see Appendix L). This did provide a dynamically more
appropriate model, without failure occurring during the loading stage; however the
model revealed a final state of very limited fracture, as presented in Figure 6.3d.
Therefore with the parameters used in model 1 and 2, (see model database), it was
assumed that complete failure through the rock-bridges could not be attained.
138
CHAPTER 6: Case study slope 4 (Delabole)
Figure 6.3: (a) (b) (c) Fracturing during respective modelling stages of model 1. (d) Shows model 2
where simulation shows kinetic stability, although fracture does not extend through the rock-bridge.
Following the unsuccessful attempts to get the basal fracture to extend, a step-path
geometry was created, firstly within a model where there were incomplete claylodes as
illustrated in Figure 6.5a. In addition the strength criterion was altered, so that
Delabole models 4 to 10 only used a purely Rankine with rotating crack formulation, as
opposed to the Mohr-Coulomb and Rankine coupled criterion (see Appendix B). It was
also found that the tensile strength for the mass, had to be increased to 2MPa.
139
CHAPTER 6: Case study slope 4 (Delabole)
Fracture over the step-path was achieved within an excavation model, however no
further fracturing across the failure blocks occurred. On re-examination of project files,
the limited kinematic release and subsequent incomplete failure mechanisms noted in
the above (excavation) models may be due to the basal fractures not extending
through the slope face. As discussed in Section 3.1.1 and in Appendix F, to achieve
kinematic release, embedded discontinuities have to extend through the slope face.
Within the Delabole models this appears to be case, but only within models where
there is an excavation object retaining the face. Consequently it is suggested that
some of the above models are re-run with extended basal fractures. Also at the time of
modelling, the constraint-release method had not been fully developed; therefore this
remains a technique that has not been used in these early Delabole simulations and
should perhaps be an area of recommendation for further work.
Despite discontinuities not extending through the slope face, it was found that
kinematic release could be achieved within step-path models where there is no
excavation object. However, primarily many models were kinetically unstable, leading
to numerous simulations where there was extensive dynamic related fracture;
consequently the failure mechanism could only be progressed to the state illustrated in
Figure 6.5b. When a more dynamically-stable model was developed (by loading over
4s as opposed to 1s), it appears that the progression of the model was heavily
dependent on the mesh density at which fracturing was permitted to occur. A model
where fracturing was permitted within a coarse meshed model, permitted a less
realistic post-failure response than a model with a fine mesh density, as illustrated by
comparing Figures 6.5c and 6.5d respectively.
Figure 6.5: (a) Step-path geometry, and final state of fracture achieved in model 4 (b). (c) Model 5, which
is more kinetically stable, but presents a blocky-type failure; whereas a slightly different element control
and finer mesh in model 6 (see model database), causes an alternative style of failure (d).
140
CHAPTER 6: Case study slope 4 (Delabole)
Importantly within all of the models presented in Figure 6.5, the block interaction,
suggested in Section 6.1, was not simulated. It appears that not only do step-path
fractures encourage kinematic release, but also the claylodes need to be extended in
order for the realisation of the toppling, translation and rotation behaviour. In addition,
several other issues had to be addressed during model development. Initially a more
realistic block interaction was exhibited by model 7, with rotation of the lower active
wedge, as illustrated in Figure 6.6b; however on further simulations the chiselling block
appears fixed. This was remedied by the implementation of option 166 (see
Appendix A) within model 8; also shortahs were extended although this does not
appear to have a significant influence but perhaps needs a more detailed study.
Despite the chisel effect within model 8, rotation was not observed; this may be due to
the degree of penetration. Subsequently model 9 was developed, where penetration
was prevented. It is difficult to be sure as to which parameter caused this prevention of
penetration; as the model database shows, model 9 had an increased field and zone
(see Appendix A for explanation of field and zone parameters).
Importantly rotation occurs in the top active wedge due to the progressive failure of the
rock-bridge between the shortah and base-plane, as illustrated in Figure 6.6d.
Removal of the rock-bridge (between the shortah and base plane) within the same
model, permits rotation within the lower active wedge as presented in Figure 6.6e,
causing the translation of the passive wedge.
Figure 6.6: (a) Initial step-path geometry when claylodes are extended; (b) results from model 7. (c) Model
8, where penetration prevents rotation. (d) Model 9 where different rotations occur when the rock-bridge is
finally removed (e).
141
CHAPTER 6: Case study slope 4 (Delabole)
As a final simulation of the failure mechanism, model 10 was created where failure
occurs through the mass, via the introduction of a rock-bridge within the shortah, as
presented in Figure 6.7a. As the simulation progressed, failure and subsequent block
interaction can be modelled, as presented from Figures 6.7b to 6.7d (a video file of
“Delabole model 10” is included on the appended CD-rom).
Figure 6.7: Simulation of progressive failure through the mass due to a chisel effect, resulting
in rotation and translation, achieved using Delabole model 10.
To implement groundwater within the code, one has to start at a relatively simple model
and subsequently develop its complexity. The following section details the results from
three additional models of Delabole, where a phreatic surface has been simulated.
To consider the discontinuity strength, the Delabole failure was firstly simulated as a
planar situation, as introduced in Section 6.3.1. Following the calibration of numerical
parameters using the planar failure model, a rock-bridge is re-introduced within two
models detailed in Section 6.3.2. The first of these models is a relatively simple
situation with no additional discontinuities; importantly conditions are included so that
the rock-bridge fails as a result of a rise in pore pressure. Finally for a brief
consideration of an extended fracture network, a more complex model was simulated.
142
CHAPTER 6: Case study slope 4 (Delabole)
The limit state solutions predicted by RocPlane were used to calibrate the behaviour
within the ELFEN model. However at the time, the potential lack of shear strength
within the shortah in the RocPlane analysis, was not considered; consequently within
the ELFEN model discontinuity strength was applied to both the base-plane and the
shortah. This possible disparity may account for some of the poor comparisons noted
in the following part of this section.
subsequent comparisons, between RocPlane and ELFEN, detailed later within Table
6.2. Therefore it is recommended that further research is conducted on the penalties
assigned to the discontinuities within the Delabole model.
However it was found that 10% point damping inhibited full kinematic release when the
FOS was known to be lower than 1, as shown in Figure 6.10 (in this case discontinuity
was purely frictional with a of 45° and shortah was 50% saturated, which in RocPlane
equates to FOS of 0.5). With 10% damping a degree of failure occurred but the failure
block did not fully release, suggesting the model was now over-damped because full
failure was achieved in the same model with 5% point damping.
Because both under-damped and over-damped situations were found to occur within
the ELFEN Delabole planar failure model, the staged approach had to be reviewed to
attempt to modify the dynamic behaviour presented within Figure 6.9, without
144
CHAPTER 6: Case study slope 4 (Delabole)
increasing the damping. The following section details how this was achieved, resulting
in a more kinetically stable model, which can be used for an accurate analysis.
Figure 6.10: Over-damped situation, when 10% point damping is used within
an ELFEN Delabole plane failure model, indicated by vertical displacement of
failure block when FOS <1.
Both of these methods lengthen the periods within which damping should diminish the
energy levels that cause dynamic effects.
Within the planar failure model that returned the results presented in Figures 6.9
and 6.10, gravity loading was applied via a drop-load curve and the slope face was
released over a period of 1s. A simulation was run where instead, loading followed a
ramped-curve but this made no difference to the energy levels within the model.
The second method presented above was more successful, decreasing the dynamic-
related behaviour. In particular when the release of the slope face is increased to
occur over 2s, a state of equilibrium in the kinetic energy is not achieved until
approximately 7s, with still a considerable peak in kinetic energy. Whereas if the slope
face is released over an even longer period of 4s, a state of equilibrium is reached
much sooner (by 5s), as illustrated by Figure 6.11. Importantly it appears that within
145
CHAPTER 6: Case study slope 4 (Delabole)
both models, kinetic energy peaks 1s prior to full release of the slope. The largest
peak occurs when the constraint on the slope face is released over 2s; this poses a
greater potential of dynamic-related behaviour. As discussed in Section 3.1.1, dynamic
responses within a model can lead to artificial failure.
Simulation of groundwater within this model gave the results presented within Table
6.2. The FOS predicted by RocPlane (Rocscience, 2008), is also presented to allow
comparison.
As shown within Table 6.2, when a phreatic surface is applied to a model with purely
frictional discontinuity strength, the ELFEN model does not conform to the limit state
solutions from RocPlane; instead the FOS in RocPlane has to be between 0.5 and 0.6
for a FOS of 1 to be reached within ELFEN. This is likely to be due to RocPlane only
considering the frictional strength on the basal plane and not on the shortah, as
146
CHAPTER 6: Case study slope 4 (Delabole)
Limiting conditions on
Vertical
discontinuities defining FOS Consequent
displacement of
discrete failure block predicted by FOS assumed
plane failure block
% water filling RocPlane in ELFEN**
at 10 s (m)
the shortah*
45° 0 (dry) 1.03 1.1 (stable) >1
43° 0 (dry) 0.97 8.5 (ongoing) <1
50° 30 0.90 0.62 (stable)*** >1
48° 30 0.83 0.92 (stable)*** >1
45° 30 0.75 1.7 (stable)*** >1
45° 40 0.62 2.1 (stable)*** >1
45° 50 0.48 2.2 (ongoing) <1
*Pore pressure within RocPlane is assigned following triangular distribution, with peak
pressure at the base of the shortah.
**The FOS within ELFEN is assumed from the degree of ongoing displacement noted;
as discussed in Sections 3.1.1 and 4.5, vertical displacement inevitably occurs in all
simulations when using a dynamic-based code. Where this displacement is minimal
FOS 1.
and a stable state is reached, it has been assumed that ELFEN has predicted a
The video file “Delabole model 11” included on the appended CD-rom, shows an
animation of the planar failure within ELFEN. This clearly demonstrates that there is a
primary displacement, which occurs as a result of the release of a constraint on the
slope face. The final trigger for the failure, and subsequent kinematic release, is a rise
147
CHAPTER 6: Case study slope 4 (Delabole)
in groundwater, in this case to fill the shortah by 50% (discontinuity frictional strength is
45°), as listed in Table 6.2.
Despite the poor comparison (shown in Table 6.2), between the limit state solution in
RocPlane and the behaviour in ELFEN, a fracturing model was created. As discussed
in the following section, a model was developed where kinematic release was achieved
within a fracturing model, as a result of rock-bridge failure, which was triggered by a
rise in pore pressure.
Table 6.3: Summary of the most important properties used for the mass and discontinuity strength
in Delabole model 12.
Parameter Value
Young’s Modulus (GPa) 20
Main Poisson's ratio 0.25
properties
Density (kg/m3) 2500
Mass
strength Mohr- Cohesion (MPa) 2
properties Coulomb Friction Angle (°) 45
and Dilation angle (°) 5
Rotating Tensile strength (MPa) 1.5
crack Fracture energy (J/m2) 20
Friction (°) Varied between 36 and 38
Discontinuity Discrete
Cohesion (MPa) 1
strength global
properties properties Normal Penalty (GPa/m) 30*
Tangential Penalty (GPa/m) 10*
* It was found (as reported in the following section), that in order to get stability when
loading penalties had to be high, these were subsequently reduced to 0.02 and
0.002 GPa/m to allow unhindered sliding. Also for the same reason, the frictional
strength assigned to the base plane and the shortah was reduced to 36° after failure
had occurred.
The influence of the rock-bridge on kinetic energy effects was considerable; the staged
procedure developed within the previous section had to be reviewed to provide a model
where fracture within the rock-bridge does not occur, during loading and release. The
sequence developed was presented previously in Figure 3.1, as an example of staged
approach where a rise in groundwater is the trigger mechanism for failure. Similarly to
the sequence in model 11, the constraint upon the slope face was relaxed over a
period of 4s.
148
CHAPTER 6: Case study slope 4 (Delabole)
However in contrast to model 11, several other aspects of model were different due to
the sensitivity of the rock-bridge to dynamic effects. Kinetic energy induced by the
loading and rise in the phreatic surface, caused dynamic-related fracturing across the
rock-bridge prior to saturation of the discontinuities. Brief experimentation with the
duration of loading proved unsuccessful; instead it was found that certain modifications,
outlined below, helped to prevent this premature rock-bridge failure.
Figure 6.12: (a) Stable situation when a ramped load curve is used within simulation of Delabole
model 12; (b) dynamic-related failure when the same model is instantaneously loaded.
1. Inhibiting the failure of the rock-bridge when the phreatic surface rises
2. Significantly slowing the displacement of sliding blocks
149
CHAPTER 6: Case study slope 4 (Delabole)
Figure 6.13: Saturation of base-plane is critical to stability in ELFEN model 12, where limited
pore pressure (N/m2) upon base-plane allows stability (a). Failure occurs in the same model,
when whole length of base-plane is saturated (b).
150
CHAPTER 6: Case study slope 4 (Delabole)
Within the same model the progressive failure across the rock-bridge can be observed.
Figure 6.14 shows the failure of the rock-bridge due to a rise in pore-pressure, causing
subsequent progressive failure and kinematic release. (The video file “Delabole
model 12” on the appended CD-rom is an animation of the failure presented in Figure
6.14).
Figure 6.14: Progressive failure of rock-bridge within ELFEN step-path Delabole model 12, as a
result of a rise in pore pressure.
Importantly this indicated that the degree of pore pressure acting upon the base-plane
is critical to the stability during the Delabole failure. Complete failure was achieved
when the shortah is between 30 and 50% saturated, within a model where the phreatic
surface extends to the slope face, causing pore pressure to act along the whole length
of the base-plane.
Table 6.4 summarises the sensitivity analysis that was conducted using model 12.
Where saturated, the phreatic surface extended to the slope face as depicted in 6.13b.
Instead of conducting a more detailed study, efforts were made to achieve failure within
a model with extended discontinuities, similar to that presented within the latter part of
Section 6.2.
As illustrated in Figure 6.15, model 13, which had extended claylodes, behaved in a
similar way to the step path model, with failure across the rock-bridge initiating from
10s when the final phreatic surface rises to saturate 50% of the shortah. However, as
shown in Figure 6.15d, the block interaction within this model is not as realistic as that
within model 10 outlined at the end of Section 6.2. Consequently it is suggested that
the numerical parameters within model 13, require further consideration.
151
CHAPTER 6: Case study slope 4 (Delabole)
Table 6.4: Results from simulations on Delabole step-path model 12, where the phreatic surface was
raised to different heights, and/or discontinuity frictional strength was altered to cause failure.
*State of failure is taken at 12s because groundwater rises between 9 and 10s,
therefore any instability due to the rise in groundwater, should have occurred by 12s.
**The FOS within ELFEN is assumed from the degree of ongoing displacement noted;
as discussed in Sections 3.1.1 and 4.5, vertical displacement inevitably occurs in all
simulations when using a dynamic-based code. Where this displacement is minimal
FOS 1.
and a stable state is reached, it has been assumed that ELFEN has predicted a
Figure 6.15: Progressive failure of rock-bridge, as a result of a rise in pore pressure, within ELFEN step-
path Delabole model 13. Full saturation of base-plane and shortah (to 50% height), occurs at 10s
runtime, resulting in fracture of rock-bridge, although further review of block interaction is required.
152
CHAPTER 6: Case study slope 4 (Delabole)
Models 1 and 2 both had excavation objects to restrain the slope face during loading.
Following these simulations it was discovered that using the then current version of
ELFEN, embedded discontinuities must extend through the slope face to achieve
kinematic release (as reported in Section 3.1.1 and Appendix F). It may be a
consequence of this, that that there was no kinematic release in Delabole models 1
and 2.
To promote instability claylodes were extended, and the excavation object removed, to
create model 3 which failed due to gravity loading (with no excavation object); however
again kinematic release does not occur. In this case, this is likely as a result of the
rock-bridge location. As illustrated in Figure 6.4, intense fracturing causes a ‘locking-
up’ behaviour within the failure blocks. Such a problem may be remedied if the
fracturing code could simulate mode II failure, as discussed in Section 2.2.4.
To avoid the intense fracturing, the rock-bridge was altered to encourage tensile failure,
creating a step-path failure. Consequently kinematic release was achieved in models 4
to 6, showing the progression of the model to be dependent on the mesh density.
The subsequent chisel effect, rotation and translation during block interaction, was
achieved through:
Experimentation with rock-bridges during this investigation has demonstrated that the
specific location is crucial to ensuring kinematic release and development of a realistic
failure mechanism.
153
CHAPTER 6: Case study slope 4 (Delabole)
Section 6.3 detailed the influence of groundwater within the ELFEN model, primarily
using a simple planar failure simulation to calibrate the numerical parameters and
staged approach. When water was included, this behaved well, although in
comparison to a limit-state approach (RocPlane), the solution in ELFEN was
conservative. This could be due to a disparity in the discontinuity strength applied
within the two approaches; RocPlane considers the shortah as a tension crack and it
appears that it may consider this to have no strength. Consequently future modelling
should investigate this, with re-calibration of an ELFEN model where there is no
strength applied to the shortah.
If there was no discontinuity strength applied to the shortah, one would probably find
that in order to get agreement with RocPlane, the penalties assigned to the ELFEN
base-plane would have to be increased. This may explain why, during the
implementation of groundwater within a step-path model, the penalties had to be
increased to prevent dynamic-related failure of the rock-bridge when the phreatic
surface started to rise.
Once a successful step-path model was achieved, results were obtained from
groundwater modelling that demonstrated the sensitivity of the Delabole step-path
model to the degree of saturation upon the base-plane. This is very much linked to the
findings reported in Section 4.5.2, with the same conclusions that an accurate, more
curved phreatic surface is required within ELFEN. However, this would demand a fine
mesh density, which would increase runtime. In the case of the current research, the
relatively coarse mesh and consequently simplified phreatic surface provided results
that are accurate enough for the level of analysis required, demonstrating the
successive failure of a rock-bridge due to a rise in pore pressure leading to kinematic
failure within the slope.
154
CHAPTER 6: Case study slope 4 (Delabole)
Table 6.5: The occurrence of premature rock-bridge failure within ELFEN Delabole step-path model, with
prevention methods and recommendations.
Failure
Further
of rock- Prevention by: Disadvantages Modification
recommendations
bridge:
1. Can inhibit the More detailed
10% Rayleigh
failure of the rock- Removed Rayleigh review of loading
damping
bridge damping following process, decrease
the loading stage kinetic energy with
During (replacing
2. Significantly slows (replaced with point the use of
loading alternative
the displacement of damping) conventional point
stage point damping)
sliding blocks damping
Ramp-load as
Review required
opposed to Increases runtime N/A
duration of loading
drop-load
Review of initial
Use of a post-
penalties within a
During failure stage during
Can prevent model where no
initial which penalties are
Increase in kinematic release by strength applied to
rise in reduced to allow
penalties inhibiting shear on the shortah, and find
ground- unhindered
discontinuities limit at which shear
-water comminution and
is prevented due to
deposition
penalties.
Finally groundwater was introduced into a model with a step-path and an extended
fracture network. This more complex model was only studied briefly and with limited
success, consequently it is recommended that there is further research into achieving a
more realistic block interaction.
The following Chapter outlines a back-analysis of a slope failure (case study slope 5 –
Fimiston Open Pit, Kalgoorlie), which is similar to Delabole. Failure occurred on the
same scale and, although not as clearly identifiable, a similar active-passive failure
mechanism could be inferred. However, in case study slope 5 the failure was clearly
stated as initiating in the rock mass (toe region), consequently the main aim in the
following Chapter is to use numerical modelling in a detailed review of mass strength
effects. Rather than using the comprehensive fracture-based code to study the
fracture network and resulting failure mechanism (as occurred throughout this
Chapter), two simpler methods are used in the analysis of rock-bridge strength in a
more direct fashion.
155
CHAPTER 7: Case study slope 5 (Kalgoorlie)
7.1 Introduction
This Chapter outlines a back-analysis of rock mass strength at the Fimiston open pit, in
Kalgoorlie, Western Australia. A number of different limit equilibrium solutions, and a
finite method, are used to analyse potential mass strength. Comparisons are made
between each approach, identifying advantages and disadvantages to the modelling
methods.
A slope failure occurred during September 2006 at Kalgoorlie Consolidated Gold Mines
(KCGM) Fimiston open pit (also known as the Superpit). The Superpit is currently
2.5km long, 1km wide and 500m deep; it is orientated with its long axis running north
south, following the gold bearing lode. From the surface at KCGM an approximate
30m deep weathered margin lines the top of the pit; below this the rock mass at KCGM
is competent as a result of the greenstone geology. Principally three lithologies run
through the pit:
The failure took place within the Peringa Basalt over several benches at the north
eastern end (Brownhill section) of the pit, as shown in Plate 7.1.
Importantly this failure jeopardised the life of the mine ramp and an alternative ramp
had to be developed. The ramp had been previously closed due to a preceding smaller
failure in July 2005 occurring in the vicinity of Brownhill at -160m level, within the
slightly weathered Peringa Basalt. A back-analysis of the more recent ‘Brownhill
failure’ is of interest to KCGM because a wall steepening project within the pit is
currently under review. As reported in Beer and Morrongiello (2007) this will allow
extraction from deeper levels within the Fimiston open pit.
The following sections detail the key aims, creation of a model, methods of analyses
used and overview of results which were presented to KCGM.
156
CHAPTER 7: Case study slope 5 (Kalgoorlie)
Plate 7.1: (a) Panoramic photograph (looking south) of the Fimiston open pit, Kalgoorlie,
highlighting the failure area; (b) enlarged view of the failed zone. (c) View from the west (looking
north east), with delineation of failed zone.
Data gained from these studies, can be compared against those presented by Pells
Sullivan Meynink Pty Ltd. in 2004, who used RocLab (Rocscience, 2008) to give rock
mass properties of the Peringa Basalt, with consideration of blasting damage via a
disturbance factor (D) of 1.
157
CHAPTER 7: Case study slope 5 (Kalgoorlie)
Figure 7.2: East-west cross section through Brownhill (taken at 49350m north); illustrating the failed
areas, lithologies and major discontinuities.
The major underlying fault contributed to the failure mechanism, possibly placing an
increased degree of strain on the overall slope as suggested by
Hewson (2007, personal communication); although there are no advised limits to the
strength of this discontinuity. Instead KCGM provided limits for the frictional strength
and cohesive strength for only two of the discontinuities (the OHWF and the SF), as
listed within the next section in Table 7.3. In addition, a prominent foliation dipping into
the pit was noted during the site visit, in the bench behind the failure (within the Peringa
Basalt). Also Beer and Morrongiello (2007) state that it was reported by a consultant in
158
CHAPTER 7: Case study slope 5 (Kalgoorlie)
2000 that there is a long history of instability limited to only the north end of the east
wall where there is 65 foliation. It is assumed that this is the same foliation that was
noted, on the bench at the top of the failed section, during the site visit.
It is important to note at this stage that all analyses have been performed with the
understanding that there is no influence of groundwater within the failure area. This
has been assumed because the Fimiston open pit has limited groundwater problems
due to uniquely good drainage as a result of the numerous old mine workings within the
floors and walls of the pit, which previously worked the ore body.
159
CHAPTER 7: Case study slope 5 (Kalgoorlie)
Table 7.1: Basic construction of the five different limit equilibrium models used for the analysis of cohesive strength of the rock-bridge; with advantages and
disadvantages listed for each technique.
Model
Method of rock-bridge cohesive
used for Construction Disadvantages related to construction Advantages to technique
strength analysis
analysis
Weight of sliding mass Cannot consider:
Any component of strength on SF;
Polygon of
summed from slices in Jacob Quickest and simplest
c on OHWF;
Forces
Uses an equivalent bolt tension for
or σt on rock-bridge.
(Limit Model 1, with trigonometry to method of analysis.
rock-bridge load capacity.
Equilibrium calculate consequent
Method) resisting force required.
Involves the simplification of the geometry
Jacob
Once simplified geometry is
into a maximum of 21 equal slices.
A large horizontal driving force is imparted
Model 1 Back-analysis of strength on a
Uses simplified profile divided
(Limit discontinuity that represents the setup, sensitivity analysis is
into slices on the rest of the sliding mass, by final 3
Equilibrium failure through the rock-bridge. quick.
slices.
Cannot consider σt
Method)
160
CHAPTER 7: Case study slope 5 (Kalgoorlie)
Table 7.2: Basic construction of the two different finite element models used for the
analysis of cohesive strength of the rock-bridge; with advantages and disadvantages
listed for each technique.
Method of rock-
Model
bridge cohesive Disadvantages related Advantages to
used for Construction
strength to construction technique
analysis
analysis
Can consider
Increased numerical
Accurate profile
Back-analysis of
can be tensile strength
strength on a parameters;
Potential influence of
constructed of rock-bridge,
Phase2 discontinuity that
with embedded unloading via
Model 1 represents the unloading technique
discontinuities excavation and
failure through and proximity of
between the in-situ stress
the rock-bridge. model boundaries.
elements regime.
As in Phase2 model
2
As in Phase model 1. 1. Also:
Analysis of rock- also: Potentially most
bridge strength Influence of mesh reliable
directly allowing density around rock- technique,
the failure of bridge is significant; allowing failure
Phase2 As in Phase2 rock-bridge via Increased influence to take
Model 2 model 1. straining of of unloading undefined path;
elements and technique, SSR technique
consequent consequent more is possible
yielding on appropriate staged allowing
OHWF and SF excavation amounts automated
to increased runtime. detection of limit
point.
The limit equilibrium models demonstrated that the potential cohesive strength
of the rock-bridge could be between 200-400kPa, with the exception of one
model (Jacob Model 1), which gave very high and potentially anomalous data
unless there was a degree of strength applied to the SF.
Phase2 models showed that the cohesive strength of the rock-bridge could
perhaps be slightly higher, resulting in strengths of up to approximately
500kPa.
The use of Phase2 gave various benefits and set-backs, with modifications to models
necessary, in order to give reliable data. Importantly it was found that the in-situ stress
regime had a minimal influence on rock-bridge strength.
161
CHAPTER 7: Case study slope 5 (Kalgoorlie)
The influence of the major underlying fault remains untested. Shear strength data for
this discontinuity would be required; also a greater degree of confidence is necessary
for the strengths of the OHWF and the SF. More importantly perhaps, increased
structural detail is required within the toe-region to aid development of a more
comprehensive numerical model. This could potentially determine the influence of the
adversely orientated foliation, and increase understanding of the rock-bridge strength.
Figure 7.2: Annotated cross section through Brownhill, illustrating the actual and simplified
profile, which can be split into 21 slices for analysis in Jacob.
162
CHAPTER 7: Case study slope 5 (Kalgoorlie)
failure; T = cohesive strength of rock bolt representing the rock-bridge; = inclination of OHWF;
(Where W = weight of sliding mass; N = normal force on OHWF; f = frictional force on OHWF;
This approach shows that the minimum cohesive strength for the rock-bridge is
approximately 187kPa when the following assumptions are taken:
When the frictional strength of the OHWF is assumed to be at its lowest limit of 20
(within the boundaries advised by KCGM), then the required cohesive strength of the
rock bridge increases to 379 kPa.
163
CHAPTER 7: Case study slope 5 (Kalgoorlie)
Figure 7.4: Profile of Brownhill Jacob Models 1 and 2, with annotation illustrating the
slices from which the high horizontal force originates in Jacob Model 1.
Table 7.3 illustrates the results from a sensitivity study analysing the rock bridge
strength and the influence of the variability of the given variables within Jacob Model 1
(which has the high horizontal force).
Case 1 determines the FOS when the median values for discontinuity strength,
(within range of strengths on discontinuities given by KCGM), are applied and
no additional strength in the rock-bridge.
Case 2 determines the influence of the cohesion applied to the OHWF and the
subsequent cohesion of rock-bridge required to achieve a FOS of close to 1;
164
CHAPTER 7: Case study slope 5 (Kalgoorlie)
3. The same conditions are applied as those within the polygon of forces model;
4. The lowest values for discontinuity strength, (within the range given by KCGM),
for OHWF and SF;
5. Friction also for the rock-bridge and minimum shear strength applied to the
OHWF and SF;
6. Zero strength is applied to the SF and the OHWF has 20° only;
7. There is as well as c applied to the rock-bridge and no shear strength applied
to SF;
8. There is as well as c applied to the rock-bridge the OHWF has 24° and no
shear strength on SF.
Table 7.3: Results of a sensitivity study on the strength of the rock mass that forms the rock-
bridge in Jacob Model 1; values emboldened highlight what values have been altered from the
preceding case.
Case
Oroya Hanging
Rock Bridge Subvertical Fault
Wall Fault
Conditions Conditions
Conditions
= 0˚ = 22˚ = 27˚
c = 0 kPa c = 75 kPa c = 225 kPa
1 1.60
= 0˚ = 22˚ = 27˚
c = 0 kPa c = 0 kPa c = 225 kPa
2 1.19
= 0˚ = 24˚ = 0˚
c = 950 kPa c = 0 kPa c = 0 kPa
3 1.02
= 0˚ = 20˚ = 24˚
c = 110 kPa c = 0 kPa c = 150 kPa
4 1.00
= 0˚ = 20˚ = 0˚
c = 1100 kPa c = 0 kPa c = 0 kPa
6 1.03
= 40˚ = 20˚ = 0˚
c = 1150 kPa c = 75 kPa c = 0 kPa
7 1.02
= 40˚ = 24˚ = 0˚
c = 1000 kPa c = 0 kPa c = 0 kPa
8 1.02
165
CHAPTER 7: Case study slope 5 (Kalgoorlie)
The cohesive strength on the OHWF has a substantial influence on the FOS
and therefore the potential cohesive strength for the rock-bridge.
Jacob Model 1 requires a significantly higher (750kPa) cohesion for the rock-
bridge than that predicted by the same conditions within the Polygon of Forces.
The condition of the rock-bridge at the toe is problematic; it is unknown whether
the rock mass is significantly damaged so that it is comprised of small, almost
discrete blocks, (in which case it would be mainly frictional strength).
Alternatively it may be more intact, in which case the cohesive strength would
be the main component within the rock mass. This appears to be critical when
the minimum strength conditions are applied to the sub-vertical fault, as in
cases 4 and 5. Only either a small degree of cohesive strength, or a
reasonable amount of frictional strength can be applied on the rock-bridge in
these cases
The resulting cohesive strength of the rock-bridge, required to get a FOS of 1 when the
lowest strengths were taken, was 300kPa. A similar sensitivity study as previously
conducted was analysed in the model with the deactivated final slices. The same case
numbers are used as in the previous models.
Case 6 can be compared directly back to the result from the polygon of forces analysis,
interestingly demonstrating exactly the same result with 187 kPa of cohesion required
on the plane representing the rock-bridge, to prevent failure. The similarity within these
two methods is most probably due to the lack of consideration of strength for the SF
within both approaches.
166
CHAPTER 7: Case study slope 5 (Kalgoorlie)
Table 7.4: Results of a sensitivity study on the strength of the rock mass that forms the rock-bridge
in Jacob Model 2; values emboldened aid the viewer to see what values have been altered from the
preceding case.
= 0˚ = 22˚
c = 0 kPa c = 75 kPa
1a* 1.01
= 0˚ = 22˚
c = 250 kPa c = 0 kPa
2a* 1.01
= 0˚ = 20˚
c = 300 kPa c = 0 kPa
6 1.00
= 40˚ = 20˚
c = 170 kPa c = 0 kPa
7 1.00
= 0˚ = 24˚
c = 187 kPa c = 0 kPa
3 1.00
= 40˚ = 24˚
c = 25 kPa c = 0 kPa
8 1.00
*Note that these are different to cases 1 and 2 in Jacob Model 1, as with the Jacob
Model 2 analysis no strength can be assigned to the SF.
Summary
The multiple slice limit equilibrium approach has enabled a more detailed sensitivity
study of the influence of input parameters. The range of cohesion for the rock-bridge
analysed by the multiple slice limit method, is from 110 to 650kPa.
Jacob Model 2 can be used to show that the likely cohesion of the rock bridge is
potentially lower, around 200kPa. Also the model closely agrees with the polygon of
forces method, however as previously stated this model (and the Polygon of Forces) do
not take the strength of SF into account.
The most significant questions that should be taken from this sensitivity study, of the
influences of each of the parameters within these analyses, are as follows:
1. How reliable are the strength conditions on the OHWF and SF?
2. How confident can one be of the high horizontal force (which is a function of dip
of the SF), being imposed on the sliding mass as a result of the material above
the SF?
167
CHAPTER 7: Case study slope 5 (Kalgoorlie)
1. The tension required in an equivalent bolt to prevent the mass from failing, (bolt
is inclined at the same angle as the discontinuity representing the toe-
breakout); or
2. The cohesive strength required on the base plane to prevent the mass from
failing (assuming that the base plane/ OHWF is purely frictional).
The profile used and the two techniques are presented in Figure 7.5.
Table 7.5 lists the results from a sensitivity study on the cohesive strength of the rock
bridge when calculated using the first approach listed above. Again the same cases
are preserved as those used in the previous analyses. Consequently case 6 considers
the lowest strength within the range, and case 3 uses the higher frictional strength
within the range. Cases 10 and 11 are used to illustrate the large influence of cohesive
strength applied to the base plane (OHWF).
168
CHAPTER 7: Case study slope 5 (Kalgoorlie)
Table 7.5: Results from sensitivity study using Plane_Failure.xls (Pine, 2006b), with resulting cohesive
properties of the rock bridge, when calculated from the tension required in a rock bolt.
= 22
c = 75 kPa
1 - -
= 20
c = 0 kPa
6 2300 383
= 24
c = 0 kPa
3 1150 192
= 22
c = 10 kPa
10 1300 217
= 20
c = 50 kPa
11 300 50
Table 7.6 contains the results from the second approach listed above. Note that
cohesive strength of the OHWF cannot be considered, as in this model this aspect is
instead used to calculate the cohesion of the equivalent rock-bridge. Consequently
case 9 incorporates the minimum frictional strength of the OHWF, and case 3 the
maximum.
Table 7.6: Results from sensitivity study using Plane_Failure.xls (Pine, 2006b), with resulting
cohesive properties of rock bridge, calculated from the cohesive strength required on the base plane
to prevent the mass from failing.
Subsequent
Oroya Hanging Cohesion required on Resulting
cohesive strength of
Case Wall Fault base-plane for cohesive force
6m Rock Bridge
Conditions FOS = 1 (kPa) (kPa)
(kPa)
= 20
c = 0 kPa
9 58 2457 410
= 24
c = 0 kPa
3 30 1271 212
169
CHAPTER 7: Case study slope 5 (Kalgoorlie)
7.2.4 Discussion
The results from the limit equilibrium methods give a wide range of potential cohesive
strengths for the rock-bridge, with an inevitably strong dependency on strengths
applied to OHWF and SF (where possible).
Table 7.7: Summary of results from the sensitivity study of rock-bridge cohesive strength, using
different limit equilibrium models.
of rock mass
Cohesive Oroya
Subvertical Limit
strength of Hanging
Rock-Bridge ()
Case comprising Fault equilibrium
rock-bridge Wall Fault
Conditions model
(kPa) Conditions
= 0
c = 0 kPa
1100 Jacob Model 1
Plane Failure
410 -
Model 2
= 20
0 c = 0 kPa
6 Plane Failure
383 -
Model 1
Polygon of
379 -
Forces
300 - Jacob Model 2
= 0
c = 0 kPa
950 Jacob Model 1
Plane Failure
212 -
Model 1
= 24
c = 0 kPa
3 0 Plane Failure
192 -
Model 2
Polygon of
187 -
Forces
187 - Jacob Model 2
= 24 = 0
c = 0 kPa c = 0 kPa
8 1000 40 Jacob Model 1
= 20 = 24
c = 0 kPa c = 150 kPa
4 110 40 Jacob Model 1
170
CHAPTER 7: Case study slope 5 (Kalgoorlie)
Model 1: The model can be constructed with a discontinuity to represent the rock
bridge (as was the case within the limit equilibrium models)
Model 2: Alternatively a model without this discontinuity can be created allowing
the analysis of strain within the finite elements constituting the rock-
bridge through which toe-breakout occurred.
Both these methods have been used and the results are presented below. Importantly
prior to a detailed study it is valuable to consider aspects that may influence the results:
An additional aspect that could importantly influence only the second Phase2 model is
mesh density, which is likely to have an influence on the apparent strain that occurs
through the rock bridge.
Firstly a relatively simple small single-staged model was created as a progression from
the limit equilibrium analysis. A detailed study was conducted using the model
illustrated in Figure 7.6a; however it was later found that this had inherent inaccuracies
due to the close proximity of the boundaries (significantly lower cohesive strengths
were required on the rock bridge to resist failure). Consequently the model illustrated
in Figure 7.6b was constructed.
Also the process by which the slope is formed could have quite a significant influence
on the rock-bridge strength that is back-analysed. Potential stages of excavation are
illustrated in Figure 7.6a, showing a four stage excavation. Alternatively a single-
staged simulation can occur where the slope exists from the beginning of the
simulation (no staged excavation).
171
CHAPTER 7: Case study slope 5 (Kalgoorlie)
Figure 7.6: (a) Primary Phase2 Model 1, with degree of straining presented; (b) same model but
extended boundaries causing a reduction in straining in the region close to the Subvertical Fault.
172
CHAPTER 7: Case study slope 5 (Kalgoorlie)
Consequently it could be assumed that all values within Table 7.8 are subject to a
10kPa variance; this is insignificant in the scale of rock-strength therefore in this case
the staged unloading sequence has little influence.
The results from an analysis of Phase2 Model 1 are presented in Table 7.8; note that in
addition to the cases from the previous studies, cases 12-14 have been introduced.
Cases 4 and 5 show that if the minimum strength (within the range given by KCGM)
was assumed for the SF then the strength of the rock-bridge should come from either
independently frictional or cohesive strength, or alternatively a very small amount of
both. Case 8 develops this but with zero strength on the SF.
Cases 4 and 13 demonstrate that in this particular model tensile strength has no
influence to the stability of Brownhill. Case 6 is a direct comparison to the
Plane_failure.xls model reported in Section 7.2.3. This illustrates that both the models
created in Plane_failure.xls and Jacob Model 2, perhaps slightly under-estimated the
cohesive strength for the rock-bridge, and in fact a higher (100kPa greater) cohesive
strength is predicted for the rock-bridge when there is no strength assumed for the SF
and only frictional strength on the OHWF.
Importantly from this set of Phase2 analyses, the following conclusions can be drawn:
1. The lowest amount of cohesive strength that can be assumed for the rock-
bridge is near to zero if a reasonable amount of frictional strength (40°) is
assigned to the rock-bridge.
2. The highest amount of cohesive strength that can be assumed for the rock-
bridge is 480kPa, when there is no frictional strength assigned to the rock-
bridge and the SF has no strength properties.
3. The most likely amount of cohesion for the rock-bridge is 150kPa, when there is
zero frictional strength assigned to the rock-bridge and the minimum strengths
from the range (given by KCGM) for the respective discontinuities are used.
The following section presents the results from the second Phase2 Model, providing a
final method of analysis for rock-bridge strength in the toe of Brownhill. In addition, an
aspect that was not considered during the analysis of Phase2 Model 1 is in-situ stress.
In the case of Phase2 Model 1 and the initial Phase2 Model 2 analysis, the k ratio
remained at the default within Phase2 (σh = σv). The influence imposing a higher and
more realistic k ratio is analysed in the later part of the following section.
173
CHAPTER 7: Case study slope 5 (Kalgoorlie)
Table 7.8: Phase2 (Model 1) study of rock-bridge strength. Note that the analysis was performed
sequentially, with the parameter which has been altered between each case highlighted in bold.
Oroya
Subvertical
Rock Bridge Hanging Wall Percentage of yield along
Fault
Conditions Fault respective discontinuities*
Conditions
Conditions
c = 0 to c = 150 to
KCGM Rock-
= 20 to 24 = 24 to 30
Case ? 150 kPa 300 kPa SF OHWF
Ranges: bridge
= 0 = 20 = 24
c = 165 kPa c = 0 kPa c = 150 kPa
Minimum 75 100 100
4 σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa
= 0˚ = 20 = 24
c = 160 kPa c = 0 kPa c = 150 kPa
Minimum 100 100 100
σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa
= 0˚ = 24 = 24
c = 45 kPa c = 0 kPa c = 150 kPa
Minimum 75 100 100
12 σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa
= 0˚ = 24 = 24
c = 40 kPa c = 0 kPa c = 150 kPa
Minimum 100 100 100
σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa
= 0˚ = 20 = 24
c = 160 kPa c = 0 kPa c = 150 kPa
Minimum 75 100 100
13 σt = 100 kPa σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa
= 0˚ = 20 = 24
c = 165 kPa c = 0 kPa c = 150 kPa
Minimum 100 100 100
σt = 100 kPa σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa
= 40 = 20 = 0
c = 65 kPa c = 0 kPa c = 0 kPa
Below
100 100 75
minimum
7 σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa
= 40 = 20 = 0
c = 60 kPa c = 0 kPa c = 0 kPa
Below
100 100 100
minimum
σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa
= 0 = 20 = 0
c = 485 kPa c = 0 kPa c = 0 kPa
Below
100 100 0
minimum
6 σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa
= 0 = 20 = 0
c = 480 kPa c = 0 kPa c = 0 kPa
Below
100 100 100
minimum
σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa
= 40 = 24 = 0
c = 0 kPa c = 0 kPa c = 0 kPa
Below
14 100 100 50
minimum
σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa
= 0 = 24 = 0
c = 370 kPa c = 0 kPa c = 0 kPa
Below
100 100 75
minimum
3 σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa
= 0 = 24 = 0
c = 365 kPa c = 0 kPa c = 0 kPa
Below
100 100 100
minimum
σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa
* As illustrated later in Figure 7.7, the degree of yielding upon embedded joints was
used to indicate the state of stability predicted by Phase2.
174
CHAPTER 7: Case study slope 5 (Kalgoorlie)
Table 7.9: Influence of mesh density within (un-staged) Phase2 Model 2 of Brownhill failure (no strength
applied to the SF and purely frictional strength of 20° applied to OHWF).
Another important aspect is to clarify the influence of unloading via staging excavation,
sequentially excavating layers 1 to 4 as illustrated Figure 7.7a, within a finely-meshed
non-discontinuity model. This was also significant, with cohesion being almost
100kPa (90%) lower that that listed in Table 7.9, when a staged excavation process
was implemented:
For a FOS >1 rock-bridge c = 20kPa, whereas 15kPa gave a FOS <1, in the
same situation (zero strength applied to SF and only a 20° applied to OHWF).
Figure 7.7: Comparison between results from same Phase2 Model 2, but with different mesh
densities; strain is contoured on same interval for both (a) and (b). (Focussed SSR search area is
illustrated in (a) for the purpose of SSR modelling outlined later in this section).
175
CHAPTER 7: Case study slope 5 (Kalgoorlie)
The results from these preliminary simulations, illustrates the importance of setting a
fine mesh density within the toe-breakout region and also performing a staged analysis
within a non-discontinuity model. However both these modifications considerably
increase the model runtime.
As this model involves straining within the rock mass, rather than failure along a
discrete feature (as was the case in Model 1), the shear strength reduction (SSR)
analysis technique can be used to minimise the time spent finding the limit of stability.
However the SSR method is limited, as the user cannot define the SSR to occur upon
the c or of the rock-bridge independently; instead both are reduced by the same
shear strength reduction factor (SRF), as was shown within Equation 2.4. Although it is
possible within Phase2 to apply a tensile strength to the mass, which can be excluded
from the SSR; this allows one to independently analyse the influence of tensile strength
on rock-bridge strength, as in Phase2 Model 1.
It was found that the SSR search area must be defined so that it is focussed to
decrease the shear strength within only the toe region, as indicated in Figure 7.7a.
This significantly reduces computational effort, with an unlimited model taking
approximately twenty minutes to run whereas a limited model took between five and
ten minutes, on a 2.4GHz single processor with 1GB of RAM. Also more importantly
different results occur when the SSR technique is applied to the whole model and a
subsequent global reduction in shear strength occurs; for instance the limit of stability
for case 6 (within Table 7.10) was 100kPa lower within an unlimited SSR model. This
could be due to the fact that within a model where the SSR is global, it is not just the
rock-bridge that is being down-graded, instead the simulation involves a degradation of
the whole slope, which is unrealistic in terms of the limited area of potential blast
damaged (weakened) rock that the rock-bridge occupies.
Table 7.10 presents the results of the sensitivity of Phase2 Model 2 using the SSR
technique (within a model with extended boundaries, and a five stage excavation
sequence). As with the Phase2 discontinuity model, cases 4 and 13 show that tensile
strength does not influence the strength of the rock-bridge. When the other results are
compared back to the discontinuity model one can see that the discontinuity model
could have potentially been behaving in a conservative manner, revealing higher
strength for the rock-bridge, (between 60 and 80kPa higher), than in the non-
discontinuity model.
176
CHAPTER 7: Case study slope 5 (Kalgoorlie)
Table 7.10: Results of a sensitivity study on the strength of the rock mass that forms the rock-bridge in
Phase2 Model 2 (using a default k ratio of 1).
Percentage of
Oroya Hanging
Rock Mass Subvertical Fault yield along
Wall Fault
Conditions Conditions respective
Conditions
discontinuities
= 20-24 = 24-30
KCGM c = 0-150 kPa c = 150-300 kPa
Case ? SF OHWF
Ranges:
= 0 = 20 = 24
c = 111 kPa c = 0 kPa c = 150 kPa
Minimum 50 75
4 σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa
= 0 = 20 = 24
c = 100 kPa c = 0 kPa c = 150 kPa
Minimum 100 100
σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa
= 0 = 20 = 24
c = 111 kPa c = 0 kPa c = 150 kPa
Minimum 100 100
13 σt = 100 kPa σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa
= 0 = 20 = 24
c = 100 kPa c = 0 kPa c = 150 kPa
Minimum 100 100
σt = 100 kPa σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa
= 0 = 20 = 0
c = 444 kPa c = 0 kPa c = 0 kPa
Below
100 75
Minimum
6 σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa
= 0 = 20 = 0
c = 400 kPa c = 0 kPa c = 0 kPa
Below
100 100
Minimum
σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa
= 0 = 24 = 0
c = 266 kPa c = 0 kPa c = 0 kPa
Below
100 75
Minimum
3 σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa
= 0 = 24 = 0
c = 250 kPa c = 0 kPa c = 0 kPa
Below
100 100
Minimum
σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa
All models used for the Brownhill analysis during this research are taken from an east-
west section; therefore the major in-situ stress is out-of-plane. However the in-plane
intermediate principal stress is still significant, forming a k ratio of 2.32 (σ2/σ3). This
could be causing a considerable degree of damage in the slope caused by the release
of high in-plane stresses, which would consequently decrease the strength required to
inhibit failure. Consequently a model was created, as illustrated in Figure 7.8, with a k
ratio of 2.32 the results from which are presented in Table 7.11.
Figure 7.8 illustrates the progressive yielding of the Oroya Hanging Wall Fault (OHWF)
occurring once excavation of the final stage had occurred, with 100% yield when the
strength within the rock-bridge had been reduced by a factor of 2.2. The initial strength
of the mass for this model was purely cohesive at 800kPa; a reduction of 2.2 means
that the yield point must be at approximately 364kPa (as presented in case 6 within
Table 7.11).
Figure 7.8: Development of shear strain (in case 6 within Table 7.11) along
rock-bridge and consequent yielding upon discontinuities; due to excavation
and strength reduction within the rock-bridge (SRF = shear strength reduction
factor).
178
CHAPTER 7: Case study slope 5 (Kalgoorlie)
Table 7.11: Analysis of the strength of the rock mass that forms the rock-bridge in a Phase2 Model
2,with a k ratio of 2.32.
Percentage of
Oroya Hanging
Rock Mass Subvertical Fault yield along
Wall Fault
Conditions Conditions respective
Conditions
discontinuities
= 20-24 = 24-30
KCGM c = 0-150 kPa c = 150-300 kPa
Case ? SF OHWF
Ranges:
= 0 = 20 = 24
c = 111 kPa c = 0 kPa c = 150 kPa
Minimum 50 75
4 σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa
= 0 = 20 = 24
c = 100 kPa c = 0 kPa c = 150 kPa
Minimum 100 100
σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa
= 0 = 20 = 0
c = 400 kPa c = 0 kPa c = 0 kPa
Below
100 75
Minimum
6 σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa
= 0 = 20 = 0
c = 364 kPa c = 0 kPa c = 0 kPa
Below
100 100
Minimum
σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa σt = 0 kPa
Comparisons between the results in Table 7.10 and 7.11 demonstrate that a high in-
situ stress has no influence on the strength of the rock-bridge when the minimum
strength, (within the range suggested by KCGM), is applied to the discontinuities and
the rock-bridge is purely cohesive. However when there is zero strength applied to
Subvertical Fault, the k ratio of 2.32 causes a reduction in the back-analysed cohesive
strength of the rock-bridge (363kPa as opposed to 400kPa). This is a relatively
insignificant difference, indicating the in-situ stress regime has a potentially minimal
influence on the rock-bridge strength. Importantly values of cohesive strength still fall
within the 100 to 450kPa range for the cohesive strength of the rock-bridge, which
seems to be consistent throughout all of the analyses.
179
CHAPTER 7: Case study slope 5 (Kalgoorlie)
Further detail of each situation is presented in Table 7.12; also the methods which
could be used for each situation are listed. This is because, as discussed in Tables 7.1
and 7.2, some of methods of analyses cannot be used in certain situations. Figure 7.9
illustrates the subsequent results.
Table 7.12: Situations used to compare the different methods of analysis that have been used during the
investigation of rock-bridge strength in the toe of Brownhill. Methods from which results can be drawn are
presented (some cannot be used due to model construction, see disadvantages within Tables 7.1 and 7.2).
Limiting conditions:
Situation Case Strength on rock- Strength on Analysed by:
Strength on SF
bridge OHWF
cohesion = 0
1 6 Purely cohesive - All methods
friction = 20°
Cohesion and Jacob models
cohesion = 0
2 9 friction - Phase2 model
friction = 20°
(friction = 40°) 1*
cohesion = 0 cohesion = 150 kPa Jacob model 1
3 4 Purely cohesive
friction = 20° friction = 20° Phase2 models
Cohesion and Jacob model 1
cohesion = 0 cohesion = 150 kPa
4 5 friction Phase2 model
friction = 20° friction = 20°
(friction = 40°) 1*
*Phase2 Model 2 could have been used in these cases. Considerably more time would
180
CHAPTER 7: Case study slope 5 (Kalgoorlie)
All models, excluding Jacob Model 1, are able to and give similar results for the
cohesive strength of rock bridge (ranging from 300 to 500kPa) for situation 1.
As Figure 7.9 illustrates, it appears the Jacob Model 1 (using slices/Janbu method –
see Appendix C), gives inappropriate values for cohesive strength in situations 1 and 2;
this is likely to be related to the high horizontal forces caused by the final three slices
located above the SF. However when some shear strength was applied to the SF,
Jacob Model 1 gave a result that was comparable to that from Phase2 modelling.
Figure 7.9: Summary of results*, from the different techniques used in the back-analysis of the
potential cohesive strength for the rock-bridge at the toe of Brownhill.
*Detail concerning the respective strengths assumed within each situation is presented
in Table 7.12, along with methods used to analyse the strength.
The rock-bridge strength has been mainly analysed with regards to potential cohesive
strength as it could be suggested that cohesive strength of the rock-bridge is likely to
be more important in providing resistance than frictional strength. This is due to the
failure of a relatively small mass with limited confining stress. Despite this, analyses
have been conducted to consider the influence of frictional strength on the back-
analysed component of cohesive strength of the rock-bridge using the Jacob Models
and Phase2 Model 1 are able to consider the influence of the rock mass on the back-
analysed cohesive strength rock-bridge. As presented in Figure 7.9, these showed that
frictional strength upon the rock-bridge, can in fact have a substantial influence,
depending on the shear strength applied to the SF:
181
CHAPTER 7: Case study slope 5 (Kalgoorlie)
The cohesive strength of rock-bridge can range from 110 to 485kPa when the
rock-bridge is purely cohesive;
When 40° is applied to the rock-bridge, the cohesive strength is considerably
lower (0 to 170kPa).
The detail, from which these ranges are derived, is presented in Table 7.13.
Importantly Jacob Model 1 and Phase2 Model 1 were used to analyse the strength of
the rock bridge when a degree of friction is applied and there is the minimum strength
applied to SF (situation 4). Both models demonstrated that failure is unlikely;
consequently the minimum strength conditions suggested by Hewson (2008, personal
communication), are not plausible unless there is zero frictional strength within the
mass comprising the rock-bridge (as in situation 3).
Alternatively, discontinuity strengths within the ranges suggested are more realistic if
there is another condition, out of those suggested in Section 7.4.2, which is significantly
increasing instability.
Table 7.13: Comparison of results from selected methods of analysis, which can consider the influence of
frictional strength, on the rock-bridge within the toe of Brownhill.
Frictional
to rock-bridge
strength applied 0° 40°
Other conditions:
analysis
Method of Back-analysed cohesive
Strength applied Strength
strength of rock-bridge (kPa)
to OHWF applied to SF
Jacob Model 2 300 170
cohesion = 0 cohesion = 0
Phase2 Model 1 485 65 friction = 20° friction = 0°
Phase2 Model 2 444 *
Jacob Model 2 110 0
cohesion =
2 cohesion = 0
Phase Model 1 165 0 150kPa
friction = 20°
friction = 20°
Phase2 Model 2 111 *
*Phase2 Model 2 could have been used in these cases however considerably more
182
CHAPTER 7: Case study slope 5 (Kalgoorlie)
7.4.2 Conclusions
The failure mechanism for Brownhill is assumed to have involved fracturing through a
6m rock-bridge causing toe-breakout and subsequent sliding on the OHWF, with
kinematic release of the failure block via the Subvertical Fault. Firstly, various limit
equilibrium approaches were used; importantly the slice-based solution used had to be
modified to achieve results that compared well with the other analyses. Finally, further
analysis was through a relatively simple level of numerical modelling, which predicted a
slightly higher level of cohesive strength within the rock-bridge.
Importantly all methods could be used to derive the strength of the rock-bridge when it
is purely cohesive, and there is no strength applied to Subvertical Fault (situation 1 in
Section 7.4.1). Under these conditions, the analyses showed that the cohesive
strength of rock-bridge can range from 300 to 500kPa. Strength was lower (0 to
170kPa) when a frictional angle of 40° was added to the rock-bridge.
During the visit to the Fimiston Open Pit it was clear that micro-structure (foliation)
within this rock-bridge could have influenced the mass properties and possibly
promoted fracturing. Compared to the compressive strength of intact basalt, the back-
analysed cohesive strength is low. As outlined above this implies that the rock mass in
the toe-region is blast-damaged. This can be appreciated when considering the
influence of the damage parameter (D) in RocLab. As in Equations 2.10 and 2.11, the
D-factor affects both the mb and the s value, which decreases the cohesive strength to
a value that is more like those which have been revealed from back-analysis.
183
CHAPTER 7: Case study slope 5 (Kalgoorlie)
The analyses that have been conducted could not incorporate micro-structure, with the
ability to consider only a localised equivalent continuum mass strength for the rock-
bridge. It is a result of this, which may have caused the cohesive strength of the rock-
bridge to be so low, between zero and 500kPa (depending on the frictional conditions
on the rock-bridge and the strength applied to the OHWF and the SF).
Further evaluation of shear strength of the OHWF and SF is necessary if the back-
analysed cohesive strength of the rock-bridge is to be used in further analysis.
Importantly given the strength advised by KCGM for the SF, failure is only possible if
the strength is at the minimum of the range of strengths supplied. Some analyses have
shown that a higher cohesive strength for the rock-bridge can exist only if there is zero
strength applied to the SF.
In addition, the major underlying fault, illustrated in Figure 7.1, has the potential to
place an increased degree of mobility in the overall slope and therefore increase the
instability. Therefore it is suggested that further analysis should investigate: if the
cohesive strength of the rock-bridge can be significantly higher given this additional
potential instability; and also re-examine the influence of the respective shear strengths
of the OHWF and SF given the increased degree of instability from the underlying fault.
All models have only been conducted in two-dimensions; from above the failure looks
like it has the potential to be a wedge, therefore a model in three-dimensions could be
more beneficial. For this, one would need a more detailed geometry, which could be
sourced from remote mapping (laser scanning or photogrammetry).
184
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
8.1 Introduction
The FracMan-ELFEN approach has been successfully applied to the assessment of
pillar strength (Elmo, 2006; Pine et al., 2006; Flynn and Pine, 2007). To take this
concept further, this Chapter uses the approach to represent the mass strength,
providing equivalent continuum properties that are used to model large slope
behaviour. Detail on the FracMan-ELFEN sequence, with ways in which mass strength
has been represented and subsequently evaluated using different methods of slope
stability analysis, is presented within Figure 8.1. Comparisons are made between the
FracMan-ELFEN approach and an empirical-based approach; Figure 8.1 shows at
which stage these comparisons can be made.
The primary step of this process requires precursor characterisation of a rock mass;
the Hoptonwood Limestone mapped within Middleton Mine in Derbyshire, forms a
suitable case study, considering the previous mapping and FracMan modelling
conducted by Elmo (2006). ELFEN is used to simulate large-scale biaxial tests
numerically, subsequently deriving equivalent continuum properties to represent the
mass strength of the Middleton DFN. Accompanying the FracMan-ELFEN (numerical)
approach, an empirical method to arrive at rock mass strength is also detailed within
this Chapter, to allow comparison with the numerically derived rock mass strength.
Section 8.4 summarises a slope design process, where different methods are used to
model the equivalent continuum. The different approaches for rock slope assessment
are summarised within Section 8.5, together with an evaluation of the FracMan-ELFEN
approach for slope evaluations.
185
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
Figure 8.1: Sequence within the FracMan-ELFEN (numerical) approach, used to derive and analyse
rock mass strength in a large slope; an empirical-based method is also presented for comparison. (There
2
was insufficient time to analyse an empirical-based Phase model, consequently this is bracketed).
The rock mass selected for the large-scale slope stability analysis using ELFEN, was
the Hoptonwood Limestone. As discussed in Section 8.2.1, Elmo (2006) mapped the
fracture network finding four sets of discontinuities:
Two dominant orthogonal (north east and north west striking) sub-vertical sets;
a third set dipping at 45° north and south; and,
finally a set of widely spaced (between 2 and 4m) sub-horizontal bedding planes.
Therefore there are few horizontal fractures and numerous vertical and subvertical
fractures, providing a dominant fracture orientation. This means that the weakest
region of the Hoptonwood Limestone is within the upper part of equivalent continuum
slope model, where the dominant shear stresses occur approximately 30° from σ1, in
alignment with the likely mass failure surface.
This orientation alone has been used to derive equivalent continuum based properties
for the Hoptonwood Limestone, resulting in a conservative design due to weak mass
strength. In addition this investigation has also reviewed slope mass strength within a
‘zoned’ model, where the higher strength in the toe of the slope is included. As
illustrated in Figure 8.2, rotation of the biaxial stresses σ1 and σ3 relative to the same
failure pattern was necessary within the toe of the slope.
The relative rotation of biaxial stresses to the fracture orientation within the
Hoptonwood Limestone DFN results in the lower part of the failure surface being
stronger, due to shear against the dominant fracture orientation. The shear strength in
the middle part of the failure surface would be intermediate between upper (weak) and
lower (strong) values for the Hoptonwood Limestone. The strength for just the weakest
and strongest zones is derived within Section 8.3; consequently they are considered
within a slope model, as described in Section 8.4.1.
187
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
Figure 8.2: Illustration of how large-scale ELFEN biaxial models (incorporating a DFN) are
used to derive slope mass strength represented by an equivalent continuum. Zoning of
mass strength is included, to allow the analysis of changing shear strength with depth.
Plate 8.1: Typical view of Middleton Limestone Mine in Derbyshire (after Elmo, 2006).
188
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
Figure 8.3: DFN for a pillar in Middleton Limestone Mine, with presentation of the derived jointing on
pillar faces (after Elmo et al., 2005).
1. A mi of 12 and GSI between 40-50, matched the envelope from biaxial testing
of pillar model RA.
2. A mi of 12 and GSI between 70-80, matched the envelope from biaxial testing
of pillar model RB.
Throughout the uniaxial and biaxial testing within this thesis the same modelling
parameters, model setup and stress monitoring points were used that were originally
calibrated by Elmo (2006). However the rock mass strength presented within this
Chapter, is derived from a slightly higher axial strain than Elmo (2006) used. Elmo
(2006) completed mostly uniaxial tests to interrogate pillar strength, with a few biaxial
tests to check the FracMan-ELFEN results. The biaxial compressive strength that
Elmo (2006) determined, was obtained at relatively low axial strains (<1%). It could be
suggested that a mass strength taken from low strain is more appropriate for the
interrogation of pillar strength, where low strains can cause significant damage.
For the purpose of this investigation, higher strains have been investigated.
Consequently the biaxial results presented by Elmo (2006) can only be used as a
guide. Importantly, a mass strength has been derived for a horizontal section through
189
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
the DFN of the Hoptonwood Limestone, to allow for consideration of change in shear
strength with depth, as discussed previously.
Table 8.1: Summary, collated by Z. Flynn (2007, personal communication), of results from the simulations
of Middleton Mine pillars presented in Elmo (2006). (Further details are included in Section 8.3.1).
RA RB RC
P21=2.62 m/m2 pk= 3.27 MPa P21=1.80 m/m2 pk= 11.03 MPa P21=2.60 m/m2 pk= 2.91 MPa
Initial Final Initial Final Initial Final
RD RE P13B
P21=2.63 m/m2 pk = 2.94 MPa P21=2.66 m/m2 pk = 4.40 MPa P21=2.95 m/m2 pk = 0.65 MPa
Initial Final Initial Final Initial Final
190
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
Model Composition
All parameters and loading rates were kept at the same values that were used by Elmo
(2006), as shown in Table 8.2; these properties were applied consistently throughout
all of the biaxial modelling. Also the models were run using ELFEN analysis version
3.3.31, as it was found that using the then current version of analysis (3.9.1)
significantly, different results were attained, as shown in Appendix J.1. The only way to
accurately use the current version of ELFEN would be to re-calibrate the model
parameters (loading function, damping and normal penalty) within the new version of
analysis (3.9.1), in the same way that Elmo (2006) did for version 3.3.31.
191
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
Table 8.2: Properties for ELFEN modelling parameters, derived from the uniaxial
simulations carried out by Elmo (2006).
Parameter Value
Young’s Modulus 20 GPa
Intact-material properties
Main
Poisson's Ratio 0.23
properties
Density 2600 kg/m3
Cohesion 9 MPa
Mohr- Friction angle 40°
Coulomb +
Dilation angle 5°
Rotating
Crack* Tensile strength 3.84 MPa
Fracture energy 19.47 J/m2
Contact damping 30 %
Discontinuity and mesh-
Field 0.04 m
based properties
*The constitutive model chosen to represent the material is the ‘Mohr-Coulomb with
tensile Rankine cut-off,’ as discussed in Appendix B.
192
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
A fundamental issue, which was discovered during the ELFEN analyses, was that the
restart (pause) function could not be used within ELFEN analysis version 3.3.31. Using
this version of ELFEN, an artificial peak in stress is generated at the beginning of a
restarted simulation, as briefly discussed within Appendix J.2. The consequence of this
was that all the models which had been restarted had to be re-run, ensuring that there
was no interruption of the simulations. This gave accurate results for the ELFEN
biaxial models, which are presented within Appendix J.3 and summarised in Section
8.3.2.
Elmo (2006) loaded the biaxial models using an applied displacement (1), with the
both platens closing by 0.07m over 7.5s; therefore 1 loading was at a rate of
0.0093m/s at each platen. The loading of the constraint (σ3) was performed as a ‘face
load’ (which is equivalent to a pressure), which follows a loading rate that is
independently matched to the average axial stress caused by the 1 loading in the
respective uniaxial model. Consequently the σ3 load rate is different for each model,
depending on how the individual section responds the 1 loading.
As shown by the stress-strain plot in Table 8.1, Elmo (2006) did not need to run
simulations for very long, as uniaxial failure generally occurred between 0.4% and 1%
strain. Consequently, simulations were set to run to a maximum of 8s runtime (which
equates to 2% axial strain). At first this was carried forward into the confined
simulations of this research; however as presented in Appendix J.3, a larger value of
maximum strain was needed to detect failure for highly confined models. Therefore,
following the primary simulations (in this case the RC model), it was ensured that the
other models (RE and horizontal models) were run at higher levels of axial strain.
During all of the biaxial tests conducted in ELFEN, the vertical stress was tracked at
several points running along the axis of the model; this followed the convention that
Elmo (2006) had set up. The calculation of shear strength was taken from an average
of the axial stress over several points. The mesh and axis along which the monitoring
points were located, is illustrated in Figure 8.4.
193
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
Horizontal Models
A horizontal section was taken through the FracMan Middleton model, originally
created by Elmo (2006), and rotated as shown in Figure 8.5. This considered the
concept that the critical shear direction can change with depth, in a large slope with a
predominant vertical fracture pattern, (as was previously shown in Figure 8.2).
Figure 8.5: Large (14 x 7m) Middleton mine pillar model from Elmo (2006), from
which a horizontal section is extracted and rotated to create an ELFEN biaxial
model with a predominantly horizontal fracture pattern.
A second horizontal model was created upon finding that the section presented in
Figure 8.5, behaved in a surprisingly weak manner. This was due to a number of
adversely orientated discontinuities that were controlling the failure mechanism, as
illustrated in Figure 8.6a, where a failed block is highlighted and other potential weak
areas are indicated. Subsequently, in order to consider the behaviour of a presumed
194
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
stronger model, the discontinuities highlighted in Figure 8.6b, were removed from the
specimen and the model was re-run to give the results that are presented in the latter
part of the following section.
Figure 8.6: Fractured state of horizontal section when model is run with
default fractures (a); fractures highlighted in (b) are removed to allow the
predominant fracture orientation to control failure.
During the biaxial simulations within ELFEN, it was noted that many of the models had
two peaks. The peak that occurs at the lower axial strain indicates the onset of failure.
The final actual peak in the maximum principal stress (σ1max) is exposed at higher axial
strain. Consequently it was decided that two data sets would be collected from each
model, one reflecting the primary peak in σ1 that occurs at axial strains of up to 1.5%,
and the other from the σ1max that occurs at axial strains of up to 2.5%.
The pre-peak strength derived from axial strains of up to 1.5%, denotes a situation that
is controlled mostly by the Young’s modulus, falling on the pre-peak (stiffness) stress
strain curve. The data set from the σ1max, which occurs at axial strains of up to 2.5%, is
more likely to reflect the elastic-plastic post-yield point of each of the models. Note that
in some biaxial models only one data set can be retrieved, this is particularly the case
within the unconfined runs, where the yield point of the mass is achieved quickly (at low
195
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
degrees of axial strain). Consequently where this occurs, the single σ1max strength
value is used in both the 1.5% and 2.5% axial strain failure envelopes.
Confinement has a significant influence on the model, with large differences between
the low strength unconfined models, and the very strong highly confined simulations. It
has been found that this can cause skewing in the data analysis, with negative values
for the intercept (and consequent Hoek-Brown s value). In these cases the Hoek-
Brown envelope has been forced through zero, causing s to be zero, as reflected in
Table 8.3.
Primary simulations on all of the sections have shown that the Hoptonwood Limestone
has a high mass strength. The data from these simulations is presented in Appendix
J.3, and a summary of the results is presented in Figure 8.7.
Figure 8.7: (a) Presents data that marks the onset of failure in the Hoptonwood
Limestone, derived from peaks in σ1 which occur at low strain. (b) Presents the yield
behaviour of the respective sections, which occur at higher degrees of axial strain.
196
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
Table 8.3 presents the range of mass strengths, which can be derived from data
presented within Figure 8.7. Note that the respective lines of best fit and calculus,
which were used to derive the strength properties listed in Table 8.3, are presented in
Appendix J.3.
Table 8.3: Hoek-Brown and Mohr-Coulomb properties from non-downgraded RC, RE and horizontal
ELFEN biaxial models.
Derived Mohr-
Derived Hoek-Brown
Mass strength taken from Coulomb properties
constants from
Model peaks in vertical stress that ELFEN biaxial tests:
from ELFEN biaxial
(°)
occur: tests:
s mb c (MPa)
up to 1.5% axial strain 0.0163 7.286 1.1 57
RC
up to 2.5% axial strain 0 9.472 0.9 59
up to 1.5% axial strain 0.0274 2.138 1.4 46
RE
up to 2.5% axial strain 0.0974 5.812 1.8 55
up to 1.5% axial strain 0.0704 6.881 1.8 55
Horizontal
up to 2.5% axial strain 0 * 1.1 63
* This result gave a very high mb due to the high strength at high confinement, as
presented in Appendix J.3. It is considered anomalous and therefore not included
within the Table.
As can be seen from Table 8.3, the results from the RE and RC simulations, give a
considerable range in the m value for the mass (mb), c and , depending on the degree
of axial strain at which the strengths are taken. The database in RocLab (Rocscience,
2008), suggests that the Hoek-Brown constant mi for a crystalline limestone should
be 12 3.
The use of the non-linear Hoek-Brown criterion, to represent the equivalent continuum
derived from the FracMan-ELFEN approach, is discouraged by the variability in the mb
parameter and the anomalous result when there is high strength at high confinement.
Alternatively it is suggested that a linear approach is more appropriate, such as the
Mohr-Coulomb criterion. This is explored further below, and discussed within the
synthesis at the end of this section.
197
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
To allow the further application of the FracMan-ELFEN process and assess a rock
mass in which the DFN has been explicitly modelled, the intact strength of the
Hoptonwood Limestone was degraded. This gave a new rock mass, which retained
the original DFN created for Middleton Limestone mine by Elmo (2006). Large-scale
mass-controlled (circular) failure can be considered within this new downgraded rock
mass, allowing further application of the equivalent-continuum (FracMan-ELFEN)
approach.
To obtain the downgraded rock mass, the Mohr-Coulomb and Rotating Crack intact
strength properties of the original models were quartered to give the new ‘downgraded’
intact strength, as presented in Table 8.4. Note that the elastic properties (Young’s
Modulus, Poisson’s Ratio and the density), have all remained at the same values for
the downgraded models, as they were within the original models, (listed in Table 8.2).
Table 8.4: Original (from Elmo, 2006), and quartered intact strength properties for ELFEN biaxial
models with the later being for the weaker/downgraded models.
Mohr-
properties
Later in this Chapter the Hoek-Brown mass strength derived from the FracMan-ELFEN
approach, is used in a limit equilibrium method (SLIDE). This requires consideration of
the unconfined compressive strength (UCS); in the case of the Hoptonwood Limestone
the UCS was 48MPa, as reported later in Table 8.8. Because a downgraded intact
strength was analysed, this also had to be quartered, giving a UCS of 12MPa.
Both RE and horizontal models were re-analysed using the new downgraded intact
strength, giving the stress-strain results presented in Appendix J.4; the summary of
these biaxial tests is given in Figures 8.9, with the resulting derived mass strength
listed in Table 8.5. This new (downgraded) mass strength is now low enough to enable
198
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
Figure 8.8: (a) Presents data that marks the onset of failure within downgraded
material, derived from peaks in σ1 which occur at low strain. (b) Presents the yield
behaviour of the respective sections, which occur at higher degrees of axial strain.
Table 8.5: Hoek-Brown and Mohr-Coulomb properties from RE and horizontal ELFEN biaxial models on
the downgraded Hoptonwood Limestone.
Derived Mohr-
Derived Hoek-Brown
Mass strength taken from Coulomb properties
constants from
Model peaks in vertical stress that ELFEN biaxial tests:
from ELFEN biaxial
(°)
occur: tests:
s mb c (MPa)
up to 1.5% axial strain 0 2.553 0.8 48
RE
up to 2.5% axial strain 0.0004 4.180 0.9 53
up to 1.5% axial strain 0 11.969 0.8 62
Horizontal
up to 2.5% axial strain 0.0130 * 1.1 64
* This result gave a very high mb due to the high strength at high confinement, as
presented in Appendix J.4. It is considered anomalous and therefore not included
within the table.
199
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
In addition to the data presented within Table 8.5, a further higher confinement (4MPa)
simulation was conducted, although only in the RE section. This was intended to
increase understanding of mass-strength within the downgraded Hoptonwood
Limestone. However, this simulation alone took 15 days to run, with an actual σ1max
occurring at around 6% axial strain, as presented in Figure 8.9.
Figure 8.9: Stress-strain plot of downgraded RE biaxial models, with data from a 4MPa confined
simulation; screen shots illustrate the state of fracture at which the strengths for the respective
models were taken.
Importantly by running a model confined by 4MPa, it becomes clear that the stress-
strain response of the mass is linear and therefore produces a non-linear relationship
upon a Hoek-Brown plot, as illustrated in Figure 8.10a. This can be used to suggest
that the Mohr-Coulomb strength criterion is a more appropriate approach to assessing
mass strength in this case.
200
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
As it has been shown that a Mohr-Coulomb strength criterion is more appropriate, the
data for the downgraded models has been re-interpreted to derive a range of Mohr-
Coulomb strength parameters; these are presented in Table 8.6. Different Mohr-
coulomb parameters can be taken from the respective envelopes depending on
whether the envelope is created from all or a selection of the confined models. Figure
J.7 in Appendix J.4 gives detail on the failure envelopes and subsequent calculus
involved, in deriving the mass strength parameters presented in Table 8.6.
Table 8.6 demonstrates that there is a range in the derived c and of the mass,
depending on the range of σ3 chosen to form the respective Mohr-Coulomb failure
envelope.
201
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
Table 8.6: Mohr-Coulomb properties from downgraded RE, and downgraded Horizontal, FracMan-
ELFEN biaxial models.
The simplest method of analysis for circular failure is to use the charts published in
Hoek and Bray (1981). The strength inputs, calculation and subsequent results from
the Hoek and Bray charts are presented in Table 8.7.
Table 8.7: Calculation and consequent FOS from the Hoek and Bray circular failure charts (1981) on a
dry 55° 1000m dry slope; note that in this case F refers to factor of safety, and H to slope height.
Data taken from Resulting Value from Value from FOS from FOS from
tan tan
following range Mohr- x-axis y-axis x-axis y-axis
x y F F
of σ3 to create Coulomb
HF Hx
c c
envelope Strength * *
(MPa): parameters: F y
= 58°
0, 0.5, 1, 2 and c = 410 kPa
0.011 1.11 1.4 1.4
4.
= 58°
c = 164 kPa
0, 1, 2 and 4. 0.005 1.27 1.3 1.3
= 53°
c = 876 kPa
0, 0.5, 1 and 2. 0.024 0.93 1.4 1.4
= 54°
c = 577 kPa
0, 1 and 2. 0.016 1.00 1.4 1.4
It can be seen that for a large steep slope, the FOS values do not vary much between
cases as the shear strength is determined by the (similar) friction component. Also
where the friction angles were lower this was compensated by higher cohesion values.
202
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
Synthesis
The ELFEN biaxial testing has shown that slight differences in the fracture pattern can
have a significant influence on the strength at high confinements. An example of this is
provided in Figures 8.12a and 8.12c, where there is quite a significant difference
between the RC and RE Hoek-Brown envelopes despite the closeness of their P21
values (2.60 and 2.66m/m2 for RC and RE respectively). This is further illustrated in
Figure 8.12 by the coefficient of determination (R2), demonstrating that there is less
variability when the data is taken from high axial strain.
The same can be found when representing the data via the Mohr-Coulomb criterion,
with slightly less scatter when data is derived from higher axial strain. This
demonstrates that it is more reliable to take the strengths for biaxial models from peaks
in the maximum principal stress that occur at degrees of up to 2.5% axial strain.
To minimise variation and allow a more reliable mass strength from the FracMan-
ELFEN approach, many simulations should be run (perhaps adopting a Monte Carlo
approach) of slightly different fracture patterns (all with a similar P21). This would
provide a data set through which an average envelope could be drawn obtaining a
more reliable mass strength. In addition, simulations should be run up to 3% axial
strain, to minimise variation and reflect the peak behaviour considered appropriate for
relatively unconfined (slope) situations.
From the data for the RE model presented in Figure 8.10 it was concluded that the
Mohr-Coulomb failure envelope fitted the FracMan-ELFEN biaxial data better than a
Hoek-Brown envelope.
A way in which the FracMan-ELFEN rock mass data can be compared against an
empirical approach is to use RocLab (Rocscience, 2008). Both Hoek-Brown and Mohr-
Coulomb mass strength can be derived using this method, although as shown in
Figure 2.9, the Mohr-Coulomb mass strength obtained is heavily dependent upon the
σ3max. Therefore the following section uses RocLab to derive only Hoek-Brown mass
strength; this is compared to the FracMan-ELFEN approach despite, as previously
discussed, the limited reliability of the numerical-based Hoek-Brown mass strength (in
this case).
203
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
204
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
This section reviews the mass strength that can be derived using RocLab; the mass
strength derived is used as a comparison against the numerical FracMan-ELFEN
approach. The intact strength data for the Hoptonwood Limestone at Middleton Mine
was presented by Pine et al. (2006) and is reproduced in Table 8.8. This can be used
in RocLab to give the mass strength data presented in Table 8.9.
205
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
Table 8.8: Strength inputs for Hoptonwood Limestone in Middleton Mine, obtained from Pine et al.
(2006).
Guidance within RocLab (Rocscience, 2008) suggests that the mi for a crystalline
limestone, should be 12 3. Therefore the mi suggested by Pine et al. (2006) is at the
lower end of this range; the upper end of the range will also be considered within the
analysis within this section.
Table 8.9: Range of Hoek-Brown mass strength parameters for the Hoptonwood Limestone, that
have been derived using RocLab (Rocscience, 2008), for comparison against results from the
FracMan-ELFEN analysis, listed in Table 8.10.
During this study, the GSI and the mi are considered the only variable inputs within
RocLab, which cause an alteration to the Hoek-Brown mass strength and the resulting
range of strengths, are presented within Table 8.9. Table 8.10 presents a summary of
data from the FracMan-ELFEN approach.
Table 8.10: Range of Hoek-Brown mass strength parameters for the Hoptonwood Limestone, that
have been derived using the FracMan-ELFEN approach.
206
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
From comparison of Tables 8.9 and 8.10, it is clear the FracMan-ELFEN approach
provides a far wider range of Hoek-Brown mass strengths, with dependency on the
axial strain and the modelled fracture network. RocLab consistently predicts a medium
mass strength, with variability due to the initial mi and the GSI chosen. It must be
noted though, that RocLab cannot consider the significant influence of discontinuity
orientation or the degree of strain.
The mass strength derived from RocLab is only comparable to section RE, which has
the weakest of all mass strength, suggested by the FracMan-ELFEN approach.
Therefore the FracMan-ELFEN approach indicates that the mass strength of the
Hoptonwood Limestone could be significantly greater than the mass strength predicted
by RocLab. However, as discussed throughout Section 2.5.1, it can be suggested that
it is inadequate to use an empirical approach such as RocLab, to represent a blocky
rock mass.
In summary, this investigation has shown that the mass strength derived from the
FracMan-ELFEN approach is highly dependent on a number of aspects that cannot be
considered within RocLab. The variability in Hoek-Brown properties, suggested by the
FracMan-ELFEN approach, indicates that the Hoek-Brown criterion is limited in its
ability to adequately represent numerical-derived mass strength. The following section
simulates rock slope strength based on the FracMan-ELFEN approach; subsequently
Section 8.5 reviews the RocLab-derived mass strength reported within this section, to
make a direct comparison to a numerically derived slope mass strength.
207
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
Tables 8.11 and 8.12 present the results from an analysis of the rock mass using
Hoek-Brown and Mohr-Coulomb strength parameters respectively. In all situations a
1000m slope was simulated, with different overall slope angles. As shown previously
in Figure 8.2, different mass shear strengths can be incorporated when considering the
position on the failure surface within a rock mass with a dominant fracture orientation.
208
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
Figure 8.13: Illustration of the composition of a ‘zoned’ SLIDE model, to allow for
the rotation of biaxial stress with depth (relative to the shear strength on a large
circular failure surface).
Note that for the purpose of analysis, a homogeneous un-zoned model was also
analysed. This is composed entirely of the weak, dominantly vertically fractured (RE),
mass strength.
The results from the SLIDE analysis using Mohr-Coulomb parameters presented in
Table 8.11, are similar to those presented in Table 8.7 from the Hoek-Bray circular
charts, which were more conservative predicting a FOS 10 to 20% lower that the
equivalent model in SLIDE. Even using the weakest Mohr-Coulomb properties and the
steepest slope, SLIDE has demonstrated that circular failure is unlikely to occur within
a slope comprised of downgraded Hoptonwood limestone, despite having a reasonable
degree of fracturing (P21 = 2.6m/m2). It is only the non-zoned 55 slope model, with
Hoek-Brown strength (taken from 1.5% axial strain), that gives a FOS of less than 1.
As is shown in Table 8.11, the selection of respective biaxial strengths can have a
significant influence on rock mass strength (in this case there was only time to
investigate the influence when using the Mohr-Coulomb criterion). The strength of the
equivalent continuum formed by selected confinements, gave different depth failure
surfaces, related to rock mass strength.
Due to the high strength at high confinement, a Mohr-Coulomb SLIDE model with the
mass strength derived from a high confinement (σ3 = 4MPa), gave a shallow circular
failure surface, as illustrated in Figure 8.14. This is because when the strong
σ3 = 4MPa result is included within the data set, the Mohr-Coulomb failure envelope is
pushed steeper and thus a higher and potentially incorrect is derived for the mass.
209
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
Figure 8.14: Shallow circular failure within a SLIDE model of a 45° slope with Mohr-
Coulomb mass properties c = 164kPa and = 58°.
The mass strength, formed from data excluding the 4MPa confinement, gave an
equivalent continuum strength with a slightly lower frictional component. Subsequently
a failure surface of reasonable depth was predicted by SLIDE, as illustrated in
Figure 8.13.
Therefore within both the Hoek-Brown SLIDE modelling (Table 8.12) and also the
Phase2 simulations (outlined in the following section), the data from the high
confinement (σ3 = 4MPa) is not incorporated. In addition the data from the low
confinement (σ3 = 0.5MPa) is also excluded, because this was also strong and
otherwise contributes to a high cohesive strength within the equivalent continuum. This
left the mid-range confinements (σ3 = 0, 1 and 2MPa), providing a strength that fell
more towards the middle of the range presented in Table 8.11.
210
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
Table 8.11: Results from SLIDE modelling of Mohr-Coulomb mass strength derived from the ELFEN biaxial testing.
Table 8.12: Results from SLIDE modelling of Hoek-Brown mass strength derived from the ELFEN biaxial testing.
downgraded
Zoned Top RE
26 12 0 2.553
Horizontal
downgraded
up to 1.5% axial strain 1.2 1.1 1.0
downgraded
and Bottom Horizontal
26 12 0 11.669
RE
downgraded
211
211
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
Phase2 modelling has been completed on the un-zoned slope, composed of a weak
mass strength derived from the vertically fractured (RE) Middleton DFN and includes
the determination of stress paths failure.
Failure has only been analysed in a compressive stress state, as mass-controlled slope
instability within an equivalent continuum is unlikely to involve significant regions of
tensile failure. Consequently a high tensile strength was used that is one tenth of the
compressive strength (in this case downgraded Middleton is under consideration,
therefore σc = 12MPa and thus σt = 1.2MPa). In addition, it was ensured the σt was not
factored with the other strength parameters, during the SSR process. Analyses were
also conducted with zero tensile strengths; however this had minimal influence on the
ultimate critical SRF calculated by the SSR.
The results from the SSR technique within the coarse and finely meshed models are
outlined in Table 8.13; note that the fine mesh had to be manually inputted and is
consequently later presented in Figure 8.15; the coarse mesh was the default that
Phase2 selected.
212
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
Table 8.13: Results from a Shear Strength Reduction (SSR) study on a 55 1000m high slope; with
resulting Shear Strength Reduction Factor and consequent mass properties which can be checked in a
SLIDE model.
From Table 8.13, it is clear that there is a close, but not exact match between the FOS
that SLIDE predicts and the corresponding SSR which Phase2 calculated; ideally the
FOS should be 1 given the mass strength determined from the SSR model. The study
into appropriate representative mesh sizes could be an area for further analysis;
although for this thesis, the 10% difference presented by the fine mesh is considered
negligible.
Two points in the shear zone near the base of the slope were chosen for stress
monitoring, as also illustrated in Figure 8.15:
Later in this Section a third location was chosen in order to track stress through to
failure:
3. Point C – within the highly strained area which marks the location of potential
circular failure plane.
213
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
Figure 8.15: Mesh and extent of model used in the Phase2 55° large slope simulations. Annotation is
given in the zoomed view to indicate the extent of failure when SRF = 1.31.
Figure 8.16 shows the Mohr circle stress plots for Points A and B during the excavation
of the slope. Note that once the final excavation is removed (in stage 6), the SSR
procedure starts allowing the limit point and subsequent new mass strength to be
calculated, as presented previously in Table 8.13.
The critical SRF from Phase2 within this model was 1.31; from this a new Mohr-
Coulomb envelope has been plotted, as presented in Figure 8.16. However this
envelope is inapplicable to stages 1 to 6, as the mass strength that it defines only
occurs once the SSR has reduced the strength of the mass by a factor of 1.31.
The stress circle plot demonstrates that there is a re-distribution of stress within the toe
region as the excavation sequence proceeds, and σ3 decreases as expected. The
stress varies at Point B, during unloading (decreasing σ3), more than at that Point A.
This is most probably due to the proximity of Point B to the slope face, and is
dependent on mesh density. After the final excavation has been removed (in stage 6),
the SSR process then starts within Phase2, which causes only Point B to fail.
To increase understanding of the failure within the model and the consequent
progression of stress within the base of the slope, a new model was ran with a mass
strength that it is at the limit point of failure, using the properties (derived from the SRF
of 1.31) listed within Table 8.13. The progression of stress at Point B, is clearer when
plotted on a p-q plot, as presented in Figure 8.17b; note that the respective Mohr-
214
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
Coulomb envelope has been re-plotted using an equivalent cohesion and friction within
the p-q plot. Additionally, the development of shear strain within this model has also
been analysed, and scaled stress tensors have been manually plotted, as presented
later in Figure 8.19.
215
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
Figure 8.17: (a) Mohr-Coulomb plot of stress at Point B during the excavation
of a 1000m slope composed of a mass strength derived from a SRF of 1.31 on
the downgraded (vertically fractured) Middleton DFN. (b) Stress path derived
from the Mohr-Coulomb plot.
As is illustrated in Figure 8.15, Point B is within the boundary of failed nodes, also
during the SSR simulation the state of stress at Point B appears to exceed failure when
the mass strength from the critical SRF is taken into consideration, as presented in
Figure 8.16. However despite this, the actual stress at Point B does not reach failure
within a model that is composed of a mass strength derived from the critical SRF
of 1.31, as illustrated in Figure 8.17. Instead, for failure one has to look to a location,
such as Point C, which is within the localised area of higher shear strain as presented
216
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
in Figure 8.18. This slight discrepancy is probably due to a different slope behaviour
and stress redistribution using the lower, factored (1.31) strengths.
Figure 8.18: (a) Mohr-Coulomb plot of stress at Point C during the excavation
of a 1000m slope composed of a mass strength derived from a SRF of 1.31 on
the downgraded (vertically fractured) Middleton DFN. (b) Stress path derived
from the Mohr-Coulomb plot.
From Figure 8.18 one can see that failure actually occurs from stage 5 at Point C;
following this there is a significant decrease in both σ1 and σ3 once the final part of the
slope is unloaded, during stage 6. This can be seen in Figure 8.19, which shows the
Phase2 model that used for the stress path monitoring in Figures 8.18 and 8.19. The
217
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
strength used in the Phase2 model, was derived from a SRF of 1.31 on the
downgraded (vertically fractured) Middleton DFN, as was presented in Table 8.13.
As shown in Figure 8.19, from stage 5 there is a significant strain just above the toe of
the slope, at the locality of Point C. In addition the strain plot at stage 5 clearly shows
two circular failure paths, one extending from the boundary of the stage 4 excavation
and the second from stage 5. However, the failed nodes that are plotted, illustrate that
these circular failures have a limited extent and do not meet the surface. Consequently
it can be suggested that signs of instability, (accelerated movement etc.), are likely to
be seen from stage 4, although full development of circular failure surface is unlikely
until stage 6.
With the stress tensors plotted in Figure 8.19b, one can appreciate the following
aspects:
218
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
Figure 8.19: (a) Shear strain and failed nodes, during the final three stages of excavation of a 1000m slope. (b) Maximum principal stress and failed
219
nodes of the same model and stages as in (a), with scaled stress tensors to illustrate the orientation and ratio between σ1 and σ3. 219
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
Table 8.14: Calculus and consequent FOS from the Hoek and Bray circular failure charts (1981); note
that in this case F refers to factor of safety.
tan tan
Hoek and Bray circular x-axis y-axis x-axis y-axis
x y F F
failure chart number
HF Hx
c c
(groundwater conditions)
F y
1 0.017 1.05 1.3 1.3
4 0.022 1.36 1.0 1.0
5 0.030 1.90 0.7 0.7
Note that for the SLIDE models of chart 3 and chart 4, the phreatic surfaces had to be
input by hand to follow a curve close to the slope face, which provides a close-as-
possible match to the illustrations of the curved phreatic surfaces, provided by Hoek
and Bray (1981).
Table 8.15: Influence of groundwater on the stability of a 55 1000m slope composed of material
derived from ELFEN biaxial modelling on vertically aligned Middleton DFN.
220
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
Table 8.15 demonstrates there is up to a 20% difference between the FOS resulting
from the Hoek and Bray charts and the FOS that SLIDE predicts. As illustrated in
Figure 8.20, this could be due to the different critical failure surfaces that each method
predicts for a 1000m 55° slope. The critical surfaces predicted by the Hoek and Bray
(1981) charts, have to fail through the toe of the slope, which as predicted in Figure
8.20a, is not necessarily accurate for dry conditions. Figure 8.20b shows that the Hoek
and Bray (1981) charts forecasts a larger critical plane than SLIDE, with the same FOS
as the smaller circular failure plane predicted by SLIDE. This could be due to
inconsistency between curvatures of the phreatic surface within the two methods, as
Hoek and Bray (1981) do not provide guidance on the detail of the curve for the
phreatic surface for each chart; instead this has to be estimated from the illustrations
they present.
Figure 8.20: Comparison of critical failure planes predicted by SLIDE and the Hoek and Bray (1981)
circular failure charts, when different groundwater conditions are assumed.
As previously stated, the Hoek and Bray (1981) charts provide only an approximate
guide; therefore the comparisons between the Hoek and Bray charts and SLIDE, has
shown that similar results can be derived from each method, although importantly
SLIDE predicts a more exact FOS for the detailed groundwater conditions that were
entered. The comparison has also highlighted a limitation of the Hoek and Bray (1981)
charts, in that they assume failure is through the toe of the slope.
Importantly for the case example presented, groundwater has a significant effect. Both
empirical (Hoek and Bray, 1981 charts) and numerical (SLIDE) approaches,
demonstrate that a critical situation occurs when the phreatic surface is as presented in
circular failure chart 4, within Hoek and Bray (1981). Throughout the analyses outlined
within this section, a particular mass strength has been used, which was derived using
the FracMan-ELFEN approach. The following section analyses the selection of this
particular mass strength, with comparison against a slope mass strength derived
through an empirical-based technique.
221
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
8.5 Limits for slope height and angle from different approaches
It has been demonstrated via slope stability charts, limit equilibrium and finite element
modelling, that the FracMan-ELFEN derived mass strength for the Hoptonwood
Limestone, is too strong for failure through a dry large (1000m) steeply inclined (55°)
slope. However this is dependent on the failure criterion that is used to derive the rock
mass strength and the axial strains at which the strengths are taken.
Two mass strengths were derived using the Hoek-Brown criterion, one set fitted to
peaks in σ1 occurring up to 1.5% axial strain within the ELFEN biaxial models, and the
other at peaks occurring at up to 2.5% axial strain. Only the strength from the 1.5%
axial strain data set, gave a FOS of <1 from a limit equilibrium analysis of a 55° 1000m
slope (see Table 8.12). The mass strength derived using the Mohr Coulomb criterion
appears to provide a better representation than the Hoek-Brown when dealing with
large confinements, as shown in Figure 8.10. Therefore only the Mohr-Coulomb mass
strength was used within the finite element method; both this and the Hoek and Bray
(1981) slope stability charts, consistently show the equivalent continuum to be too
strong for failure to occur through the mass.
What follows is a brief discussion on the various mass strengths derived using the
FracMan-ELFEN approach, and the FOS that some of these produce when using
different analysis methods for particular slope angles. There is a further section
detailing the slope mass strength derived from using an empirical method, the
Generalised Hoek-Brown criterion, and finally comparisons between the two
approaches.
222
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
During Section 8.3.2, it was suggested that Mohr-Coulomb criterion is more appropriate
when modelling the considerably higher strength that is revealed at high confinements,
as illustrated in Figure 8.10. Also at this point it was decided that the actual peaks in
vertical stress, (occurring at up to and exceeding 2.5% axial strain), would be used to
derive Mohr-Coulomb mass strength. Consequently a range of mass strengths were
presented to reflect the ELFEN biaxial tests; all of these were considerably stronger
than the Hoek-Brown derived ELFEN mass strengths. This also showed that the Mohr-
Coulomb mass strengths ranged considerably:
From a low c and a high (c = 164kPa, = 58°) derived from the envelope
fitted over the biaxial tests where σ3 = 0, 1, 2 and 4MPa;
to the higher c and lower (c = 876kPa, = 53°) derived from the biaxial tests
where σ3 = 0, 0.5, 1 and 2MPa. Note that as presented in Figure 8.14, it was
found that when the mass strengths with higher are modelled in SLIDE, a
shallower circular failure surface results (as expected, and discussed 2.2.5).
The mass strength derived from the ELFEN biaxial tests where the σ3 = 0, 1 and 2MPa
provided values that were within the middle of the range suggested by the ELFEN
biaxial modelling. Comparisons are presented within Table 8.16.
These comparisons show that when the mass strength is derived using the Hoek-
Brown criterion, the resulting mass strength is considerably weaker than its equivalent
Mohr-Coulomb mass strength taken from the same range of confinements and axial
strains. In addition to the Hoek-Brown and Mohr-Coulomb comparable mass strengths,
an extra Mohr-Coulomb mass strength is presented that is considered the most
accurate, as it excludes the strength from the ELFEN biaxial test where σ3 = 0.5MPa.
The σ3 = 0.5MPa result is excluded from the envelope, due to the fact that when it is
included, it causes a slight flattening of the envelope (decrease in mass ) and
increase in the intercept (mass c); this alters the slope mass strength slightly, as
presented in Figure J.7 within Appendix J.4. It is recommended there should be further
investigation into the mass strengths that can be derived from using specific
confinements.
223
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
further research, providing evidence to the amount of appropriate confinement and the
range of potential strengths that can be derived.
Importantly this extra Mohr-Coulomb (more accurate) mass strength is used in both
SLIDE, Phase2 and the Hoek and Bray (1981) circular failure charts, with the result
from the charts also listed in Table 8.16 (the calculus for the circular failure charts is
presented in Table 8.17). This demonstrates that SLIDE and circular failure charts
agree, with only a 10% difference.
Table 8.16: Comparisons between different criteria used to derive and analyse the mass strength from the
FracMan-ELFEN approach.
= 54
Hoek and Bray c = 577 kPa
Chart 1 (dry conditions) 1.8 1.6 1.4
(1981) Charts
The implementation of Phase2 permitted the use of the SSR method. This
demonstrated that for a 55° 1000m slope with a mass strength c = 577kPa and
= 54°, the critical SRF was 1.31; therefore Phase2 calculated that the FOS = 1 when
mass strength c = 440kPa and = 46°. These mass strength properties were then put
back into SLIDE, to give a FOS of 1.1.
224
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
Table 8.17: Calculus and consequent FOS from the Hoek and Bray circular failure charts (1981)
for a 1000m slope (where the unit weight of Hoptonwood Limestone = 26kN/m3); note that in this
case F also refers to factor of safety (FOS).
tan tan
x-axis y-axis x-axis y-axis
x y F F
Slope Angle
HF Hx
c c
F y
55° 0.016 1.00 1.4 1.4
50° 0.014 0.87 1.6 1.6
45° 0.012 0.77 1.8 1.8
Note that as reported in Section 8.4.2, this SRF was mesh-dependent, with a coarser
mesh predicting the slope to be stronger than with a fine mesh. As a consequence of
this the coarser model actually predicted a higher SRF, which corresponded with the
FOS that SLIDE predicted. This suggests there needs to be further research into
mesh-dependency and the difference between limit state (SLIDE) and finite element
(Phase2) solutions for FOS.
Finally, the influence of groundwater upon the ELFEN-derived mass strength was
analysed with a comparison again between SLIDE and the Hoek and Bray (1981)
circular failure charts, in Section 8.4.3. This showed a difference of up to 20% between
the two methods. This was explained by differences in the location of circular failure
plane, with SLIDE predicting a smaller circle (with a lower FOS when wet) than the
larger critical circular plane (with a higher FOS in wet cases) predicted by the circular
failure charts. This could be due to non-exact matches between the curves for phreatic
surfaces within SLIDE and the illustrations given by Hoek and Bray (1981). Therefore
this aspect is also worthy of further research.
225
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
Table 8.18: Rock mass strength for the downgraded material, derived directly from intact strength
using the empirical Generalised Hoek-Brown Criterion.
The mass strength of a pillar with a P21 of 1.8m/m2 conformed to a GSI range
of 70 to 80;
Whereas a higher P21 of 2.6m/m2 matched with a GSI range of 40 to 50.
The latter result (from modelling on section RA) is comparable to the data obtained
from the research in this thesis, where RE and RC have been simulated both with a P21
of 2.6m/m2. This comparison is made in Figure 8.21, where suitable RocLab-derived
envelopes are used to suggest an appropriate GSI and mi.
Figure 8.21: Comparison of data from RC and RE biaxial tests with the results that Elmo
(2006) found from testing RA, which has the same fracture intensity.
226
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
Figure 8.21 demonstrates the significant difference in the mass strength derived within
this thesis and that suggested by Elmo (2006) for the same fracture intensity; note that
all models have the same parameters and have been run on the same version of
ELFEN, all which is outlined in Section 8.3.1. This demonstrates how the GSI system
lacks ability to assess the significant influence of fracture orientation, as all of the
models presented in Figure 8.22, can be assigned the same value of GSI. However,
as presented in Figure 8.21, mass strength of these are considerably different; it could
be suggested that RA perhaps has more unfavourably orientated discontinuities, with
less persistent subvertical fractures than in RC and RE, there is the lower likelihood of
a strong interior developing. Instead the shorter subvertical fractures are less
favourable as they can link with the 45° fractures, amounting in a weaker mass
strength.
Another important issue that may contribute to the weaker mass strength noted within
RA, is the fact that the mass strength that Elmo (2006) reports for RA, has been
derived from lower strain rates. Elmo (2008, personal communication) advised that
when modelling the RA section, clear peaks in σ1 occurred at between 0.8 to 1.6%
axial strain; therefore the failure envelope suggested by Elmo (2006) is likely to
represent the onset of failure which is perhaps suitable for pillar strength but not slope
strength, as discussed in Section 8.2.2. This suggests another limitation of the
RocLab-GSI approach, which is the fact that strain dependence cannot be considered.
Figure 8.22: DFN within models RA, RC and RE, which all have the
same fracture intensity (P21) and GSI. However fracture orientation
differs causing a significantly weaker mass strength in RA.
Finally, Figure 8.21 demonstrates that the horizontal model is particularly strong at high
confinement, which could suggest a high GSI and mi. This demonstrates the inability
of the GSI to consider fracture orientation. Also RocLab recommends the limit of 15 for
227
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
This again reiterates the fact that the RocLab-GSI approach cannot consider fracture
orientation, but also suggests that the empirical-based approach cannot address the
ratio between the GSI and σci. Purely continuum models can provide an accurate
representation of mass strength when both the GSI and σci are low, however when the
GSI is considerable, as with the Hoptonwood Limestone, discontinuum modelling is
more suitable and consequently the continuum-based RocLab-GSI approach can be
considered inappropriate (as can be interpreted from Figure 2.8).
Figure 8.23: Data from downgraded FracMan-ELFEN tests. The horizontally aligned
Middleton DFN, presents a high mass strength that cannot be considered using mi
suggested in RocLab.
The equivalent continuum approach presented within this chapter, has demonstrated
that unlike the RocLab-GSI approach, a high GSI:low σci situation can be represented.
Consequently the significantly higher shear strength of a dominantly vertically fractured
228
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
mass, which could exist in the base of a large slope failure, appears to be unaddressed
within the RocLab-GSI empirical based method.
Despite the limitations of the RocLab-GSI approach that are discussed, an improved
match between the FracMan-ELFEN derived mass strength and the RocLab mass
strength, can be achieved when a higher GSI is adopted. Both Figures 8.22 and 8.23
have demonstrated that the GSI for the Middleton DFN could exceed the 60-70
previously suggested. Consequently the results listed in Table 8.18 can be re-
interpreted with a higher GSI, using SLIDE, to give a slightly higher empirically-derived
slope mass strength, as presented in Table 8.19.
Table 8.19: Rock mass strength for the downgraded material, derived directly from intact strength
using the empirical Generalised Hoek-Brown Criterion with a higher GSI.
The Middleton DFN, created by Elmo (2006), was chosen because of previous ELFEN
uniaxial and biaxial modelling. This also provided a model with considerable fracture
intensity and an intact rock strength that is equivalent to the common reasonably
competent lithologies that appears to be prevalent within the present-day large-scale
open pits. It is unlikely that the intact strength is too high, or the DFN is not fractured
enough, to allow the failure of a large slope. Instead it is the large-scale failure-type
that needs more consideration.
229
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
Different results with different analyses versions, which would have required
detailed calibration to acquire an accurate representation; consequently a non-
current version of ELFEN (analysis 3.3.31), had to be used for analysis.
Using this version of ELFEN, no simulations could be restarted, as this would
otherwise impart dynamics and cause the model to prematurely fail.
Subsequently in one case, analysis could not be ceased for approximately
14 days.
The detection of the actual peak and yielding behaviour of models was difficult,
especially with high confinements, which prevented clear fracture planes
developing, but signified the importance of strain magnitude relative to the
failure environment.
The importance of strain magnitude was reiterated when comparing the relevant biaxial
testing that Elmo (2006) presents, against the results from highly strained models from
this thesis. This was shown in Figure 8.21, where the mass strength suggested by
Elmo (2006) is considerably weaker than the mass strength derived within this thesis.
This is due to the fact that Elmo (2008, personal communication) derived the mass
strength of section RA, from clear peaks in σ1 that occurred at between 0.8 to 1.6%
axial strain; therefore the failure envelope suggested by Elmo (2006) is likely to
represent the onset of failure which is perhaps suitable for pillar strength but not slope
strength.
230
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
Table 8.20: Summary of methods, advantages, disadvantages and comparisons between each approach
used in the analysis of the large slope case study.
strength derivation
Method of analysis
Representation of
Method of mass
mass strength
Comparison
Further
between numerical
Advantages Disadvantages recommend-
and empirical based
-ed work
mass strength
approximate comparison to
cohesive
charts
Mass strength
Coulomb
Investigate
Mohr-
(FracMan-ELFEN)
selection of
confinement
biaxial
Highly variable confinements
Can directly
due to inability to Lower slope mass on Hoek-
SLIDE
Brown
Hoek-
take Hoek-
represent high strength than Mohr- Brown mass
Brown
strength at high Coulomb strength
properties (no
confinement
need to derive
Mohr-Coulomb
Empirical
(RocLab)
Brown
Hoek-
* In particular it is the angle between the resulting σ1 and circular failure plane, at
different confinements, which would be of interest if failure was detected in the
231
CHAPTER 8: Case study slope 6 (large slope modelling)
equivalent continuum. This was demonstrated via the use of the SSR process within
Phase2, and is presented within Figure 8.19b; although in this case, no comparison can
be made to the initial ELFEN biaxial modelling. This is because the failure predicted in
Phase2 was through a weaker equivalent mass than was initially used within the
ELFEN biaxial simulations.
single processor and are consequently slow. Within biaxial tests the time-step is
reduced significantly by a low mesh quality, due to the problematic meshing routine
generating small ‘sliver’ elements within acute discontinuity/geometry intersections.
It is recommended that the intact strength of the Hoptonwood Limestone in the biaxial
sections is reviewed. This may involve a smaller scale of biaxial modelling, to give
more detail on the rock-bridge strength between discontinuities. Consequently this
would influence the equivalent continuum strength within the medium-scale biaxial
models that were simulated within this Chapter. In the case of an actual slope, large-
scale structures should have also to be considered, which may involve another larger-
scale of biaxial modelling, to further degrade the equivalent continuum. This would
require assessment of the representative elementary volume (REV).
233
CHAPTER 9: General Discussion
9.1 Introduction
This Chapter reviews the content of this dissertation and specific findings from the
numerical modelling methods, which have been used.
Six case studies were presented as an approach to the research aims outlined in
Chapter 1. Chapter 2 was a literature review recording detail of respective areas that
had to be considered during this thesis. Chapter 3 introduced particular aspects that
have to be considered when developing a model of a fractured rock slope within a
dynamic fracture-based code. Consequently a staged modelling approach was
presented from which one can accurately simulate failure of a fractured rock slope, as
a result of a particular trigger process, using a dynamic fracture-based code.
234
CHAPTER 9: General Discussion
suggested in Section 3.1. Later within Chapter 4, a tension crack was introduced into
the plane failure model to provide further examination of the solution in ELFEN when
groundwater is implemented. Both this tension crack and the non-tension crack model
formed case study slope 1; one of the six different case study slopes of increasing
scale that are presented throughout Chapters 4 to 8.
Case study slope 1 showed that the comprehensive numerical approach was
particularly sensitive to mesh density, and the consequent shape of the phreatic
surface. At first a relatively coarse mesh was used providing a simplified phreatic
surface in a relatively rapid simulation. However, in situations where the solution was
highly dependent on the pore pressure acting upon the discontinuity, unity with the limit
equilibrium method could not be achieved with the simplified phreatic surface, most
probably due to excess pore pressure within the discontinuity. Therefore the phreatic
surface were modified in ELFEN, to attempt to achieve similar uplift forces due to pore
pressure, between ELFEN and the limit equilibrium method. This improved the
solution; however behaviour with ELFEN then appeared to over-estimate stability, most
probably due to insufficient pore pressure within the discontinuity. Consequently it was
suggested that a finer mesh density, and associated longer runtime, is required to
improve the accuracy of the phreatic surface.
In the same way that the optimised mesh-density within ELFEN is important for the
simulation of pore pressure, it is also highly influential in the development of shear
strain and consequent mass-controlled failure. This was evident in both ELFEN and
Phase2 simulations of case study slope 2, the Hutchinson Joss Bay failure presented in
Chapter 5. Comparisons of different modelling approaches showed that the back-
analysed mass strength was similar, to that from the slice based limit equilibrium, to the
more accurate Phase2 and ELFEN models. In addition it was found that a pre-existing
tension crack within a Phase2 model significantly influenced the back-analysed rock
mass strength. It is recommended that to confirm this there should be further review of
the joint stiffness applied to the tension crack within the Phase2 model, and
construction of simplified ELFEN and Phase2 models for comparison against RocPlane
and Plane_failure. In addition the Microsoft© Excel spreadsheet Jacob (Pine, 2006a),
should also be considered in future analysis.
In order to analyse the influence of groundwater within a similar model of a chalk cliff, a
more discontinuity controlled failure had to be developed. In this case a step-path
model was created (case study slope 3), providing the required criteria to test the
current feature of the newly developed groundwater module within ELFEN. During the
235
CHAPTER 9: General Discussion
Aspects of dynamic activity within ELFEN, also proved problematic during the
simulation of the larger case study slope 4, based upon the failure at the Delabole slate
quarry reported in Chapter 6. The location of rock-bridges and extent of fracture
network were investigated, with progressive development of the model until an
apparently realistic failure mechanism and resulting block interaction were represented.
Groundwater was introduced into primarily a simple planar failure model, and finally a
more complex model with a rock-bridge. To achieve failure as a result of a rise in the
phreatic surface, dynamic-based failure had to be addressed, as discussed in
Section 9.2.
Case study slope 5 was introduced in Chapter 7, where a variety of limit equilibrium
methods and also two Phase2 models were used to investigate rock mass strength
within the toe of an intermediate-scale failure. This showed that most models returned
similar results, with one exception, which had to be modified to achieve realistic
behaviour. Most of the different limit equilibrium methods were restricted in their ability
to consider certain situations during the sensitivity analyses; this is due to the
simplifying assumptions implicit in such models. Finally, recommendations were given,
outlining the further detail that is required to develop a more advanced numerical
model, which may potentially give a better representation of rock mass strength within
the toe region of the failure.
Rock mass strength within the final large-scale slope case study was extensively
reviewed within Chapter 8. The numerical-based method (FracMan-ELFEN approach)
was used to generate equivalent continuum strength properties representing a
fractured mass. This fractured mass and the subsequent initial strength model was
based on the work of Elmo (2006), who completed mapping, statistical fracture
generation and pillar modelling within the Hoptonwood Limestone exposed within
Middleton Mine in Derbyshire, UK. It was discovered that FracMan-ELFEN approach
showed high strength at high confinement, which meant that a linear failure criteria
(Mohr-Coulomb) provided a better representation of the strength data, than a non-
linear method (Hoek-Brown), in this particular case.
236
CHAPTER 9: General Discussion
The first equivalent continuum that was derived for the Hoptonwood Limestone was too
strong to allow the consideration of mass-controlled circular failure. Therefore intact
strength was quartered and the biaxial sections were re-modelled, returning a lower
mass strength that was used to show how the FracMan-ELFEN process could be
completed in a large slope. Less complex limit equilibrium and finite element methods,
were then used to study the same large-scale slope behaviour. In addition a zoned
slope was considered where the axes of principal stress, within biaxial sections, were
rotated to allow simulation of an appropriate shear strength considering the dominant
discontinuity orientation in relation to the path of the circular failure. This gave
equivalent continuum properties that exceeded the strength which is applicable to
mass controlled failure. Thus an ‘un-zoned’ slope was mainly used during the analysis
of stress and subsequent comparisons. Importantly this emphasised that there is no
consideration of the fracture orientation within the Geological Strength Index (GSI)
assessment, and therefore the empirical approach is (as originally designed)
specifically limited to a situation where there is no dominant discontinuity orientation
that may influence the path of a circular failure.
Comparisons were made against the numerical-based rock mass strength and
empirical-based methods, showing the latter to return lower equivalent continuum
strength properties than the former. An interpretation could be that the continuum
approach is more accurate (and less conservative) than an empirical-based approach.
Further application of the FracMan-ELFEN approach to a real large slope failure is
recommended, as outlined in Section 10.3.
The following Section reviews specific advantages and disadvantages that have been
found with ELFEN. Subsequently Section 9.3 makes comparisons against ELFEN and
other numerical approaches.
237
CHAPTER 9: General Discussion
This staged approach, and the restart feature within ELFEN allows the interrogation of
both rock mass and discontinuity strength within a slope. In order to provide an
accurate representation of strength, the many numerical parameters that are required
(all summarised in Appendix A), need calibration as each of the parameters can
independently have a significant effect on the solution. Consequently, throughout
Chapters 4 to 6, trial models have been discussed where some of the parameters and
subsequent behaviour within ELFEN is calibrated against known solutions. As the
step-path simulations demonstrated, during the modelling of case study slopes 3 and 4,
the use of alternative methods is not always possible; instead one has to rely on a
dynamic-based approach and try to calibrate rock-bridge strength with the desired
behaviour.
Ideally, before simulating a fractured rock slope, a detailed set of intact strength and
fracture network data would have been collated. This would allow calibration during
detailed back analysis of the model, using the limit point suggested from pre-failure
studies. This is not always possible, instead in the case of this research, the more
complex step-path models (within Chapters 5 and 6) were developed from preceding
more simple models that were calibrated with analytical and finite element method
(FEM) numerical approaches. Therefore it is always desirable to constrain the
conditions within a simple ELFEN model first, with comparisons against less complex
software; once this has occurred one can then develop the model further, introducing
rock-bridges and extending the fracture network if necessary.
Throughout this research, it has been found that ELFEN is sensitive to dynamic loading
and energy dissipation. To ensure the stability of a slope model prior to the appropriate
trigger process, kinetic energy has to be minimised; as a response to this the staged
238
CHAPTER 9: General Discussion
process was developed (as presented in Section 3.1). In particular, difficulties with
dynamic-related failures were experienced in situations where progressive failure
through rock-bridges is required. When the trigger of a progressive slope failure is a
rise in groundwater, a model which is stable in the dry and not in the wet has to be
achieved. Particular examples were given during the modelling of:
The modifications made during the Delabole modelling, summarised in Table 6.5,
perhaps provide a more proactive way of arriving at a suitable simulation, than in the
theoretical Chalk modelling. Instead during the Chalk step-path modelling, modification
of geometry occurred until a suitable situation was found.
9.3.1 Phase2
Phase2 provides a more simplified approach than in ELFEN. However, there is
considerably less control on loading schemes and post-processor monitoring. The
ability of Phase2 to simulate complex interactions from discontinuities within a model is
restricted, due to the continuum FEM upon which Phase2 is based.
Despite this, it has been demonstrated that, as with ELFEN, Phase2 can be applied to
both discontinuity and mass controlled slope instabilities. During this thesis, only
2
Phase models with limited discontinuity control have been presented. The Delabole
failure (case study 4) was simulated within Phase2, although this model was not
successful enough to present; therefore it is suggested that there could be further
research into the ability of Phase2 in situations where there is a more extensive fracture
network and ‘blocky’ behaviour.
239
CHAPTER 9: General Discussion
Chapter 5 reported on the use of Phase2 in the analysis of the Hutchinson Joss Bay
failure (case study 2). There is an automated Shear Strength Reduction (SSR) method
within Phase2 (see Section 2.3.4). This provided a rapid way of back-analysing the
mass strength of the chalk. Also the SSR process within the Hutchinson Joss Bay
Phase2 model (without the pre-existing tension crack), demonstrated that Phase2 can
potentially predict the location of tension cracks, as a result of progressive shear. This
was also the case within ELFEN, although there is no automated SSR function
available. Instead ELFEN provided the opportunity to examine the influence of model
unloading, by inspection of stress conditions at particular points, at a level of detail
which Phase2 cannot provide.
Both of these models returned similar mass strengths for the rock-bridge. However, it
became clear that the automated SSR method was limited to the second model listed
above. In the first model a manual method was necessary, noting the degree of
yielding upon each of the discontinuities controlling the failure.
Although automated, the SSR simulations of the second model demonstrated how a
full sensitivity analysis cannot be conducted, without manually applying the method, as
discussed in Section 7.3.2. This is because the Shear Strength Reduction Factor
(SRF) cannot be applied to each of the strength parameters (c and ) independently,
preventing independent analyses.
In addition, during the simulations presented in Section 8.4.2, a SSR process was only
conducted with a Mohr-Coulomb strength because it is difficult, when using Hoek-
Brown strength, to calculate the mass properties from an appropriate SRF. This is due
to presentation of the Hoek-Brown Strength criterion as a function of σ3 rather than
shear stress. As outlined in Section 2.3.4, Rocscience (2004) state that it is impossible
to generate close-formed relations, as those that can be created when using linear
240
CHAPTER 9: General Discussion
criteria. Therefore it could be suggested that back-analysis using the SSR approach is
limited to rock masses that can be represented by Mohr-Coulomb and other linear
failure criteria.
Finally, although it is considerably more efficient to use the SSR process, than
manually trying to back-analyse rock mass strength, simulations should be carefully
setup. With fine iterations, even SSR models with specified search areas can have
long run times; for instance it took in excess of an hour to complete 20 iterations within
the zoned 1000m slope presented in Section 8.4.2. During this time the progress of
the simulation cannot be viewed as it can in ELFEN, although there is a useful ‘pause’
and restart feature.
The following section reviews the unique features of ELFEN in comparison to those of
a discontinuous method, PFC.
9.3.2 PFC
As discussed in Section 2.5.2, Itasca and Rockfield are currently the only two
companies identified that have the relevant codes (UDEC/PFC and ELFEN
respectively), commercially available and developed enough to allow accurate
geomechanical modelling of a discrete fracture network (DFN). The primary aim of this
research was to assess the ability of ELFEN to deal with rock slope failures through
blocky rock masses. Therefore PFC or UDEC have not been used due to logistical
constraints and access to up-to-date codes; consequently no direct comparisons can
be made, although from review of literature it is clear that there are certain advantages
and disadvantages associated with each approach.
Throughout this thesis rock mass strength has been represented, by the use of an
appropriate strength criterion. ELFEN models have used either a Mohr-Coulomb,
Rankine Rotating crack or a coupled approach, where Rankine forms a tensile cut off
to Mohr-Coulomb (see Appendix B). Read (2007) describes the fracture criterion basis
within ELFEN as a macro mechanics based approach, whereas in PFC a micro-
mechanics approach is used. This allows PFC models to be detached from an
empirical-basis, without foundation on any particular criterion. This can be viewed as a
particular advantage of PFC over ELFEN; although, it can lead to difficulties in
generating the correct micro-bond strengths in PFC for comparison with macro-
strength effects.
241
CHAPTER 9: General Discussion
As well as the independence of PFC from failure criterion, Read (2007) suggests that
calibration of the uniaxial compressive strength (UCS), Modulus and/or Poisson's Ratio
can occur in PFC model during an initial elastic continuum stage. This is an important
quality that should perhaps be considered within ELFEN, because it allows direct
interrogation and any necessary adjustments of numerical parameters during the
primary modelling stage.
Section 2.3.7 discusses particular features of PFC; like ELFEN, PFC can now
accurately simulate fracture extension through a ‘smooth contact model.’ However it
remains that there is no post-failure representation of any discrete blocks that are
created, when using PFC. The ability to form discrete failure blocks is a feature that is
unique to ELFEN, this allows the modelling of the complete failure process and is
therefore a particular advantage of ELFEN over PFC.
The fracture process within PFC is simulated by the breaking of individual bonds
between particles and coalescence of these to form microcracks. In ELFEN, fractures
can extend through individual elements (intra-element fracturing). As discussed in
Section 2.3.8, intra-element fracturing could be a significant benefit of simulation using
ELFEN; conversely during this research it has been discovered that intra-element
fracturing can cause numerical instability and consequent excessive runtimes.
Therefore this beneficial fracturing mode within ELFEN is possibly limited at present.
Further research is required to verify this, although at present it seems that PFC and
ELFEN could be considered as fundamentally equal in their individual capabilities to
simulate fracturing.
242
CHAPTER 10: Conclusions and recommendations
10.1 Introduction
This Chapter provides final conclusions, with a summary of the contributions to
research. Also recommendations are made for further research within the specific
case studies outlined throughout this thesis.
10.2 Conclusions
The research within this thesis has contributed to the field of numerical modelling in
geomechanics principally by evaluating a comprehensive fracture-based code, ELFEN
(Rockfield, 2008), for the simulation of fractured rock slopes. A variety of different
scales and failure mechanisms were modelled and some case study slopes included
groundwater. This alone has shown that:
243
CHAPTER 10: Conclusions and recommendations
Comparisons against other numerical approaches have confirmed that the less
complex, limit equilibrium and finite element methods, can be applied to the
assessment of rock mass strength in fractured rock slopes. A key issue, which the
comparisons demonstrated, is the dependency on mesh density. This is not solely an
issue for ELFEN but all mesh-based approaches. During this research it has become
evident that the optimum mesh density is imperative for the accurate simulation of both
shear strain and the effect of a phreatic surface in ELFEN.
Though the development of three suitable slope models, it has been shown that the
current version of ELFEN can reduce normal stress upon discontinuities relative to
pore pressure. This can directly cause instability, or in two of the case study slopes,
can instigate the progressive failure of rock-bridges and resulting failure of a fractured
rock slope.
Slope mass strength at varying scales has been investigated throughout this research.
Mass strength was observed within a bench-scale failure; rock-bridge strength has
been reviewed within a dominantly discontinuity-based failure at intermediate scale,
and large scale rock mass strength has been assessed by the multi-location biaxial
testing of a fractured mass. In particular the latter investigation of large-scale
behaviour has furthered the development of a numerical-based method of rock mass
strength assessment, thus allowing the derivation of an equivalent continuum from a
fractured mass. This was then considered using a variety of techniques at large-slope
scale. In addition, comparisons were made against a conceivably conservative, and
significantly more limited empirical-based method of mass strength assessment.
10.3 Recommendations
The use of alternative numerical approaches has exposed aspects, which could be
recommended as being beneficial to ELFEN:
244
CHAPTER 10: Conclusions and recommendations
More competent rock masses with high mass strength require a more discrete,
discontinuous analysis as opposed to an equivalent continuum (FracMan-ELFEN)
approach. The simulation of discontinuity-controlled large-scale failure within a slope
with a detailed fracture network, demands further processing power, as does the
simulation of a fractured rock slope in three-dimensions. Currently a limit has been
reached on the speed of a single processor; therefore it is recommended that the
ELFEN requires parallel processing for such tools. In addition neural networking
should be considered to enable the splitting of component parts of the software,
providing computer power to couple further mechanical processes, extending the
potential of ELFEN.
However, the data from such analyses is rarely released from rival mining companies.
Therefore the mining community needs to encourage the release of data from slope
analyses; it is in their interest as the database would provide a means by which
245
CHAPTER 10: Conclusions and recommendations
improved and more accurate approaches can be developed, increasing the safety and
efficiency of modern-day open pit mining.
Sullivan (2007) suggested that mine slope design is now often ‘performance based’
with emphasis on risk and probability of failure, rather than the use of conventional
factors of safety based on well-developed knowledge. It is possible that a risk-based
approach could be integrated with the FracMan-ELFEN method of slope mass strength
determination. One particular way in which the solution of the biaxial testing within
ELFEN could be improved, is to use Monte Carlo simulations of biaxial tests, deriving a
number of equivalent continuum strength properties, from which a range of strength
can be taken. This would improve the reliability of data and add a statistical
component into the numerical-based mass strength assessment.
Comparisons against empirical based approaches exemplified the fact that the Hoek-
Brown criterion is only for equivalent continuums. The existing guidelines that are
available dictate the applicability of the Hoek-Brown criterion, as indicated in
Figure 2.8. The Middleton Mine DFN is perhaps situated upon the boundary of where
the Hoek-Brown criterion is applicable, having many joints, in which case the criterion
should be used with caution. An initial numerical assessment showed that the rock
mass revealed a stronger tendency and therefore perhaps a more structural-based
assessment is necessary. It is recommended that there should be further research into
the ability of the FracMan-ELFEN approach and the alternative SRM methods, in
competent rock masses, where the fracture network is such that the Hoek-Brown
criterion should be used with caution.
246
APPENDIX A: Important parameters within dynamic fracture-based code
This Appendix outlines important parameters that had to be investigated as part of the
familiarisation with sophisticated methods of numerical modelling. In particular the
requirements within the specific code that was used as part of this thesis, ELFEN, are
used to discuss key areas that have to be considered within a dynamic fracture-based
code.
The implicit function within ELFEN is a technique more appropriate to problems where
fracturing is not required and materials behave in a linear fashion with the solution
seeking to achieve equilibrium at each timestep (Rockfield, 2006). At present all
simulations have been discrete analyses following the excavation of an underlying coal
seam worked example in the manual supplied by Rockfield (2008), and the work of
Elmo (2006).
The explicit solver within ELFEN uses a ‘central difference method,’ which effectively
involves the solver tracking the progress of a stress wave through a domain/element
(Rockfield, 2006). A disadvantage of this method is that it becomes unstable if the
stress wave generated within the model passes over the boundary of more than one
element during each timestep. Consequently a maximum (‘critical’) timestep is
included within ELFEN which prevents this from occurring via consideration of the
wave speed through the material (see Section A.3).
Finally much of the functionality within ELFEN is accessed through the text-based
neutral file (‘neu’ file). This is created upon meshing and must be edited to obtain
some of the features discussed within this Appendix and Appendix B. Note that in
versions of ELFEN that post-date the analysis within this PhD, a new pre-processor
247
APPENDIX A: Important parameters within dynamic fracture-based code
has been developed, which now creates a ‘dat’ file, with the same functionality as the
neutral file, however a slightly different layout.
There are many non linear criteria available in ELFEN; the most widely used in rock
mechanical applications, is the Mohr-Coulomb model combined with elasto-plastic
Rankine (with the option for a rotating crack). More detail on this model is given in
Appendix B.
248
APPENDIX A: Important parameters within dynamic fracture-based code
When using a Rankine Rotating Crack criteria within ELFEN, it is necessary to input
values for the Fracture Energy and Fracture toughness, these are defined below.
G f IC
2
K
[A.1]
E
see Equation 5.2 for n example along with units.
Normally the area under the ‘softening slope’ is equal to the fracture energy, although
under dynamic conditions this is not the case due to the effects of inertia on the micro-
mechanical response (Yu, 1999 in Owen et al., 2004).
Critical values of crack tip stress intensity factors exist for all three modes of fracturing,
(KI, KII and KIII), which are described by Whittaker et al. (1992) and Atkinson (1987):
1. mode I where fracturing is tensile related, where the movement of the fracture
due to normal stress, is symmetrical;
2. mode II where movement is due to in-plane shear stress, (mixed mode I-II is
opening and sliding displacements); and
3. mode III where movement is due to anti-plane shear.
249
APPENDIX A: Important parameters within dynamic fracture-based code
Consequently crack initiation can occur when the K, for each of these modes, is at the
critical value KC. For example when the crack tip stress intensity factor (KI) for mode I
fracturing reaches a critical value, called the plane strain fracture toughness (KIC), crack
initiation occurs under mode I loading. This is also the case in mode II, when crack tip
stress intensity factor (KII) reaches the mode II plane strain fracture toughness (KIIC),
crack extension will start (Whittaker et al., 1992). Common situations of fracturing are
under the mixed mode I-II loading. There is no reference to the fracture toughness
concerned with mode III fracturing presumably because this is the most infrequent
action under which crack initiation can occur.
KIC can be calculated from the Gf and E as is shown above as Equation A.1, another
empirical correlation which is proposed by Zhang (2002) is presented below in
Equation A.2:
t 6.88K IC [A.2]
There are also many laboratory-based methods reported from which a value of KIC can
be determined. The values of KIC listed within Whittaker et al. (1992) range widely from
tension,’ to 0.006 MPa m for a coal tested by a ‘single edge cracked Brazilian disk in
diametral compression. The reader is referred to Potyondy (2002a) for brief detail on
the derivation of fracture toughness from Brazilian strength.
250
APPENDIX A: Important parameters within dynamic fracture-based code
Figure A.1: Contact laws in a shear box DEM model and box description
used during the simulation of a direct shear test: (a) contact model between
nodes; (b) the DEM shear box geometry details (after Liu et al., 2005).
The following sections give an overview of the discrete global properties that are
required within ELFEN, with sections laid out in the order they appear within the Global
properties (of the discrete element constraints) within ELFEN. Each subsection
attempts to explain the particular rationale behind each parameter, justify suggested
values and gives brief examples of their influence.
A.2.1 Damping
A common analogy of damping is a dashpot, this is velocity dependent acting to
slow/deadening or diminish forces. In more detail damping imposes a resisting
influence on oscillations and/or vibrations generated as a result of the sudden
application of force to nodes within the model the model. This sudden application of
forces occurs when the model is loaded or there is an impact of a sliding or falling
block. Therefore it is important to have some kind of damping within the model during
the loading stage and potentially in the failure stage of a model. This damping can be
implemented via the application of point damping, which can be assigned to selected
entities within the model this acts to prevent shock loading and it’s accompanied
vibrational effects.
Hart (1991) describes the two types of damping within UDEC and 3DEC, these are
outlined below:
Collectively both these types are termed Rayleigh Damping, which is therefore
proportional to both the mass and stiffness of the structure. The combination of mass
and stiffness can be appreciated through the below equation:
C M K [A.3]
The aim of damping a system is to achieve stability, removing the vibrational effects of
shock loading. Therefore to evaluate the equilibrium that is required within each
element at each time step, the total deformation across the damper must be accurately
calculated.
Four types of damping can be applied within ELFEN: Point (displacement and
rotational) damping, global damping, contact damping and Rayleigh damping; these
are all listed as mechanical constraints within ELFEN. Although contact damping is the
only damping parameter that is assigned within the discrete element properties, the
other forms of damping are also discussed within this subsection to complete the
holistic review of damping within ELFEN.
Point damping (can also be referred to as ‘displacement damping’) has been applied to
the discrete problems considered in models within this research so far. Point damping
is most widely used form of damping, applying velocity-proportional damping to nodes
on selected entities (Rockfield, 2008). The suggestion from Rockfield (2008) is that the
252
APPENDIX A: Important parameters within dynamic fracture-based code
degree of point damping should be between 75 and 100% for dynamic relaxation
simulation of linear problems; lower values should be applied along with appropriate
loading ramps to maintain quasi-static conditions in nonlinear problems. The value
referred to reflects a percentage by which the critical damping factor (automatically
calculated by ELFEN), is multiplied by (Rockfield, 2006). Also Rockfield (2006)
suggest values of 3 to 5% are more advisable to rock slope situations; although they
use 1% within the recent worked example ‘WPSX009’ which involved circular soil
slope.
These findings correspond to those of Elmo (2006), who stated that both the extension
of existing fractures and the initiation of new fractures are inhibited by high damping
coefficients. This is why Elmo (2006) used a two-stage process with point damping
only present in the first stage, as an attempt to minimise the influence that point
damping would have on the fracturing process. The modelling concerned with this
thesis has followed the staged procedure described in Chapter 3, in some cases
models have damping as only active during the primary loading stage (see model
database).
The application of damping to only the primary loading stage raises an interesting
dilemma to the study of rock slopes, where it has been found that in some cases point
damping is required during the failure stage when blocks may impact on one of the
lines defining the slope surface. If damping is not active during the failure stage, there
is no damping to prevent the impaction generating shock loading and corresponding
dynamic effects (artificial failure). Consequently it in the author’s opinion that if
253
APPENDIX A: Important parameters within dynamic fracture-based code
In addition to the above, Elmo (2006) found that the value of point damping that was
assigned did not have such a great influence on simulations with high loading rates.
Elmo (2006) suggested that this is because a higher loading rate introduces dynamic
effects, ultimately leading to a faster velocity of propagation for the cracks.
As well as point damping, global damping is available within ELFEN. Global damping
requires a range of frequencies to be established from which a good control is obtained
of the damping throughout the whole system, unlike point damping which
predominantly damps the lower modes of deformation (Rockfield, 2008). However
there is little guidance on to what kind of problems this should be applied to, and the
description given to the justification of individual frequency requirements within the
explicit ELFEN user manual (Rockfield, 2008) is unclear; consequently this has not
been applied as part of this research.
The final form of damping is contact damping, which is assigned via the global discrete
element constraints window. The viscous contact damping algorithm increases the
specified global normal penalty acting between the discrete elements. The contact
damping may be increased or decreased depending on the velocities (vectors) of the
contacting bodies defined in the analysis; the effect of contact damping increases with
increasing magnitude of the damping factor (Elmo, 2006).
During any numerical simulation contact surfaces frequently alternate between contact
and non-contact states; contact damping modifies the penalty force thus softening
oscillations and minimising the high frequency oscillations (“noise”) that is unavoidably
introduced when the contact surfaces alternate between these states (Rockfield, 2008).
It is advised from Rockfield (2008) that a high value for the contact damping increases
the damping effect and the value for the contact damping parameter is non-
dimensional.
The actual value that one is to apply for the contact damping is again vague, but at
least has a range. Within the ELFEN help file (5.10.3.1 Global Properties) and
Rockfield (2006) it advises that values between 5 and 75%, for general contact
interaction, and the contact damping type set to ‘Velocity-Momentum.’ Contradicting
this is information within the appendix D of explicit ELFEN user manual (Rockfield,
254
APPENDIX A: Important parameters within dynamic fracture-based code
A.2.2 Field
The ‘Field’ is a property within the discrete global constraints that defines the thickness
of the contact layer and the subsequent maximum penetration which is permitted. This
is used within the second (local) part of the contact search process that is employed
within ELFEN (basis of information is from Rockfield (2006)):
1. Firstly a list of nodes close by is generated via a global search of nodes that fall
within a distance that is less than the Zone (see Section A.2.4); this generates
a ‘candidate list;’
2. Following this a local search is performed upon this candidate list, at every
timestep; this establishes which elements are in contact and accordingly
evaluates their contact forces using the penalty numbers and calculated
penetration (overlap) within the basic contact force equation. The more
complex the force equation that is actually used within ELFEN, entails
implementation of the other parameters that are detailed within this Section.
The field relates to a function of the length of the element size that is selected by the
user; the suggested range is between 10-20% of the smallest element size in the mesh
(Rockfield, 2008). This value applied can be adjusted, if it is found that from running
the analysis one or more nodes penetrate though an element; however it is advised
that the field should not exceed 20% of the size of the finite element (Rockfield, 2008).
If the overlap (penetration of an element into another) exceeds the Field, then contact
will go undetected and presumably the penetrating element will pass straight through
the element it should have made contact with.
If a large field is assigned then the time step should be small (Rockfield, 2008);
consequently it should be presumed that with a large field the contact layer is thick.
Thus to reduce the penetration the time step should be small to decrease the likelihood
of a change in acceleration, displacement or in this case penetration, during the
duration of the time step. Consequently penetration of a node through an element may
occur when the field size is set at a value that is too small for the model in question;
255
APPENDIX A: Important parameters within dynamic fracture-based code
this corresponds with the information in Rockfield (2008) that states that if the field is
too low penetration occurs because elements will have moved more than the field
length within a single timestep.
Klerck (2000) relates contact stiffness to a point of contact between two springs of
known normal and tangential stiffness, ( n and t respectively), as shown in
Figure A.2. ELFEN defines the penalty contacting couple as a modulus relating stress
and displacement, which is calculated from the stiffness of each of the springs, n and
represented by the normal penalty and tangential penalty respectively; this research
follows the notation used by Elmo (2006), which was to indicate the normal penalty
coefficient by (Pn) and tangential penalty coefficient by (Pt). The penalties need to be
set with correct values; if too low the nodes can penetrate one another and if too high
then the material can behave in a brittle manner as Elmo (2006) found.
Elmo (2006) modified the information that Pine (2006, personal communication) gave
forming the below illustration. As well as allowing the derivation of joint normal
stiffness, shown in Equation A.6, Figure A.3 can be also used to describe the fact that
256
APPENDIX A: Important parameters within dynamic fracture-based code
lower penalty equates to a decreased degree of freedom for the discretized blocks;
consequently assignment of a lower penalty permits rotation.
Figure A.3: Explanation, using a series of small pillars, of the normal penalty (Pn) in terms
of the intact material Young’s modulus (E) from the information that Pine (2006, personal
communication) gave (after Elmo, 2006).
Formulae that are associated with Figure A.3 are presented below in equations A.4 to
A.6:
p h p hp r2
Displacement measured for each pillar (δp): p 2
[A.5]
E E wp
Joint normal stiffness :
2
E wp
p
[A.6]
p hp r 2
As the penalties are closely related to stiffness, normal and shear stiffness has been
researched. The joint stiffness parameters are fundamental properties in the numerical
modelling of jointed rock, describing the stress-deformation characteristics of a joint
(Wines and Lilly, 2003). An example of a variable application of stiffness is in the DDM
approach, which is often applied to the modelling of a tabular ore body; to simulate
mining the material stiffness is reduced to zero within mined out areas inside the
modelling area (Elmo, 2006).
In the normal direction, the stiffness governs the relationship between stress and
displacement (Kimber et al., 1997). Klerck (2000) equates normal stiffness to surface
irregularities such as asperities or joint gouge/filling. The stiffness within intact material
and on joints is related to stress and displacement; the stiffness acting in the normal
257
APPENDIX A: Important parameters within dynamic fracture-based code
direction, is assumed to be linear (Hart, 1991), following the formula shown in Equation
A.7.
n k n u n [A.7]
Depending on the joint spacing the normal stiffness of joints is considerably lower than
that of the intact rock separating the joints (Barton, 1972). The joint normal stiffness is
influenced by the below factors:
The joint normal stiffness can now be estimated via appropriate laboratory testing. At
one time plate jacking tests were one of the most frequent forms of rock mechanics
testing; these were often conducted to obtain a deformation modulus for rock mass
within dam sites, for comparison against the E of the concrete dam.
In the shear direction, the shear stiffness (Ks) is constant and controls the cross-joint
response (Kimber et al., 1997). The shear stiffness is reduced to zero when sliding
occurs as a result of interfacial stresses exceeding the frictional resistance (Huang et
al., 2002). Wines and Lilly, 2003 present the following equation for the estimation of
the peak shear stiffness (MPa/m), which Barton and Choubey suggested in 1977:
[A.8]
where r = residual frictional angle,
JRC = Joint Roughness coefficient,
Lx = the joint length in metres
Wines and Lilly (2003) found that joint shear stiffness calculation via Equation A.8,
provided significantly lower results than the range of joint shear stiffness that were
calculated from direct shear testing. This could have been due to scale effect because
258
APPENDIX A: Important parameters within dynamic fracture-based code
direct shear testing was conducted on samples with significantly smaller than mean
trace lengths (Wines and Lilly, 2003).
The value of penalty that is assigned within ELFEN is dependent on the contact
pressure and material properties of the objects which make contact with each other
(Rockfield, 2008). The range that the Pn must fall within is 0.5E to 2.0E, given by
Rockfield (2008); although typically the Pn is given a value that is approximately equal
to the average E of the material. The advice given within the ELFEN help file
(Rockfield, 2008) is that the tangential penalty should be about 0.1 of the normal
penalty.
During a training course with Rockfield, it was stated that normal penalty governs the
contact force that is generated between elements and therefore determines the amount
of penetration (overlap) between elements and the amount of subsequent energy that
is introduced into the system. If the Pn is set too high then the resulting contact forces
that will be generated will be high and consequent violent rebounding and extreme
distortion of elements can occur; if too low than contact forces will be insufficient to
repel penetrating elements and thus objects will be able to pass through each other
(Rockfield, 2006). In addition to this it was stated that a large Pn will decrease the
timestep as they have the following relationship:
t cr
Pn
M1 M 2
[A.9]
Once a simulation has been run, if it is found that one or more nodes penetrate though
an element, Rockfield (2008) suggest that the simulation should be re-run with either
an adjustment made to the field, or the penalty term should be increased. In addition to
this a reduction in the factor of critical time step may be required in order to detect the
contact sooner (Rockfield, 2008).
With respect to fracturing, Elmo (2006) found that that when the penalty values are
high the pre peak degree of fracturing is negligible, but at post peak the degree of
fracturing is higher and explosive like; thus proving the fact that there is a higher joint
stiffness at high penalties. Elmo (2006) also found that locking-up effects are
proportional to penalty values, with a brittle response resulting from the use of high
penalties and rotation and translation occurs with low penalties. Finally Elmo (2006)
additionally experimented with the Pn to Pt ratio; at low ratios the response of the
259
APPENDIX A: Important parameters within dynamic fracture-based code
modelled jointed material was stiffer and stronger. In summary Elmo (2006) found that:
‘At high Pn values the response of the pillars was more brittle and thus the estimated
strength of the pillars would be lower.’
A.2.4 Zone
This is a parameter that is defined within the discrete element constraints. Within the
ELFEN user manual (Rockfield, 2008) it is referred to as the ‘buffer zone;’ with the
purpose of defining the area within which local nodes are searched during contact
detection. Therefore it is used to locate nodes close to any surface during contact
detection (Rockfield, 2008); it is also the first part of the two-level search process
(described in Section A.2.2), that is employed within ELFEN to determine which bodies
are interacting. The advice given within the user manual is that the zone should be
given a value that represents the average size of the side lengths of the finite element
mesh that is assigned to the problem. During the ELFEN training course (Rockfield,
2006), it was advised that the zone should be set at small values within slope problems
as velocities should be slow.
However, as suggested by Rockfield (2006), if the smallest element is not set within a
model where fracturing is set to occur, then elements could in theory continue to
fracture into extremely tiny elements; they consider this to be unrealistic and it will also
result in a unnecessarily small timestep. Perhaps a better view of the smallest element
constraint value is that it is a control on what smallest element the simulation needs to
produce in order to link fractures. Although further guidance within Rockfield (2006)
suggests that setting the smallest element so that fracturing can occur through the
meshed elements, can slow the simulation runtime considerably as very small
timesteps can occur as a result of ‘badly shaped’ elements. Perhaps as well as the
260
APPENDIX A: Important parameters within dynamic fracture-based code
control on the smallest element that is formed from the simulation, there should be a
control on the shape of element; either this or the mesh size needs to be set a small as
is feasible within domains where fracture propagation is desired.
The default contact type is node-to-edge, which detects contacts to be between the
nodes of one surface and the element edges on the other; edge-to-edge contact type is
also available but uses only the element edges to detect contact (Rockfield, 2008).
Simulations of 3D geometries and adaptive projects may benefit from the application of
the node-to-edge contact type, although an increase in the penalty numbers may be
required to compensate for the increase in contact detection zone (Rockfield, 2008).
Following the meetings with Rockfield on 11th and 12th July 2006, it was suggested that
the facet-to-facet contact can also now be applied as opposed to the contact algorithms
that are discussed above; this is described in Section A.5.
261
APPENDIX A: Important parameters within dynamic fracture-based code
During each timestep the contact at each of the elements within the model is
evaluated. Advice given in Rockfield (2006) suggests that if the ∆tcr is assigned as a
small value, the simulation is forced to have small timesteps. This is particularly
important within models where there maybe high velocities/high speed impact; in such
cases it is possible for elements to overlap (penetrate), during a single timestep, further
than the distance that is set in the Field (see Section A.2.2). During such an event
contact will not be detected and the elements will pass straight through each other
(Rockfield, 2006).
Kimber et al. (1997) notes that the time-stepping algorithm in UDEC allows the
program to model dynamic behaviour; presumably this is the same in all DEM
techniques that utilise a time-stepping algorithm. During each time-step in a UDEC
simulation, two calculations are performed, firstly the velocity and direction of each
element is calculated via the application of Newton’s second law, and secondly the
contact force across every discontinuity in the rock mass is established through the use
of force displacement law (Kimber et al., 1997). All Itasca software appears to uses
this time-stepping procedure:
Lightfoot and Maccelari (1999) note that FLAC recalculates the forces,
accelerations and velocities being at each grid point, with each time step;
subsequent stresses within the continuum can be derived from strains
calculated from grid point movement.
Potyondy (2002b) notes that the time step within PFC is adjusted automatically
according to local conditions and therefore the simulation is fully dynamic.
262
APPENDIX A: Important parameters within dynamic fracture-based code
Rockfield (2008) suggest that to ensure that the simulation remains stable, the factor of
critical step should be about 0.9 for 2D and 0.7 for 3D; a lower value is also advised for
particular simulations such as high speed impactions. Rockfield (2006) suggest a
factor of critical step of around 0.25 for dynamic problems or simulations where
fracturing is likely. If a very large initial time step is assigned to the model then ELFEN
will automatically calculate the ∆tcr (Rockfield, 2006). Klerck (2000) notes that a small
time step also allows the model to act more like an elastic continuum consequently
reducing penetration between the blocks being modelled.
Δt c r where c
l E
[A.10]
c
of the system), E is the material intact Young’s modulus and the material density].
[ l is the length of the smallest mesh element, c is the wave speed (highest frequency
Elmo (2006) set a ∆tcr of 0.75 for the loading stage and 0.1 for the second failure stage,
any longer than this then the processing requirements for each model would be
increased, although this is a compromise as a too shorter ∆tcr can have adverse effects
on the explicit solution convergence. In addition to this Elmo (2006) also found that the
∆tcr is directly proportional to the minimum mesh size. Klerck (2000) discovered that
displacements for certain problems increased with increasing time steps; he changed
the time step between 0.1e-5 and 0.1e-4.
263
APPENDIX A: Important parameters within dynamic fracture-based code
The mesh assignment within ELFEN is complex and involves the application of a mesh
generation type, element type, and mesh density definition. Throughout this research
the ‘unstructured’ mesh generation method has been used, there is also a structured
method which requires the 2D geometry to be split up into four-sided surfaces
(Rockfield, 2006). Instead the unstructured mesh creates triangular or quadrilateral
elements in 2D models, and tetrahedral elements in 3D models.
It was also stated during the ELFEN training (Rockfield, 2006) that slope models
should use an unstructured mesh. During the ELFEN training (Rockfield, 2006) it was
suggested that: ‘The Advancing Front mesh algorithm generally produces a smoother
mesh.’ This could therefore potentially limit fracture propagation. Instead it was
suggested that the Delaunay algorithm produces a more random mesh and this could
be more applicable to slope problems where fractures should not be so straight (limited
to the boundaries defined within the mesh), as could occur with the Advancing Front
algorithm.
264
APPENDIX A: Important parameters within dynamic fracture-based code
There is very little guidance on the actual mesh size that should be assigned to
problems; the only suggestion from Rockfield (2008) is that a higher mesh density is
required in regions where sharp changes in stress occur. The mesh density chosen
depends on the scale on which displacements and stresses are being examined and
the processing speed that is available; for instance in larger scale problems which
examine slopes of tens of meters in height, the mesh size should not be less than at
least 2m. If fracture propagation within a certain part of that slope is being examined,
then a finer mesh density can be assigned to the area surrounding the feature.
Throughout most of the models concerned with this research, a relatively coarse mesh
size has been used; also importantly it has been fixed (un-graded). Barla et al. (2003)
used a graduated mesh within their continuum model comprising 25,254 elements.
Models with a small mesh size and subsequent large number of elements generally
give a better approximation to the real situation (Curran and Ofoegbu, 1993). Elmo
(2006) ran his 3D uniaxial models with element sizes one tenth of the model width;
however some of these took in excess of ten days to run.
A large mesh size within 3D models controls the hardening behaviour by preventing
shear bands developing within the 3D space. The hardening response is a subsequent
result of 3D blocks remaining in place as opposed to being kinematically released once
fracturing occurs; this allows a greater confinement than within similar models with
smaller mesh sizes (Elmo, 2006). In contrast to this Elmo (2006) notes that with
models with a small mesh size, the result may be shear band formation as a
consequence of the coalescence of abundant parallel tensile fractures.
It is important to note that the mesh size definition is particularly complex within ELFEN
when there are small spaces between tight and interlocking fractures, which can be
generated from FracMan modelling. A consequence of these closely spaced fractures
is that their representation has to be through small tetrahedral elements which can lead
to significantly increased runtimes (Elmo, 2006). Therefore the fracture network one is
modelling has to be considered carefully, with regard to the ability that the present
single processor version of ELFEN has to model the behaviour between fractures. In
the same way, the mesh density selected within ELFEN has to be applied with respect
to the spacing of fractures within the material that is being modelled; one possibility is
to mesh the problem with a finer mesh surrounding areas of interest or closely spaced
fractures, and a coarse mesh where movements are presumed to be minimal.
265
APPENDIX A: Important parameters within dynamic fracture-based code
Rockfield (2006) also suggested that the facet-to-facet contact algorithm is beneficial
because in the case of penetration it takes into account how much area of another
element penetrates the element in question and also where it has come from.
Presumably this then aids in the more accurate direction of the discrete elements.
However, the facet-to-facet contact algorithm is particularly advantageous in 3D
models, and might not make a difference within 2D models (Rockfield, 2006).
Therefore the benefits of the contact algorithm may not be apparent within this thesis,
due to the lack of 3D modelling.
System {
Options { 1
166
}
}
266
APPENDIX A: Important parameters within dynamic fracture-based code
During shear box simulations (which are not reported as part of this thesis), several
aspects changed when using the facet-to-facet contact algorithm:
1. Stress concentrations within the centre of the shear box model were prevented.
2. The upper shear block was stopped from being completely separated following
100% shear pressure application.
3. Shear stress was slightly increased although the shear stress-shear
displacement curve became truncated at the elastic-plastic boundary with
models ran in ELFEN version 3.8.3.
A brief re-run of the shear box simulations was conducted using a newer version of
ELFEN (3.8.5). It was discovered the implementation of the facet-to-facet contact
algorithm made no difference to the stress distribution, as even within a model ran
without option 166, there was no stress concentration within the centre of the model.
However, without option 166 the contact pressure is significantly lower than within a
model with option 166.
A.5.2 Option 37
This is an edit that is available through the present ELFEN interface, controlling an
algorithm that is of particular use in models where plasticity is expected to occur.
Within the pre-processor this can be enabled by activating the element option 37
(‘tetrahedral element’), within the control window.
When enabled, an averaging algorithm is used, which improves the stress distribution
across elements; in particular Rockfield (2007, personal communication) suggest that
the algorithm can partly compensate for the over-stiffness of triangular elements.
Section 5.2.4 reports the influence of the tetrahedral element control, providing
evidence that further development of strain and consequent deformation only occurred
when option 37 was enabled.
267
APPENDIX A: Important parameters within dynamic fracture-based code
It is recommended that there should be further research into the influence option 37.
Rockfield (2007, personal communication) state that the algorithm is still under
development, and there are currently some problems related to using the tetrahedral
element control with pressure-sensitive material models, (giving the example of Mohr-
Coulomb criterion). Problems with the tetrahedral element control have not been
encountered directly during this research, and therefore it is recommended that if shear
strain and deformation are not occurring within a model where it is expected, a
simulation with an active tetrahedral element control should be run. During this
research this was only encountered during the simulation of shear strain development
within a chalk cliff, as reported in Section 5.2.4.
Detail on the methods of slope release is given in Section 3.1.1. In particular during
the research of this thesis, it was found that a structural-constraint approach using a
structural-fixity is not possible in a slope model with embedded discontinuities.
Consequently a structural-constraint approach cannot be used in discontinuous slope
models. Further information on the action of option 179, and detail on how to remove
the beam element, is required prior to future structural-constraint-release modelling.
Instead, during the modelling of this thesis, an applied-displacement approach has
been developed as an alternative (see Section 3.1.1), removing the need to implement
option 179.
268
APPENDIX B: Rock mass criterion used in ELFEN
As outlined in Section 2.2.4, the Mohr-Coulomb with Rankine tensile cut-off enables the
simulation of mixed mode I-II failure. Mode I fracture extension is simulated by means
of the Rankine (with fracture) non-linear criterion; whereas mode II yielding, creates
shear bands via the Mohr-Coulomb non linear criterion. However, fracture extension
due to shear cannot be simulated within the current version of ELFEN, and therefore
kinematic release is limited to slope models where mode I fracture extension is likely to
develop a release plane.
Alone, the Mohr-Coulomb and Rankine rotating crack criteria have benefits and
disadvantages. In particular yielding due to shear within a model will not occur when a
purely Rankine criterion is used. The Mohr-Coulomb criterion is empirical and
assumes that the rock will fail in shear; also experimental peak strength envelopes are
generally non-linear and therefore the representation using a linear criterion can be
somewhat of a simplification. These disadvantages to the Mohr-Coulomb failure
criterion give justification to the fact that the Mohr-Coulomb criteria is not ideal for intact
rock, and instead more applicable to the description of the shear strength of
discontinuities within fractured rock (Lightfoot & Maccelari, 1999).
For specific detail on the tensile fracture model within ELFEN, see Elmo (2006).
Importantly once an element has yielded, ‘anisotropic damage evolution’ is represented
by the rotating crack criterion, which down-grades the elastic modulus in the direction
of the major principal stress invariant (Cai and Kaiser, 2004).
269
APPENDIX B: Rock mass criterion used in ELFEN
yield envelopes (FOS >1) whereas plasticity and resulting failure occurs when stresses
are at values outside of the envelope (FOS <1).
Note that as shown in Figure B.1, the convention in ELFEN is for negative stress to
indicate compression, whereas positive stress is tensile; this is due to the original
development of the code as a tool for civil engineers. This contradicts the vice-versa
convention within rock mechanics. Consequently throughout this thesis, the negative
stresses (compressive) from ELFEN, have been transposed to positive stresses, and
the same with the positive (tensile) stress to negative stress. This keeps the
convention used in rock mechanics, so that any stresses outputted from ELFEN are
comparable to other geomechanical software packages.
As outlined in Appendix A, the neutral file is the way in which control is mainly achieved
within an ELFEN simulation. Currently the Mohr-Coulomb with Rankine tensile cut-off
criterion cannot be enabled through the software interface (pre-processor); the easiest
way to ensure that the model is used during the simulation, is to insert the material as a
purely Rankine Rotating Crack material. By doing this the fracturing flags in all stages
are activated which allows fracturing to take place. Importantly the neutral file will then
need editing so that the coding presented in Figure B.2 is inserted in place of the
Rankine Rotating Crack material control.
270
APPENDIX B: Rock mass criterion used in ELFEN
Importantly the ’19,’ inserted into the plastic material flags will enable the Mohr-
Coulomb with Rankine tensile cut-off criterion (“Model 19”).
Material_data { 1
Material_name {
"chalk"
}
Elastic_material_flags { NFGELA { 4 }
0100
}
# E (Pa) ρ (kg/m3) R
Elastic_properties { NMPRP { 15 }
1e+009 0 0 0.24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1700 0 0
}
Plastic_material_flags { NMFPLS { 2 }
0 19
Plastic_properties { NPRPLS { 5 }
26400 49.9 5 13000 47.5
}
Failure_material_flags { 3
0 1 1
}
Number_state_variables {
12
}
}
Figure B.2: Coding required for the Mohr-Coulomb with Rankine tensile cut-off criterion, with red
symbols inserted as a reference to what each of the numbers represents (and the units).
271
Appendix C: Analysis methods in SLIDE
There are ten, slice equilibrium analysis methods that are available within SLIDE
(Rocscience, 2008). These are Bishop simplified, Corps of Engineers,
GLE/Morgenstern-Price, Janbu simplified, Janbu corrected, Lowe-Karafiath,
Ordinary/Fellenius and Spencer. The reader is referred to Rocscience (2002) and
Diederichs et al. (2007) for a brief overview on the detail of these formulations;
primarily the difference between these methods is the assumptions on which shear and
normal interslice forces are based.
The majority of these methods can be used during the study and resulting FOS
derivation of circular and non-circular failures. The exceptions are:
Diederichs et al. (2007) reported that the Bishop analysis gave the most realistic limit
equilibrium model when residual strength was used; with comparisons to a Finite
Element method Shear Strength Reduction (FEM-SSR) analysis, within a slope
problem where there are multiple materials.
272
APPENDI X D: Socio-economic factors
With the ever increasing demands on mining and profit margins, mining practices can
be considered to becoming more aggressive with steeper slopes and greater depths
becoming achievable. The lack of information on existing slopes of such scales is a
significant issue though, with what Robertson (2007) referred to as “Optimistically
aggressive and plain poorly designed slopes,” as a result of inadequate understanding
of rock mass, which can lead to poor geotechnical models in the early design stages.
Not just are there inadequacies in the understanding of the rock mass at the scales that
modern society is demanding, it can also be suggested that there are some poor slope
practices due to inconsistencies in geotechnical approaches. At the Slope Monitoring
Forum of the 2007 International Symposium on Rock Slope Stability in Open Pit Mining
and Civil Engineering, it was recognised that there is a high turn over of engineering
based employees within mining companies. With the increasing mining demands and
a lack of university courses training new staff, employees can find they can change job
and location freely and frequently. This can lead to a lack of experience and skills-
base within certain mines; without the empirical knowledge of the rock mass behaviour
at certain mines, consultation with specialists is required for design-based decisions.
The present state in mining operations is that there is a wealth of data, most of which is
from blanket monitoring schemes; however the data is often poorly managed within
user-unfriendly databases, thus data can often get forgotten. With limited numbers of
staff, engineering based employees can spend a vast majority of their time collecting
data with no time for analysis in-house; instead the analysis is often done by external
consultancies. During a discussion at the 2007 Slope Monitoring Forum, it was
suggested that the aspects mentioned above, could be one of the many reasons to
why there is such a high turn-over of staff within modern mining companies.
It is important that such issues are addressed if large slopes are to be designed with
confidence. It is even in the interest of mine fanciers to consider such issues as slope
failures can cost; Robertson (2007) referred to a single slope failure incident that cost
$38M in 1989!
273
APPENDIX E: Empirical classification schemes
Edelbro (2003) listed the below systems and criteria of rock mass strength derivation:
Rock Mass Rating (RMR),
Rock Mass Strength (RMS),
Mining Rock Mass rating (MRMR),
Rock Mass Quality (Q-system),
Rock Mass Number (N),
Rock Mass index (RMI)
Geological Strength Index (GSI),
Yudhbir, Sheorey and Hoek-Brown strength criteria.
In addition to these there are numerous systems that have been developed for direct
application to rock slope strength, such as the Slope Mass Rating (developed by
Romana in 1985), the Slope Rock Mass Rating (developed by Robertson in 1988) and
the Chinese system for Slope Mass Rating (developed by Chen in 1995). The more
favoured systems within this list are the RMR, Q-system and GSI coupled with Hoek-
Brown criterion. Feng and Hudson (2004) suggest that the success of rock mass
characterisation schemes such as the Q and RMR, is a result of their ability to correlate
many rock mechanical properties by taking a set of key parameters into consideration
easily and quickly.
274
APPENDIX F: Excavation ELFEN models
As discussed in Chapters 4 and 5, it has been noted that in order to get kinematic
release of a discrete block within an ELFEN model, any discontinuities which intersect
the slope boundaries need to be extended through into the either the open space or the
excavation block that is to be removed. This can cause problems with stress
equalisation upon discontinuities when applying gravity within excavation models, as
shown in the Figure F.1, which illustrates a concentration of stress around the tip of the
extruding discontinuity.
Figure F.1: Discrete (un-averaged) direct stress y-y (Pa) plot of vertical stress in a simple planar
failure model which is unloaded via an excavation; the screen shot is taken at 100% gravity with
contact initialisation still active. Note the stress concentration around the extruding base of the
failure plane.
This stress concentration occurs whether the model is ramp or drop loaded and
whether contact initialisation is activated or not. The only ways to avoid this stress
concentration is to:
275
APPENDIX F: Excavation ELFEN models
The final two solutions (3 and 4) were suggested by Rockfield (2007, personal
communication). However both these methods would lead to an increased runtimes,
which is undesirable in such a simple model, but possibly necessary if other
simulations where an excavation method is strictly required. The second technique
may be suitable if the slope failure mechanism is to develop as a result of the release
of discontinuities. However if the slope failure trigger mechanism is to be either the
removal of material or a rise in the phreatic surface, then the geostatic initialisation
should occur prior to excavation.
Another issue related to extending the fracture tip through the slope face, is the
decreased time-step and consequent increased runtime due to badly shaped elements
created within the excavation block, between the surface and failure plane tip. This is
particularly an issue where discontinuities are steeply inclined, as the subsequent
angle between the fracture tip and the slope face is very acute, decreasing the quality
of the mesh.
In the case of the simple small-scale model illustrated in Figure F.1, the stress
concentration at the base of the discontinuity was not a problem. However within a
simulation of large-scale slope, such concentrations could become a significant issue; if
high enough, the stress concentration could potentially induce artificial fracturing at the
joint termination within the excavation block, which could extend into the toe of the
slope.
It is suggested that a solution should be sought within Rockfield, to ensure that the
embedded discontinuities that intersect the face do not have to pass through the slope
face. Consequently excavation models would be able to be run seamlessly, as
constraint simulations currently can.
276
APPENDIX G: Additional results for ELFEN planar failure models
-0.018
-0.02
Time (s)
Time-Displacement plot for different damped models, all with 35 kPa global cohesion.
The graph illustrates a considerable gap between models with displacement damping
of 0.066 and those with a damping of 0.067, where either a lot or relatively little
displacement occurs respectively.
277
APPENDIX G: Additional results for ELFEN planar failure models
Time-Displacement plot for different damped models, all with 39 kPa global cohesion.
This shows that at 37 kPa of global cohesion there is a critical point between 0.064 and
0.063 displacement damping where displacement either occurs or is restrained
respectively. This demonstrates that for an accurate response the damping within this
model should be >0.063, as no vertical displacement should occur if the model has a
FOS of 1.01.
-0.018
-0.02
Time (s)
Time-Displacement plot for different damped models, all with 39 kPa global cohesion.
This illustrates the anomaly found when displacement damping = 0.064, as a maximum
displacement occurs even through there is a high cohesion and a lower displacement
damping has still restrained from failing (in the case of damping = 0.063).
278
APPENDIX G: Additional results for ELFEN planar failure models
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
-0.05
Vertical Displacement (m)
-0.1
Damping = 0.125
-0.15 Damping = 0.15
Damping = 0.2
-0.2
-0.25
-0.3
Time (s)
Time-Displacement plot for different damped models, with a global friction of 54o.
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
-0.005
Vertical Displacement (m)
-0.01
Damping = 0.125
-0.015 Damping = 0.15
Damping = 0.2
-0.02
-0.025
-0.03
Time (s)
Time-Displacement plot for different damped models, all with 56o global friction. Here
although the vertical displacement is smaller it can clearly be seen that displacement is
still increasing.
279
APPENDIX G: Additional results for ELFEN planar failure models
0
0 10 20 30 40 50
-0.0005
Vertical Displacement (m)
-0.001
Damping = 0.125
Damping = 0.15
-0.0015
Damping = 0.2
Damping = 0.5
-0.002
-0.0025
-0.003
Time (s)
Time-Displacement plot for different damped models, all with 58o global friction. Here
although the vertical displacement is smaller it can clearly be seen that displacement is
still increasing. Simulations have in fact been aloud to continue for up to 150 s runtime,
and the displacement has shown to still be linearly increasing.
280
APPENDIX G: Additional results for ELFEN planar failure models
-2.5 -2.5
Runtime (s)
Runtime (s)
0 5 10
0 5 10
0
Vertical displacement (m)
0
-0.5
c = 33 kPa -0.5
54 (FOS = 0.9)
-1 (FOS = 0.9) -1
56 (FOS = 1)
-1.5 c = 40 kPa -1.5
(FOS = 1.1) 58 (FOS = 1.1)
-2 -2
-2.5 -2.5
Runtime (s)
Runtime (s)
0 5 10
0 10
Vertical displacement
0
0 -0.5
-0.5 c = 33 kPa 54° (FOS = 0.9)
-1
-1 (FOS = 0.9)
(m)
56° (FOS = 1)
-1.5 -1.5
c = 40 kPa
58° (FOS = 1.1)
-2 (FOS = 1.1) -2
-2.5 -2.5
281
APPENDIX G: Additional results for ELFEN planar failure models
Runtime (s)
Runtime (s)
0 5 10
0 5 10
0
0
-0.5 -0.5
c = 33 kPa
54 (FOS = 0.93)
(FOS = 0.9) -1
-1
c = 36.5 kPa 56 (FOS = 1)
-1.5 (FOS = 1) -1.5
-2 c = 40 kPa -2 58 (FOS = 1.08)
-2.5 (FOS = 1.09)
-2.5
0 0
Runtime (s)
Runtime (s)
0 5 10
0 5 10
Vertical displacement (m)
0
Vertical displacement (m)
0
-0.5
-0.5 c = 33 kPa 54 (FOS = 0.93)
-1 (FOS = 0.9) -1
c = 36.5 kPa 56 (FOS = 1)
-1.5 (FOS = 1) -1.5
-2 c = 40 kPa -2 58 (FOS = 1.08)
(FOS = 1.09)
-2.5
-2.5
282
APPENDIX H: Modification of planar failure model 3
Detail and results from modifications suggested to planar failure slope 3 model
presented within Section 4.3.3:
Project file:
1. “slope1h-2_option166,damping,Tcr.elf”
As stated in Section 4.3.3, within the thesis, several modifications were suggested by
Rockfield (2006, personal communication). In addition to the modifications listed in
Section 4.3.3, Rockfield (2006, personal communication) suggested that the slope
model should follow a ‘Constraint release method,’ to minimising dynamic effects. As
outlined in Section 3.1.1, this is not possible in a discontinuity-controlled slope;
subsequently an ‘applied displacement’ approach was used.
The following section presents a penalty study, similar to that reported in Appendix G,
but within a model which included the modifications suggested by Rockfield (2006,
personal communication). The final section presents results from a brief review,
regarding the influence of the ‘fracture opening flag’ and the fracture energy, on net
displacement within a modified model of slope 3.
283
APPENDIX H: Modification of planar failure model 3
Results
Runtime (s)
0
0 5 10
Vertical Displacement (m)
-0.5
-1.5
-2
-0.5
Vertical Displacement (m)
-1.5
-2
-2.5
-0.5
Vertical Displacement (m)
-1.5
-2
-2.5
Figure H.1: The influence of penalties on displacement, upon a purely cohesive discontinuity within
the planar failure slope 3 model that was modified by Rockfield (2006, personal communication).
284
APPENDIX H: Modification of planar failure model 3
Runtime (s)
0
0 5 10
Vertical Displacement (m)
-0.5
-2
Runtime (s)
0
0 5 10
-0.5
Vertical Displacement (m)
-1.5
-2
-2.5
Runtime (s)
0
0 5 10
Vertical Displacement (m)
-0.5
-2
-2.5
Runtime (s)
0
0 5 10
-0.2
Vertical Displacement (m)
-0.4
-0.6 Φ = 54 degrees (FOS = 0.93)
Φ = 56 degrees (FOS = 1)
-0.8
Φ = 58 degrees (FOS = 1.08)
-1
-1.2
-1.4
-1.6
-1.8
Figure H.2: The influence of penalties on displacement, upon a purely frictional discontinuity within
the planar failure slope 3 model, which was modified by Rockfield (2006, personal communication).
285
APPENDIX H: Modification of planar failure model 3
It was noticed during the final calibration models that all previous models had high
fracture energy (see Appendix A). Fracture energy is a parameter that should not
directly influence displacement within a model where there is solely shear displacement
and no fracturing occurring. However, as is illustrated in the results below, net
displacement at 10 s increased dramatically when fracture energy is reduced
In addition the influence of ‘option 166’ (see Appendix A), was determined. In this case
net displacement decreased slightly when option 166 was implemented.
Finally it was noted that there was a slight influence due to deactivating the ‘fracture
opening flag.’ It was suggested by Elmo (2006, personal communication) that a
modification had to be made to the fracture opening flag when using ELFEN pre-
processor version 3.8.3. If the fracture opening flag is active, it causes the
discontinuity to open slightly when the mesh is generated, inserting a red-line to allow
discontinuities to be clearly visible (Rockfield, 2008, personal communication). This
slight opening of discontinuities should have very minimal influence upon the resulting
simulation, however as can be seen by the results presented below, de-activating the
fracture opening flag led to an increase in net displacement at 10 s in this case.
Runtime (s)
0
0 5 10 Fracture Energy = 200 J/m2,
-0.2 no option 166 and fracture
Vertical Displacement (m)
opening flag = 1
-0.4
Fracture Emergy = 20 J/m2; no
-0.6 option 166 and fracture opeing
flag = 1
-0.8
Fracture Emergy = 20 J/m2;
-1 option 166 and fracture opeing
flag = 1
-1.2 Fracture Emergy = 20 J/m2;
option 166 and fracture opeing
-1.4
flag = 0
-1.6
Figure H.3: Influence of fracture energy, option 166 and fracture opening
flag in Planar failure Slope 3 model, with a purely frictional discontinuity.
286
APPENDIX I: Chalk step-path model 1 development
Firstly attempts were made to accomplish kinematic release within model 1 using
ELFEN version 3.8.5; however regardless of the discontinuity applied the basal
fracture, separation at the joint termination could not be achieved, as illustrated in
Figure I.1a. On the addition of ‘Option 166,’ (see Appendix A), a degree of sliding was
permitted on the basal discontinuity. However separation at the joint termination was
still not achieved, resulting in increased deformation at the toe of the slope as
illustrated in Figure I.1b.
Finally sliding on the basal fracture was achieved via extending it into the excavation
block, as illustrated in Figure I.1c, resulting in the kinematic release as illustrated in
Figure 1.1d. This practice could possibly cause problems within larger models, as
discussed in Appendix F. Despite this, further development of the model led to the
implementation of Rayleigh damping within a model simulated using ELFEN
version 3.9.0, as opposed to point damping. This improved fracturing within the model
as presented in Figure I.1e.
287
APPENDIX I: Chalk step-path model 1 development
Figure I.1: Development of ELFEN step-path chalk cliff model 1. (a) and (b) Kinematic release could
not be achieved, regardless of on basal discontinuity, with ‘option 166’ permitting further
deformation. (c) Separation of basal discontinuity via extension through slope face; consequently
release and improved fractured profile through the implementation of Rayleigh damping (c) and (d)
respectively.
288
APPENDI X J: Data from ELFEN Biaxial modelling
Figure J.1: Stress-strain plot illustrating the different results for the same model,
which are obtained when using different versions of ELFEN analysis software.
Following these findings, Rockfield (2008, personal communication) advised that there
have been a lot of changes between these two versions, especially concerning
improvements in the discrete contact and the combined Mohr Coulomb-Rankine
constitutive model. Therefore in order to use the current version of ELFEN, re-
calibration of the model parameters (loading function, damping and normal penalty) is
necessary. Consequently the older analysis version, 3.3.31, was used for the models
throughout Section 8.3, as the model parameters had already been calibrated for this
by Elmo (2006).
289
APPENDI X J: Data from ELFEN Biaxial modelling
Note that it has been advised by Rockfield (2008, personal communication), that this
issue has been addressed within the more current versions of ELFEN and instead
restarting the simulations acts as intended, to allow a temporary pause during the
simulation.
After the RC simulations, it was noticed the models were set to terminate at 2% strain,
following the conduct of Elmo (2006). The RC simulations should be repeated with a
higher value of maximum axial strain, to ensure the actual σ1max is detected. However
due to the logistical time frame of this research, it was decided that the further
simulations (on RE and the horizontal section) would be set to terminate at a runtime
that enabled a rate of at least 2.5% strain to be observed. Consequently Figures J.3
and J.4 present the data from this testing, with the models run to appropriately higher
strain rates.
290
APPENDI X J: Data from ELFEN Biaxial modelling
c 1 - sin
Data Set Mohr-Coulomb mass strength properties
a-1
1 + sin = sin -1
1 - sin
(peaks up
Gradient (a)
a + 1
to following Intercept c=
1 - sin
axial a= σc (MPa)
strain): (°) (MPa)
1.5% 11.5 57.1 7.4 1.1
2.5% 13.4 59.3 6.6 0.9
Figure J.2: Stress-strain plot of RC biaxial models under differing confinements, with screen
shots illustrating the state of fracture. Annotation is given to illustrate the fractured state at
peaks in vertical stress that occur up to 1.5% and 2.5% axial strain, which are used to create
corresponding failure envelopes with consequent mass strength derivation (σci = 48 MPa).
291
APPENDI X J: Data from ELFEN Biaxial modelling
c 1 - sin
Data Set Mohr-Coulomb mass strength properties
a-1
1 + sin = sin -1
1 - sin
(peaks up
Gradient (a)
a + 1
to following Intercept c=
1 - sin
axial a= σc (MPa)
strain): (°) (MPa)
1.5% 6.2 46.4 6.8 1.4
2.5% 10.3 55.4 11.3 1.8
Figure J.3: Stress-strain plot of RE biaxial models under differing confinements, with screen shots
illustrating the state of fracture. Annotation is given to illustrate the fractured state at peaks in
vertical stress that occur up to 1.5% and 2.5% axial strain, which are used to create corresponding
failure envelopes with consequent mass strength derivation (σci = 48 MPa).
292
APPENDI X J: Data from ELFEN Biaxial modelling
c 1 - sin
Data Set Mohr-Coulomb mass strength properties
a-1
1 + sin = sin -1
1 - sin
(peaks up
Gradient (a)
a + 1
to following Intercept c=
1 - sin
axial a= σc (MPa)
strain): (°) (MPa)
1.5% 11.8 55.2 10.2 1.8
2.5% 9.6 63.4 9.6 1.1
Figure J.4: Stress-strain plot of horizontal biaxial models under differing confinements, with
screen shots illustrating the state of fracture. Annotation is given to illustrate the fractured state at
peaks up to 1.5 % and 2.5 % axial strain, which are used to create corresponding failure
envelopes and consequent mass strength derivation (σci = 48 MPa).
* mb value very high, due to high strength at high confinement (result not included in main thesis).
293
APPENDI X J: Data from ELFEN Biaxial modelling
c 1 - sin
Data Set Mohr-Coulomb mass strength properties
a-1
1 + sin = sin -1
1 - sin
(peaks up
Gradient (a)
a + 1
to following Intercept c=
1 - sin
axial a= σc (MPa)
strain): (°) (MPa)
1.5% 4.1 48.4 6.9 0.771
2.5% 5.2 52.5 8.7 0.876
Figure J.5: Stress-strain plot of downgraded (quartered intact strength) RE biaxial models under
differing confinements, with screen shots illustrating the state of fracture. Annotation is given to
illustrate the fractured state at peaks up to 1.5 % and 2.5 % axial strain, which are used to create
corresponding failure envelopes (σci = 12 MPa).
294
APPENDI X J: Data from ELFEN Biaxial modelling
c 1 - sin
Data Set Mohr-Coulomb mass strength properties
a-1
1 + sin = sin -1
1 - sin
(peaks up
Gradient (a)
a + 1
to following Intercept c=
1 - sin
axial a= σc (MPa)
strain): (°) (MPa)
1.5% 15.5 61.5 6.4 0.813
2.5% 19.5 64.4 9.5 1.083
Figure J.6: Stress-strain plot of downgraded (quartered intact strength) horizontal biaxial models
under differing confinements, with screen shots illustrating the state of fracture. Annotation is given
to illustrate the fractured state at peaks up to 1.5 % and 2.5 % axial strain, which are used to create
corresponding Hoek-Brown failure envelopes (σci = 12 MPa).
* mb value very high, due to high strength at high confinement (result not included in main thesis).
295
APPENDI X J: Data from ELFEN Biaxial modelling
Depending on the results that were used, different envelopes and subsequent mass
strengths can be derived for the equivalent continuum. This was reviewed in the
downgraded model, but only using the Mohr-Coulomb criterion due to time constraints.
The results for this are presented in Figure J.7 below.
c 1 - sin
dominantly vertically fractured (RE) mass
-1 a - 1
Data taken from
1 - sin
create envelope (MPa):
a= (MPa)
(°) (MPa)
0, 0.5, 1, 2 and 4. 12.0 58 2.8 0.410
0, 1, 2 and 4. 12.5 58 1.2 0.164
0, 0.5, 1 and 2. 8.7 53 5.2 0.876
0, 1 and 2. 9.4 54 3.5 0.577
c 1 - sin
dominantly horizontally fractured mass
-1 a - 1
Data taken from
1 - sin
create envelope (MPa):
a= (MPa)
(°) (MPa)
0, 0.5, 1 and 2. 19.5 64 9.5 1.083
0, 1 and 2. 21.4 66 5.0 0.546
Figure J.7: Mohr-Coulomb failure envelopes and consequent mass strength parameters, derived from a
range of confinements with the original biaxial ELFEN simulations
296
APPENDIX K: Groundwater properties in ELFEN models
Also the basic properties from all models were taken from example of a saturated chalk
slope, given by Rockfield (2007, personal communication).
When the actual values for each parameter are derived, it is clear that there are some
inconsistencies (as presented in Table K.1). In particular the bulk modulus of the fluid
(Kf) may have been lowered by Rockfield (2007, personal communication) in the
example slope, to make the simulation quicker. Ideally given time, all of the models
need re-running with the values (presented in Table K.1), which can be derived using
the below equations.
True density
When modelling groundwater within ELFEN, the true density of the solid () has to be
= (1 - ) s + f
modified through the following calculation:
[K.1]
Subsequently the solid (in the groundwater specification within the neutral file) should
be entered as the previous true density.
3(1 - 2 )
E
Ks = [K.2]
Table K.1: Inconsistencies noted after simulations when model parameters were checked. The
parameters used in the models were from an example of a saturated chalk slope, given by Rockfield
(2007, personal communication); however when model parameters are derived using above formulae,
it is clear that values should have been different.
297
APPENDIX L: Additional detail on ELFEN models
no mesh spheres
Planar failure model 3 “slope1g.elf” – for simulations where there is a purely frictional discontinuity
“slope1g-1.elf” – for simulations where there is a purely cohesive discontinuity
no mesh spheres
no mesh spheres
75, 85 2 0 6 10
detail of mesh sphere is unknown, as mesh file was lost during file transfer
86, 77 1 0 2 2
82, 77.5 1 0 2 2
65, 121 1 0 2 2
69.5, 103.5 1 0 2 3
Delabole models 4 to 6
76.5, 88 1 0 2 4
Model 4: “1-1delabole_rankine” (neu number 10)
Model 5*: “7-1delabole_rankine - geometry and mesh” (neu number 2)
Model 6: “6-1delabole_rankine.elf”
* Delabole model 5 had a coarser mesh density within mesh spheres (unfortunately data was lost in file transfer).
301
APPENDIX L: Additional detail on ELFEN models
no mesh spheres
Model 8: “extended claylodes” simulation set -
“6delabole_extended_shortahs - profile and mesh.elf”
Delabole model 8 and 9
Model 9: from “extended claylodes” simulation set –
“8delabole_ extended_shortahs.elf” – model with rotation of upper active wedge
“10delabole_extended_shortahs.elf” – model with rotation of lower active wedge
86, 77 1.5 0 2 3
82, 75.5 1.5 0 2 3
72, 94 1.5 0 2 3
Delabole model 10
“extended claylodes” simulation set -
“9delabole_ extended_shortahs.elf”
no mesh spheres
Reduction of strength upon the shortah and base-plane was still included in a post-failure stage, to allow
unhindered sliding on discontinuities and consequent comminution and deposition (the Pn and Pt were still
reduced to 20MPa/m and 2MPa/m respectively, and the to 36°).
Figure L.1: Extensive failure when weak properties are applied to claylodes.
303
SECTION OF DATABASE: i
Particular model (referred to in thesis): Planar failure slope 1 Planar failure slope 2 Planar failure slope 3 Planar failure slope 4
Altering the damping to Effect of damping within a Effect of penalties within a Testing the groundwater
Model Intent
attain limit states larger-scale model single-surface model module within ELFEN
Control Parameter
Slope Block Slope Block (embedded discontinuity) (embedded discontinuity)
Value Value Value Value Value Value
Mass-strength and related properties
1 1 1 2 1 2
Model Sequence
30 m
10 m
20 m
Mesh screen-shot
illustrating model extent
Type of model Failure due to gravity Failure due to gravity Failure due to gravity Release of slope constraint
Degree of point damping Exponential relationship Realistic when on cohesive Successful when penalties
is highly influential upon a found between degree of discontinuity are 20 MPa/m and
purely cohesive surface; point damping and Pn = 3 GPa/m; whereas the 2 MPa/m (Pn and Pt
Result
for a purely frictional displacement on a planar on a purely frictional respectively), with failure
surface effect of damping surface (within a large- discontinuity Pn should be when FOS in
was less critical scale model) 0.3 GPa/m RocPlane is < 0.8
Control Parameter
(embedded discontinuity) (embedded discontinuity) (embedded discontinuity)
Value Value Value
Mass-strength and related properties
1 2 1 2 1 2
Model Sequence
45 m
45 m
Mesh screen-shot
illustrating model extent
Type of model Single excavation object Single excavation object Four staged excavation
Control Parameter
(no discontinuity) (no discontinuity) (no discontinuity)
Value Value Value
Mass-strength and related properties
1 2 1 2 1 2
Model Sequence
75 m
75 m
Type of model Single excavation object Failure due to gravity Single excavation object
Additional comments
306
SECTION OF DATABASE: ii iii
Particular model (referred to in thesis): Hutchinson Joss Bay model 6 Hutchinson Joss Bay model 7 Chalk Step path models
Test to analyse the influence of
Test to analyse the influence of Development of 4 models, to simulate
Model Intent horizontal excavation on stress
vertical excavation on stress state step-path failure due to groundwater
state
ELFEN Analysis Version 3.8.5 3.8.5 3.9.0
Additional 'option(s)' - see Appendix A 37 37 166 and 37
K-ratio 0.32 0.32 0.32
Surface Domain
Single surface model Single surface model Single surface model
Control Parameter
(no discontinuity) (no discontinuity) (embedded discontinuities)
Value Value Value
Mass-strength and related properties
1 2 1 2 1 2
Model Sequence
75 m
45 m
Type of model Four staged (vertical) excavation Four staged (horizontal) excavation
* Stages 2 to 5 are the same, each * Stages 2 to 5 are the same, each * Stage 3 has the rise of groundwater,
with a 2 s duration during which with a 2 s duration during which ramped from 4 to 5.5 s (with same
Additional comments
constraint from each excavation constraint from each excavation point damping and time step as in
object is relaxed object is relaxed stage 2)
307
SECTION OF DATABASE: iv
Particular model (referred to in thesis): Delabole model 1 Delabole model 2 Delabole model 3
Simulation of discontinuity Simulation of discontinuity Simulation of discontinuity
Model Intent
extension across rock-bridge extension across rock-bridge extension across rock-bridge
ELFEN Analysis Version 3.8.5 3.8.5 3.8.5
Additional 'option(s)' - see Appendix A 37 37 37
K-ratio 0.33 0.33 0.33
Surface Domain
Single surface model Single surface model Single surface model
Control Parameter
(embedded discontinuities) (embedded discontinuities) (embedded discontinuities)
Value Value Value
Mass-strength and related properties
1 2 1 2 1
Model Sequence
600 m
400 m
Type of model Single excavation object Single excavation object Failure due to gravity
Control Parameter
(embedded discontinuities) (embedded discontinuities) (embedded discontinuities)
Value Value Value
Mass-strength and related properties
1 2 1 2 1 2
Model Sequence
150 m
150 m
Type of model Failure due to gravity Failure due to gravity Failure due to gravity
Additional comments
309
SECTION OF DATABASE: iv
Particular model (referred to in thesis): Delabole model 7 Delabole model 8 Delabole model 9
Simulation of failure mechanism Simulation of failure mechanism Simulation of failure mechanism
Model Intent
along step-path along step-path along step-path
Control Parameter
(embedded discontinuities) (embedded discontinuities) (embedded discontinuities)
Value Value Value
Mass-strength and related properties
1 1 2 1 2
Model Sequence
400m
400m
Type of model Failure due to gravity Failure due to gravity Failure due to gravity
Simulation of failure mechanism Model demonstrated chisel effect, Development of model to create a
Result although limited separation of however penetration prevents model which provided a realistic
chiselling block rotation failure mechanism
1 2 1 2 1*** 2 1*** 2
Model Sequence
List of References
312
LIST OF REFERENCES
COGGAN, J. S., PINE, R. J., STEAD, D. & RANCE, J. R. (2003) Numerical modelling of
brittle rock failure using a combined finite-discrete element approach: implications
for rock engineering design. ISRM 2003 Technology roadmap for rock mechanics
South Africa, Published by The South African Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.
S33, pp.211-218.
COGGAN, J. S., PINE, R. J., STYLES, T. D. & STEAD, D. (2007) Application of Hybrid
Finite/Discrete Element Modelling for Back-Analysis of Rock Slope Failure
Mechanisms. IN POTVIN, Y. (Ed.) Slope Stability 2007 - Proceedings of the 2007
International Symposium on Rock Slope Stability in Open Pit Mining and Civil
Engineering. Perth, ACG - Australian Centre for Geomechanics, Nedlands,
Western Australia. pp.267-277.
CSIRO (2008a) Mine Environment Imaging Group CSIRO Division of Exploration &
Mining. Queensland, Australia 4069. http://www.em.csiro.au
CSIRO (2008b) Large Open Pit - Slope Design research [online]. [Accessed 20th July
2008]. Available from World Wide Web:
http://www.lop.csiro.au/text/Design%20Research.html
CUNDALL, P. A. (2008) Recent advances in numerical modelling for large-scale mining
projects. Australian Centre for Geomechanics Newsletter. Available from World
Wide Web:
http://www.acg.uwa.edu.au/__data/page/2139/ACGnews_June_08_lores.pdf June
ed. 30, pp.1-7.
CURRAN, J. H. & OFOEGBU, G. I. (1993) Modelling discontinuities in Numerical Analysis.
IN HUDSON, J. A. (Ed.) Comprehensive rock engineering. Pergamon. pp.443-468
DIEDERICHS, M. S., LATO, M., HAMMAH, R. E. & QUINN, P. (2007) Shear Strength
Reduction (SSR) approach for slope stability analysis. IN EBERHARDT, E.,
STEAD, D. & MORRISON, T. (Eds.) 1st Canada-U.S. Rock Mechanics
Symposium: Meeting Society's Challenges and Demands. Vancouver, Taylor &
Francis/Balkema. 1: Fundimentals, New Technologies & New Ideas, pp.319-327.
DIGHT, P. M. (2006) Pit wall failures on ‘unknown’ structures. The South African Institute
of Mining and Metallurgy. International Symposium on Stability of Rock Slopes in
Open Pit Mining and Civil Engineering. S44, pp.11-30.
DUPERRET A., GENTER A., MARTINEZ A. & MORTIMORE R.N. (2004). Coastal chalk
cliff instability in NW France: role of lithology, fracture pattern and rainfall. Coastal
Chalk Cliff Instability. Mortimore R.N. & Duperret A. (Eds.). Geological Society,
Engineering Geology Special Publication, 20, 75-88.
DURAN, A. & DOUGLAS, K. (2000) Experience with Empirical Rock Slope Design.
13/05/08. Available from World Wide Web:
http://lib.hpu.edu.cn/comp_meeting/ICGGE%E5%9B%BD%E9%99%85%E5%9C%
B0%E8%B4%A8%E5%B7%A5%E7%A8%8B%E4%BC%9A%E8%AE%AE%E8%
AE%BA%E6%96%87%E6%95%B0%E6%8D%AE%E5%BA%93/PAPERS/SNES/
SNES1186.PDF. GeoEng2000 - An International Conference on Geotechnical &
Geological Engineering. Melbourne, Australia.
EBERHARDT, E. (2003) Rock Slope Stability Analysis – Utilization of Advanced Numerical
Techniques. Earth and Ocean Sciences at UBC. Course Notes.
http://www.eos.ubc.ca/personal/erik/e-papers/EE-SlopeStabilityAnalysis.pdf.
EBERHARDT, E., STEAD, D. & COGGAN, J. S. (2004) Numerical analysis of initiation
and progressive failure in natural rock slopes - the 1991 Randa rockslide. Int. J.
Rock Mech. Min. Sci., 41, pp.69-87.
EDELBRO, C. (2003) Rock Mass Strength – A Review. Luleä University of Technology,
Sweden. 29/11/06. Available from World Wide Web: http://epubl.luth.se/1402-
1536/2003/16/LTU-TR-0316-SE.pdf
313
LIST OF REFERENCES
314
LIST OF REFERENCES
GEOSTRU (2006) GeoStru Software [online]. [Accessed 28th November 2006]. Previously
available from World Wide Web:
http://www.geostru.com/Help/Slope/en/Cenni_teorici.htm
GOLDER (2008) FracMan Technology Group, Golder Associates (UK).
http://fracman.golder.com
GRENON, M., HADJIGEORGIOU, J. & COTE, P. (2007) Slope Stability Consideration in
Integrated Surface Mine Design. IN POTVIN, Y. (Ed.) Slope Stability 2007 -
Proceedings of the 2007 International Symposium on Rock Slope Stability in Open
Pit Mining and Civil Engineering. Perth, ACG - Australian Centre for
Geomechanics, Nedlands, Western Australia. pp.77-92.
GWYNN (2008) Assessment of Remote Data Capture Systems for the characterisation of
rock fracture networks within slopes. Ph.D. Thesis. Camborne School of Mines,
University of Exeter.
HADJIGEORGIOU, J., KYRIAKOU, E. & PAPANASTASIOU, P. (2006) A road
embankment failure near Pentalia in southwest Cyprus. International Symposium
on Stability of Rock Slopes in Open Pit Mining and Civil Engineering. Cape Town,
The South African Institute of Mining and Metallurgy. S44, pp.343-352.
HAMMAH, R. E., YACOUB, T., CORKUM, B., WIBOWO, F. & CURRAN, J. H. (2007)
Analysis of blocky rock slopes with finite element Shear Strength Reduction
analysis. IN EBERHARDT, E., STEAD, D. & MORRISON, T. (Eds.) 1st Canada-
U.S. Rock Mechanics Symposium: Meeting Society's Challenges and Demands.
Taylor & Francis/Balkema. 1: Fundimentals, New Technologies & New Ideas,
pp.319-327.
HAMMAN, E. C. F. & COULTHARD, M. A. (2007) Developing a Numerical Model for a
Deep Open Pit. IN POTVIN, Y. (Ed.) Slope Stability 2007 - Proceedings of the
2007 International Symposium on Rock Slope Stability in Open Pit Mining and Civil
Engineering. Perth, ACG - Australian Centre for Geomechanics, Nedlands,
Western Australia. pp.225-237.
HANDLEY, M. F. & KARPAROV, K. N. (2007) Proposed thrust failure analytical method for
slope collapse in open pit mines. IN RIBEIRO E SOUSA, L., OLALLA, C. &
GROSSMANN, N. F. (Eds.) 11th Congress of the International Society for Rock
Mechanics - The Second Half Century of Rock Mechanics. Lisbon, Portugal, Taylor
& Francis/Balkema. 1, pp.645-652.
HARRIES, N., NOON, D. & ROWLEY, K. (2006) Case Studies of slope stability radar used
in open cut mines. The South African Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.
International Symposium on Stability of Rock Slopes in Open Pit Mining and Civil
Engineering. S44, pp.335-342.
HARRISON, J. P. & HUDSON, J. A. (2003) Matching numerical methods to rock
engineering problems: a summary of key issues. 10th Congress of the ISRM
Technology Roadmap for Rock Mechanics. South Africa. Lisbon, Portugal, South
African Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.
HART, R. D. (1991) Introduction to Distinct Element Modelling for Rock Engineering. IN
HUDSON, J. A. (Ed.) Comprehensive Rock Engineering. Pergamon. pp.245-261
HCITASCA (2008) HCItasca Consulting Group inc. http://www.itascacg.com
HENCHER, S. & KNIPE, R. (2007) Development of joints with time and consequences for
engineering. IN RIBEIRO E SOUSA, L., OLALLA, C. & GROSSMANN, N. F. (Eds.)
11th Congress of the International Society for Rock Mechanics - The Second Half
Century of Rock Mechanics. Lisbon, Portugal, Taylor & Francis/Balkema. 1,
pp.223-226.
HOEK, E. (2004) Numerical Modelling for Shallow Tunnels in Weak Rock. Discussion
Paper 3. Rocscience. 05/12/06. Available from World Wide Web:
http://www.rocscience.com/hoek/pdf/numerical%20modelling%20of%20shallow%2
0tunnels.pdf
315
LIST OF REFERENCES
HOEK, E. (2007). Practical Rock Engineering. 20/12/08. Available from World Wide Web:
http://www.rocscience.com/hoek/pdf/Practical_Rock_Engineering.pdf
HOEK, E. & MARINOS, P. (2006) A brief history of the development of the Hoek-Brown
failure criterion. 01/12/08. Available from World Wide Web:
http://www.rocscience.com/downloads/rocdata/WebHelp/pdf_files/theory/Hoek-
Brown_History.pdf
HOEK, E. & BRAY, J. W. (1981) Rock Slope Engineering. 3rd ed. London: The Institute of
Mining and Metallurgy.
HOEK, E., KAISER, P. K. & BAWDEN, W. F. (1998) Support of Underground Excavations
in Hard Rock. Rottedam: A.A.Balkema.
HOEK, E. T., GRABINSKY, M. W. & DIEDERICHS, M. S. (1990) Numerical modelling for
underground excavation design. Trans. Instn. Min. Metall., 100, pp.A22-A30.
HOEK, E., CARRANZA-TORRES, C. & CORKUM, B. (2002) Hoek-Brown Failure Criterion
– 2002 Edition. 13/05/08. Available from World Wide Web:
http://www.rocscience.com/library/pdf/RL_1.pdf
HUANG, T.H., CHANG, C.S. & CHAO, C.Y. (2002). Experimental and mathematical
modeling for fracture of rock joint with regular asperities. Engineering Fracture
Mechanics. 69, pp.1977-1996.
ITASCA (2008) Itasca Consulting Group inc. www.itasca.ca
JING, L. (2003) A review of techniques, advances and outstanding issues in numerical
modelling for rock mechanics and rock engineering. Int. J. Rock Mech. Min. Sci.,
40, pp.283-353.
JING, L. & HUDSON, J. A. (2002) Numerical methods in rock mechanics. Int. J. Rock
Mech. Min. Sci., 39, pp.409-427.
JOHNSON, J. D., FERGUSSON, D. & GUY, G. (2007) Risk based Slope Design for
Operational Coal Mines at Rotowaro, Huntly, New Zealand. IN POTVIN, Y. (Ed.)
Slope Stability 2007 - Proceedings of the 2007 International Symposium on Rock
Slope Stability in Open Pit Mining and Civil Engineering. Perth, ACG - Australian
Centre for Geomechanics, Nedlands, Western Australia. pp.157-170.
KARAMI, A., GREER, S. & BEDDOES, R. (2008) Numerical Assessment of Step-Path
Failure of Northwest Wall of A154 Pit, Diavik Diamond Mines. IN POTVIN, Y. (Ed.)
Slope Stability 2007 - Proceedings of the 2007 International Symposium on Rock
Slope Stability in Open Pit Mining and Civil Engineering. Perth, ACG - Australian
Centre for Geomechanics, Nedlands, Western Australia. pp.293-305.
KIMBER, O. G., ALLISON, R. J. & COX, N. J. (1998) Mechanisms of failure and slope
development in rock masses. Trans Inst Br Geography, 23, pp.353–370
KLEINEI, T., LA POINTE, P. & FORSYTH, B. (1997) Realizing the Potential of Accurate
and Realistic Fracture Modeling in Mining. Int. J. Rock Mech. Min. Sci. Abstr., 34,
pp.661-661 (1).
KLERCK, P. A. (2000) The finite element modelling of discrete fracture in quasi-brittle
materials. PhD thesis. University of Swansea
KLERCK, P. A., SELLERS, E. J. & OWEN, D. R. J. (2004) Discrete fracture in quasi-brittle
materials under compressive and tensile stress states. Computer Methods in
Applied Mechanics and Engineering, 193, pp.3035-3056.
KULATILAKE, P. H. S. W., WANG, S., UCPIRTI, H. & STEPHANSSON, O. (1995) Effects
on the strength and deformability of rock masses. IN MYER, COOK, GOODMAN &
TSANG (Eds.) Fractured and Jointed Rock Masses. Balkema. pp.281-287.
KVELDSVIK, V., EIKEN, T., GANERØD, G. V. & RAGVIN, N. (2006) Evaluation of the
stability of the 700.000m2 Åknes rock slide based on data on movements and
ground conditions. The South African Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.
International Symposium on Stability of Rock Slopes in Open Pit Mining and Civil
Engineering. S44, pp.279-300.
316
LIST OF REFERENCES
317
LIST OF REFERENCES
318
LIST OF REFERENCES
319
LIST OF REFERENCES
STACEY, P. (2006) Factors in the Design of Open Pit Slopes - A Reviewer’s Perspective.
International Symposium on Stability of Rock Slopes in Open Pit Mining and Civil
Engineering. Cape Town, The South African Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.
S44, pp.1-2.
STACEY, T. R. (2007) Slope Stability in High Stress and Hard Rock Conditions. IN
POTVIN, Y. (Ed.) Slope Stability 2007 - Proceedings of the 2007 International
Symposium on Rock Slope Stability in Open Pit Mining and Civil Engineering.
Perth, ACG - Australian Centre for Geomechanics, Nedlands, Western Australia.
pp.187-200.
STACEY, T. R., XIANBIN, Y., ARMSTRONG, R. & KEYTER, G. J. (2003) New slope
stability considerations for deep open pit mines. The Journal of The South African
Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, 104, pp.373-369.
STARFIELD, A. M. & CUNDALL, P. A. (1988) Towards a methodology for rock mechanics
modelling. International Journal of Rock Mechanics and Mining Science &
Geomechanics Abstracts, 25, pp.99-106.
STARFIELD, A. M. & CUNDALL, P. A. (1990) Towards a Methodology for Rock
Mechanics Modelling. Int. J. Rock Mech. Min. Sci. Abstr., 25, pp.99-106.
STEAD, D. & COGGAN, J. S. (2006) Numerical modelling of rock slopes using a total
slope failure approach. IN EVANS, S. G., SCARASCIA MUGNOZZA, G., STROM,
A. & HERMANNS, R. L. (Eds.) Landslide from Massive Rock Slope Failure.,
A.Springer, Dordrecht, Netherlands. pp.131-142.
STEAD, D., COGGAN, J. S. & EBERHARDT, E. (2004) Realistic simulation of rock slope
failure mechanisms: the need to incorporate principles of fracture mechanics.
SINOROCK2004, International Symposium on Rock Mechanics: Rock
characterization, modelling and engineering design methods. Three Gorges Project
site, China, Int. J. Rock Mech. Min. Sci. 41, pp.460-466.
STEAD, D., EBERHARDT, E. & COGGAN, J. S. (2006a) Developments in the
characterization of complex rock slope deformation and failure using numerical
modelling techniques. Engineering Geology, 83, pp.217-235.
STEAD, D., YAN, M., COGGAN, J. S. & EBERHARDT, E. (2006b) New developments in
the analysis of surface mine slopes: Implications for open pit slope design. 59th
Canadian Geotechnical Conference and 7th Joint CGS-IAH-CNC Groundwater
Speciality Conference, “Sea to Sky 2006”. Vancouver.
STEAD, D., COGGAN, J. S., ELMO, D. & YAN, M. (2007) Modelling Brittle Fracture in
Rock Slopes - Experience Gained and Lessons Learned. IN POTVIN, Y. (Ed.)
Slope Stability 2007 - Proceedings of the 2007 International Symposium on Rock
Slope Stability in Open Pit Mining and Civil Engineering. Lisbon, ACG - Australian
Centre for Geomechanics, Nedlands, Western Australia. pp.239-252.
SULLIVAN, T. D. (2007) Keynote Address: Hydromechanical Coupling and Pit Slope
Movements. IN POTVIN, Y. (Ed.) Slope Stability 2007 - Proceedings of the 2007
International Symposium on Rock Slope Stability in Open Pit Mining and Civil
Engineering. Perth, ACG - Australian Centre for Geomechanics, Nedlands,
Western Australia. pp.3-43.
TANG, C. A., YANG, W. T., FU, Y. F. & XU, X. H. (1998) A new approach to numerical
method of modelling geological processes and rock engineering problems --
continuum to discontinuum and linearity to nonlinearity. Engineering Geology, 49,
pp.207-214.
VAN DER PLUIJM, B.A. & MARSHAK, S. (1997) Earth Structure – An Introduction to
Structural Geology and Tectonics. USA: WCB/McGraw-Hill.
WALTHAM, A. C. (1996) 24: Rock Strength and 25: Rock Mass Strength. In: Foundations
of Engineering Geology. Glasgow, Blackie Academic & Professional. pp.48-51
320
LIST OF REFERENCES
WINES D.R. & LILLY P.A. (2003) Estimates of rock joint shear strength in part of the
Fimiston open pit operation in Western Australia. Int. J. Rock Mech. Min. Sci., 40, pp.
929-937.
WHITTAKER, B. N., SINGH, R. N. & SUN, G. (1992) Rock fracture mechanics: principles,
design and applications. Amsterdam: Elsevier. pp. 570.
WILLIAMS R.B.G., ROBINSON D.A., DORNBUSCH A., FOOTE Y.L.M., MOSES C.A. &
SADDLETON P.R. (2004) A Sturzstrom-like cliff fall on the Chalk coast of Sussex.
Coastal Chalk Cliff Instability. Mortimore R.N. & Duperret A. (eds.). Geological
Society, Engineering Geology Special Publication, 20, pp.88-97.
WYLLIE, D. C. & MAH, C. W. (2004) Rock Slope Engineering: civil and Mining. 4th ed.
London: Spon Press, Taylor & Francis Group. pp. 431.
YAN, M., ELMO, D. & STEAD, D. (2007a) Characterization of step-path failure
mechanisms: A combined field based-numerical modeling study. IN EBERHARDT,
E., STEAD, D. & MORRISON, T. (Eds.) 1st Canada-U.S. Rock Mechanics
Symposium: Meeting Society's Challenges and Demands. Taylor &
Francis/Balkema. 1: Fundimentals, New Technologies & New Ideas, pp.493-501.
YAN, M., STEAD, D. & STURZENEGGER, M. (2007b) Step-path characterization in rock
slopes: An integrated digital imaging-numerical modeling approach. IN RIBEIRO E
SOUSA, L., OLALLA, C. & GROSSMANN, N. F. (Eds.) 11th Congress of the
International Society for Rock Mechanics - The Second Half Century of Rock
Mechanics. Lisbon, Portugal, Taylor & Francis/Balkema. 1, pp.693-696.
ZHANG Z.X. (2002). An empirical relation between mode I fracture toughness and the
tensile strength of rock. Int. J. Rock Mech. and Min. Sci. Vol. 39. pp 401-406.
321